root / src / test.txt
History | View | Annotate | Download (356 KB)
1 |
|
---|---|
2 |
|
3 |
1492 |
4 |
by |
5 |
Mary Johnston |
6 |
Part 1 out of 7 |
7 |
|
8 |
FullBooks.com homepage |
9 |
Index of 1492 |
10 |
Next part (2) |
11 |
|
12 |
|
13 |
|
14 |
|
15 |
|
16 |
|
17 |
|
18 |
Scanned by Charles Keller with OmniPage Professional OCR software |
19 |
Updates and fixes by Martin Robb |
20 |
|
21 |
|
22 |
|
23 |
1492 |
24 |
|
25 |
by MARY JOHNSON |
26 |
|
27 |
|
28 |
|
29 |
|
30 |
1492 |
31 |
|
32 |
CHAPTER I |
33 |
|
34 |
THE morning was gray and I sat by the sea near Palos |
35 |
in a gray mood. I was Jayme de Marchena, and that |
36 |
was a good, _old Christian_ name. But my grandmother |
37 |
was Jewess, and in corners they said that she never |
38 |
truly recanted, and I had been much with her as a child. |
39 |
She was dead, but still they talked of her. Jayme de Marchena, |
40 |
looking back from the hillside of forty-six, saw some |
41 |
service done for the Queen and the folk. This thing and |
42 |
that thing. Not demanding trumpets, but serviceable. It |
43 |
would be neither counted nor weighed beside and against |
44 |
that which Don Pedro and the Dominican found to say. |
45 |
What they found to say they made, not found. They took |
46 |
clay of misrepresentation, and in the field of falsehood sat |
47 |
them down, and consulting the parchment of malice, proceeded |
48 |
to create. But false as was all they set up, the time |
49 |
would cry it true. |
50 |
|
51 |
It was reasonable that I should find the day gray. |
52 |
|
53 |
Study and study and study, year on year, and at last |
54 |
image a great thing, just under the rim of the mind's ocean, |
55 |
sending up for those who will look streamers above horizon, |
56 |
streamers of colored and wonderful light! Study and reason |
57 |
and with awe and delight take light from above. Dream |
58 |
of good news for one and all, of life given depth and brought |
59 |
into music, dream of giving the given, never holding it back, |
60 |
which would be avarice and betraying! Write, and give |
61 |
men and women to read what you have written, and believe |
62 |
--poor Deluded!--that they also feel inner warmth and |
63 |
light and rejoice. |
64 |
|
65 |
Oh, gray the sea and gray the shore! |
66 |
|
67 |
But some did feel it. |
68 |
|
69 |
The Dominican, when it fell into his hands, called it |
70 |
perdition. A Jewess for grandmother, and Don Pedro for |
71 |
enemy. And now the Dominican--the Dominicans! |
72 |
|
73 |
The Queen and the King made edict against the Jews, and |
74 |
there sat the Inquisition. |
75 |
|
76 |
I was--I am--Christian. It is a wide and deep and |
77 |
high word. When you ask, "What is it--Christian?" |
78 |
then must each of us answer as it is given to him to answer. |
79 |
I and thou--and the True, the Universal Christ give us |
80 |
light! |
81 |
|
82 |
To-day all Andalusia, all Castile and all Spain to me |
83 |
seemed gray, and gray the utter Ocean that stretched no |
84 |
man knew where. The gray was the gray of fetters and of |
85 |
ashes. |
86 |
|
87 |
The tide made, and as the waves came nearer, eating the |
88 |
sand before me, they uttered a low crying. _In danger-- |
89 |
danger--in danger, Jayme de Marchena!_ |
90 |
|
91 |
I had been in danger before. Who is not often and always |
92 |
in danger, in life? But this was a danger to daunt. |
93 |
|
94 |
Mine were no powerful friends. I had only that which |
95 |
was within me. I was only son of only son, and my parents |
96 |
and grandparents were dead, and my distant kindred cold, |
97 |
seeing naught of good in so much study and thinking of |
98 |
that old, dark, beautiful, questionable one, my grandmother. |
99 |
I had indeed a remote kinsman, head of a convent in this |
100 |
neighborhood, and he was a wise man and a kindly. But |
101 |
not he either could do aught here! |
102 |
|
103 |
All the Jews to be banished, and Don Pedro with a steady |
104 |
forefinger, "That man--take him, too! Who does not |
105 |
know that his grandmother was Jewess, and that he lived |
106 |
with her and drank poison?" But the Dominican, "No! |
107 |
The Holy Office will take him. You have but to read--only |
108 |
you must not read--what he has written to see why!" |
109 |
|
110 |
Gray Ocean, stretching endlessly and now coming close, |
111 |
were it not well if I drowned myself this gray morning |
112 |
while I can choose the death I shall die? Now the great |
113 |
murmur sang _Well_, and now it sang Not well. |
114 |
|
115 |
Low cliff and heaped sand and a solitary bird wide-winging |
116 |
toward the mountains of Portugal, and the Ocean gray- |
117 |
blue and salt! The salt savor entered me, and an inner zest |
118 |
came forward and said No, to being craven. In banishment |
119 |
certainly, in the House of the Inquisition more doubtfully, |
120 |
the immortal man might yet find market from which to buy! |
121 |
If the mind could surmount, the eternal quest need not be |
122 |
interrupted--even there! |
123 |
|
124 |
Blue Ocean sang to me. |
125 |
|
126 |
A vision--it came to me at times, vision--set itself in |
127 |
air. I saw A People who persecuted neither Jew nor thinker. |
128 |
It rose one Figure, formed of an infinite number of small |
129 |
figures, but all their edges met in one glow. The figure |
130 |
stood upon the sea and held apart the clouds, and was free |
131 |
and fair and mighty, and was man and woman melted together, |
132 |
and it took all colors and made of them a sun for its |
133 |
brow. I did not know when it would live, but I knew that |
134 |
it should live. Perhaps it was the whole world. |
135 |
|
136 |
It vanished, leaving sky and ocean and Andalusia. But |
137 |
great visions leave great peace. After it, for this day, it |
138 |
seemed not worth while to grieve and miserably to forebode. |
139 |
Through the hours that I lay there by the sea, airs from that |
140 |
land or that earth blew about me and faint songs visited |
141 |
my ears, and the gray day was only gray like a dove's |
142 |
breast. |
143 |
|
144 |
Jayme de Marchena stayed by the lonely sea because that |
145 |
seemed the safest place to stay. At hand was the small |
146 |
port of Palos that might not know what was breeding in |
147 |
Seville, and going thither at nightfall I found lodging and |
148 |
supper in a still corner where all night I heard the Tinto |
149 |
flowing by. |
150 |
|
151 |
I had wandered to Palos because of the Franciscan convent |
152 |
of Santa Maria de la Rabida and my very distant kins- |
153 |
man, Fray Juan Perez. The day after the gray day by the |
154 |
shore I walked half a league of sandy road and came to |
155 |
convent gate. The porter let me in, and I waited in a little |
156 |
court with doves about me and a swinging bell above until |
157 |
the brother whom he had called returned and took me to |
158 |
Prior's room. At first Fray Juan Perez was stiff and cold, |
159 |
but by littles this changed and he became a good man, large- |
160 |
minded and with a sense for kindred. Clearly he thought |
161 |
that I should not have had a Jewish grandmother, nor have |
162 |
lived with her from my third to my tenth birthday, and most |
163 |
clearly that I should not have written that which I had |
164 |
written. But his God was an energetic, enterprising, kindly |
165 |
Prince, rather bold himself and tolerant of heathen. Fray |
166 |
Juan Perez even intimated a doubt if God wanted |
167 |
the Inquisition. "But that's going rather far!" he said |
168 |
hastily and sat drumming the table and pursing his lips. |
169 |
Presently he brought out, "But you know I can't do anything!" |
170 |
|
171 |
I did know it. What could he do? I suppose I had |
172 |
had a half-hope of something. I knew not what. Without |
173 |
a hope I would not have come to La Rabida. But it was |
174 |
maimed from the first, and now it died. I made a gesture |
175 |
of relinquishment. "No, I suppose you cannot--" |
176 |
|
177 |
He said after a moment that he was glad to see that I |
178 |
had let my beard grow and was very plainly dressed, though |
179 |
I had never been elaborate there, and especially was he glad |
180 |
that I was come to Palos not as Jayme de Marchena, but |
181 |
under a plain and simple name, Juan Lepe, to wit. His advice |
182 |
was to flee from the wrath to come. He would not say |
183 |
flee from the Holy Office--that would be heinous!--but |
184 |
he would say absent myself, abscond, be banished, Jayme |
185 |
de Marchena by Jayme de Marchena. There were barques |
186 |
in Palos and rude seamen who asked no question when |
187 |
gold just enough, and never more than enough, was shown. |
188 |
He hesitated a moment and then asked if I had funds. If |
189 |
not-- |
190 |
|
191 |
I thanked him and said that I had made provision. |
192 |
|
193 |
"Then," said he, "go to Barbary, Don Jayme! An intelligent |
194 |
and prudent man may prosper at Ercilla or at Fez. |
195 |
If you must study, study there." |
196 |
|
197 |
"You also study," I said. |
198 |
|
199 |
"In fair trodden highways--never in thick forest and |
200 |
mere fog!" he answered. "Now if you were like one who |
201 |
has been here and is now before Granada, at Santa Fe, sent |
202 |
for thither by the Queen! That one hath indeed studied to |
203 |
benefit Spain--Spain, Christendom, and the world!" |
204 |
|
205 |
I asked who was that great one, but before he could tell |
206 |
me came interruption. A visitor entered, a strong-lipped, |
207 |
bold-eyed man named Martin Pinzon. I was to meet him |
208 |
again and often, but at this time I did not know that. Fray |
209 |
Juan Perez evidently desiring that I should go, I thought |
210 |
it right to oblige him who would have done me kindness |
211 |
had he known how. I went without intimate word of parting |
212 |
and after only a casual stare from Martin Pinzon. |
213 |
|
214 |
But without, my kinsman came after me. "I want to |
215 |
say, Don Jayme, that if I am asked for testimony I shall |
216 |
hold to it that you are as good Christian as any--" |
217 |
|
218 |
It was kinsman's part and all that truly I could have |
219 |
hoped for, and I told him so. About us was quiet, vacant |
220 |
cloister, and we parted more warmly than we had done |
221 |
within. |
222 |
|
223 |
The white convent of La Rabida is set on a headland |
224 |
among vineyards and pine trees. It regards the ocean and, |
225 |
afar, the mountains of Portugal, and below it runs a small |
226 |
river, going out to sea through sands with the Tinto and the |
227 |
Odiel. Again the day was gray and the pine trees sighing. |
228 |
The porter let me out at gate. |
229 |
|
230 |
I walked back toward Palos through the sandy ways. I |
231 |
did not wish to go to Africa. |
232 |
|
233 |
It is my belief that that larger Self whom they will call |
234 |
protecting Saint or heavenly Guardian takes hand in affairs |
235 |
oftener than we think! Leaving the Palos road, I went to |
236 |
the sea as I had done yesterday and again sat under heaped |
237 |
sand with about me a sere grass through which the wind |
238 |
whined. At first it whined and then it sang in a thin, outlandish |
239 |
voice. Sitting thus, I might have looked toward |
240 |
Africa, but I knew now that I was not going to Africa. |
241 |
Often, perhaps, in the unremembered past I had been in |
242 |
Africa; often, doubtless, in ages to come its soil would be |
243 |
under my foot, but now I was not going there! To-day I |
244 |
looked westward over River-Ocean, unknown to our fathers |
245 |
and unknown to ourselves. It was unknown as the future |
246 |
of the world. |
247 |
|
248 |
Ocean piled before me. From where I lay it seemed to |
249 |
run uphill to one pale line, nor blue nor white, set beneath |
250 |
the solid gray. Over that hilltop, what? Only other hills |
251 |
and plains, water, endlessly water, until the waves, so much |
252 |
mightier than waves of that blue sea we knew best, should |
253 |
beat at last against Asia shore! So high, so deep, so vast, |
254 |
so real, yet so empty-seeming save for strange dangers! No |
255 |
sails over the hilltop; no sails in all that Vast save close at |
256 |
hand where mariners held to the skirts of Mother. Europe. |
257 |
Ocean vast, Ocean black, Ocean unknown. Yet there, too, |
258 |
life and the knowing of life ran somehow continuous. |
259 |
|
260 |
It wiled me from my smaller self. How had we all |
261 |
suffered, we the whole earth! But we were moving, we the |
262 |
world with none left out, moving toward That which held |
263 |
worlds, which was conscious above worlds. Long the |
264 |
journey, long the adventure, but it was not worth while fearing, |
265 |
it was not worth while whining! I was not alone |
266 |
Jayme de Marchena, nor Juan Lepe, nor this name nor that |
267 |
nor the other. |
268 |
|
269 |
There was now a great space of quiet in my mind. Suddenly |
270 |
formed there the face and figure of Don Enrique de |
271 |
Cerda whose life I had had the good hap to save. He was |
272 |
far away with the Queen and King who beleaguered Granada. |
273 |
I had not seen him for ten years. A moment before |
274 |
he had rested among the host of figures in the unevenly |
275 |
lighted land of memory. Now he stood forth plainly and |
276 |
seemed to smile. |
277 |
|
278 |
I took the leading. With the inner eye I have seen lines |
279 |
of light like subtle shining cords running between persons. |
280 |
Such a thread stretched now between me and Enrique de |
281 |
Cerda. I determined to make my way, as Juan Lepe, through |
282 |
the mountains and over the plain of Granada to Santa Fe. |
283 |
|
284 |
|
285 |
|
286 |
CHAPTER II |
287 |
|
288 |
SET will to an end and promptly eyes open to means! |
289 |
I did not start for Granada from Palos but from |
290 |
Huelva, and I quitted Andalusia as a porter in a small |
291 |
merchant train carrying goods of sorts to Zarafa that was a |
292 |
mountain town taken from the Moors five years back. I |
293 |
was to these folk Juan Lepe, a strong, middle-aged man |
294 |
used to ships but now for some reason tired of them. My |
295 |
merchants had only eyes for the safety of their persons and |
296 |
their bales, plunged the third day into mountainous wild |
297 |
country echoing and ghastly with long-lasting war. Their |
298 |
servants and muleteers walked and rode, lamented or were |
299 |
gay, raised faction, swore, laughed, traveled grimly or in |
300 |
a dull melancholy or mirthfully; quarreled and made peace, |
301 |
turn by turn, day by day, much alike. One who was a |
302 |
bully fixed a quarrel upon me and another took my part. |
303 |
All leaped to sides. I was forgotten in the midst of them; |
304 |
they could hardly have told now what was the cause of battle. |
305 |
A young merchant rode back to chide and settle matters. |
306 |
At last some one remembered that Diego had struck |
307 |
Juan Lepe who had flung him off. Then Tomaso had |
308 |
sprung in and struck Diego. Then Miguel--"Let Juan |
309 |
Lepe alone!" said my merchant. "Fie! a poor Palos seafaring |
310 |
child, and you great Huelva men!" They laughed at |
311 |
that, and the storm vanished as it had come. |
312 |
|
313 |
I liked the young man. |
314 |
|
315 |
How wild and without law, save "Hold if you can!" |
316 |
were these mountains!' "Hold if you can to life--hold if |
317 |
you can to knowledge--hold if you can to joy!" Black |
318 |
cliff overhung black glen and we knew there were dens of |
319 |
robbers. Far and near violence falls like black snow. This |
320 |
merchant band gathered to sleep under oaks with a great |
321 |
rock at our back. We had journeyers' supper and fire, for |
322 |
it was cold, cold in these heights. A little wine was given |
323 |
and men fell to sleep by the heaped bales; horses, asses and |
324 |
mules being fastened close under the crag. Three men |
325 |
watched, to be relieved in middle night by other three who |
326 |
now slept. A muleteer named Rodrigo and Juan Lepe and |
327 |
the young merchant took the first turn. The first two sat on |
328 |
one side of the fire and the young merchant on the other. |
329 |
|
330 |
The muleteer remained sunken in a great cloak, his chin |
331 |
on his arms folded upon his knees, and what he saw in the |
332 |
land within I cannot tell. But the young merchant was of a |
333 |
quick disposition and presently must talk. For some distance |
334 |
around us spread bare earth set only with shrubs and stones. |
335 |
Also the rising moon gave light, and with that and our own |
336 |
strength we did not truly look for any attack. We sat and |
337 |
talked at ease, though with lowered voices, Rodrigo somewhere |
338 |
away and the rest of the picture sleeping. The merchant |
339 |
asked what had been my last voyage. |
340 |
|
341 |
I answered, after a moment, to England. |
342 |
|
343 |
"You do not seem to me," he said, "a seaman. But I |
344 |
suppose there are all kinds of seamen." |
345 |
|
346 |
I said yes, the sea was wide. |
347 |
|
348 |
"England now, at the present moment?" he said, and |
349 |
questioned me as to Bristol, of which port he had trader's |
350 |
knowledge. I answered out of a book I had read. It was |
351 |
true that, living once by the sea, I knew how to handle a |
352 |
boat. I could find in memory sailors' terms. But still he |
353 |
said, "You are not a seaman such as we see at Palos and |
354 |
San Lucar." |
355 |
|
356 |
It is often best not to halt denial. Let it pass by and |
357 |
wander among the wild grasses! |
358 |
|
359 |
"I myself," he said presently, "have gone by sea to Vigo |
360 |
and to Bordeaux." He warmed his hands at the fire, then |
361 |
clasped them about his knees and gazed into the night. |
362 |
"What, Juan Lepe, is that Ocean we look upon when we |
363 |
look west? I mean, where does it go? What does it |
364 |
strike?" |
365 |
|
366 |
"India, belike. And Cathay. To-day all men believe |
367 |
the earth to be round." |
368 |
|
369 |
"A long way!" he said. "O Sancta Maria! All that |
370 |
water!" |
371 |
|
372 |
"We do not have to drink it." |
373 |
|
374 |
He laughed. "No! Nor sail it. But after I had been on |
375 |
that voyage I could see us always like mice running close to |
376 |
a wall, forever and forever! Juan Lepe, we are little and |
377 |
timid!" |
378 |
|
379 |
I liked his spirit. "One day we shall be lions and eagles |
380 |
and bold prophets! Then our tongue shall taste much beside |
381 |
India and Cathay!" |
382 |
|
383 |
"Well, I hope it," he said. "Mice running under the |
384 |
headlands." |
385 |
|
386 |
He fell silent, cherishing his knees and staring into the |
387 |
fire. It was not Juan Lepe's place to talk when master merchant |
388 |
talked not. I, too, regarded the fire, and the herded |
389 |
mountains robed in night, and the half-moon like a sail rising |
390 |
from an invisible boat. |
391 |
|
392 |
The night went peacefully by. It was followed by a |
393 |
hard day's travel and the incident of the road. At evening |
394 |
we saw the walls of Zarafa in a sunset glory. The merchants |
395 |
and their train passed through the gate and found |
396 |
their customary inn. With others, Juan Lepe worked hard, |
397 |
unlading and storing. All done, he and the bully slept almost |
398 |
in each other's arms, under the arches of the court, |
399 |
dreamlessly. |
400 |
|
401 |
The next day and the next were still days of labor. It |
402 |
was not until the third that Juan Lepe considered that he |
403 |
might now absent himself and there be raised no hue and |
404 |
cry after strong shoulders. He had earned his quittance, |
405 |
and in the nighttime, upon his hands and knees, he crept |
406 |
from the sleepers in the court. Just before dawn the inn |
407 |
gate swung open. He had been waiting close to it, and he |
408 |
passed out noiselessly. |
409 |
|
410 |
In the two days, carrying goods through streets to market |
411 |
square and up to citadel and pausing at varying levels |
412 |
for breath and the prospect, I had learned this town well |
413 |
enough. I knew where went the ascending and descending |
414 |
ways. Now almost all lay asleep, antique, shaded, Moorish, |
415 |
still, under the stars. The soldiery and the hidalgos, their |
416 |
officers, slept; only the sentinels waked before the citadel |
417 |
entry and on the town walls and by the three gates. The |
418 |
town folk slept, all but the sick and the sorrowful and the |
419 |
careful and those who had work at dawn. Listen, and you |
420 |
might hear sound like the first moving of birds, or breath |
421 |
of dawn wind coming up at sea. The greater part now of |
422 |
the town folk were Christian, brought in since the five-year- |
423 |
gone siege that still resounded. Moors were here, but they |
424 |
had turned Christian, or were slaves, or both slave and |
425 |
Christian. I had seen monks of all habits and heard ring |
426 |
above the inn the bells of a nunnery. Now again they |
427 |
rang. The mosque was now a church. It rose at hand,-- |
428 |
white, square, domed. I went by a ladder-like lane down |
429 |
toward Zarafa wall and the Gate of the Lion. At sunrise |
430 |
in would pour peasants from the vale below, bringing vegetables |
431 |
and poultry, and mountaineers with quails and conies, |
432 |
and others with divers affairs. Outgoing would be those |
433 |
who tilled a few steep gardens beyond the wall, messengers |
434 |
and errand folk, soldiers and traders for the army before |
435 |
Granada. |
436 |
|
437 |
It was full early when I came to the wall. I could make |
438 |
out the heavy and tall archway of the gate, but as yet was |
439 |
no throng before it. I waited; the folk began to gather, the |
440 |
sun came up. Zarafa grew rosy. Now was clatter enough, |
441 |
voices of men and brutes, both sides the gate. The gate |
442 |
opened. Juan Lepe won out with a knot of brawny folk |
443 |
going to the mountain pastures. Well forth, he looked back |
444 |
and saw Zarafa gleaming rose and pearl in the blink of the |
445 |
sun, and sent young merchantward a wish for good. Then |
446 |
he took the eastward way down the mountain, toward lower |
447 |
mountains and at last the Vega of Granada. |
448 |
|
449 |
|
450 |
|
451 |
CHAPTER III |
452 |
|
453 |
THE day passed. I had adventures of the road, but |
454 |
none of consequence. I slept well among the rocks, |
455 |
waked, ate the bit of bread I had with me, and fell |
456 |
again to walking. |
457 |
|
458 |
Mountains were now withdrawing to the distant horizon |
459 |
where they stood around, a mighty and beautiful wall. I |
460 |
was coming down into the plain of Granada, that once had |
461 |
been a garden. Now, north, south, east, west, it lay war- |
462 |
trampled. Old owners were dead, men and women, or were |
463 |
_mudexares_, vassals, or were fled, men and women, all who |
464 |
could flee, to their kindred in Africa. Or they yet cowered, |
465 |
men and women, in the broken garden, awaiting individual |
466 |
disaster. The Kingdom of Granada had sins, and the Kingdom |
467 |
of Castile, and the Kingdom of Leon. The Moor was |
468 |
stained, and the Spaniard, the Moslem and the Christian |
469 |
and the Jew. Who had stains the least or the most God |
470 |
knew--and it was a poor inquiry. Seek the virtues and |
471 |
bind them with love, each in each! |
472 |
|
473 |
If the mountain road had been largely solitary, it was not |
474 |
so of this road. There were folk enough in the wide Vega |
475 |
of Granada. Clearly, as though the one party had been |
476 |
dressed in black and the other in red, they divided into |
477 |
vanquished and victor. Bit by bit, now through years, all |
478 |
these towns and villages, all these fertile fields and bosky |
479 |
places, rich and singing, had left the hand of the Moor for |
480 |
the hand of the Spaniard. |
481 |
|
482 |
In all this part of his old kingdom the Moor lay low in |
483 |
defeat. In had swarmed the Christian and with the Christian |
484 |
the Jew, though now the Jew must leave. The city |
485 |
of Granada was not yet surrendered, and the Queen and |
486 |
King held all soldiery that they might at Santa Fe, built as |
487 |
it were in a night before Granada walls. Yet there seemed |
488 |
at large bands enough, licentious and loud, the scum of |
489 |
soldiery. Ere I reached the village that I now saw before |
490 |
me I had met two such bands, I wondered, and then wondered |
491 |
at my own wonder. |
492 |
|
493 |
The chief house of the village was become an inn. Two |
494 |
long tables stood in the patio where no fountain now flowed |
495 |
nor orange trees grew nor birds sang in corners nor fine |
496 |
awning kept away the glare. Twenty of these wild and |
497 |
base fighting men crowded one table, eating and drinking, |
498 |
clamorous and spouting oaths. At the other table sat together |
499 |
at an end three men whom by a number of tokens |
500 |
might be robbers of the mountains. They sat quiet, indifferent |
501 |
to the noise, talking low among themselves in a |
502 |
tongue of their own, kin enough to the soldiery not to |
503 |
fear them. The opposite end of the long table was given to |
504 |
a group to which I now joined myself. Here sat two Franciscan |
505 |
friars, and a man who seemed a lawyer; and one who |
506 |
had the air of the sea and turned out to be master of a |
507 |
Levantine; and a brisk, talkative, important person, a Catalan, |
508 |
and as it presently appeared alcalde once of a so-so |
509 |
village; and a young, unhealthy-looking man in black with |
510 |
an open book beside him; and a strange fellow whose |
511 |
Spanish was imperfect. |
512 |
|
513 |
I sat down near the friars, crossed myself, and cut a piece |
514 |
of bread from the loaf before me. The innkeeper and his |
515 |
wife, a gaunt, extraordinarily tall woman, served, running |
516 |
from table to table. The place was all heat and noise. |
517 |
Presently the soldiers, ending their meal, got up with clamor |
518 |
and surged from the court to their waiting horses. After |
519 |
them ran the innkeeper, appealing for pay. Denials, expostulation, |
520 |
anger and beseeching reached the ears of the patio, |
521 |
then the sound of horses going down stony ways. "O God |
522 |
of the poor!" cried the gaunt woman. "How are we |
523 |
robbed!" |
524 |
|
525 |
"Why are they not before Granada?" demanded the |
526 |
lawyer and alertly provided the answer to his own question. |
527 |
"Take locusts and give them leave to eat, being careful to |
528 |
say, `This fellow's fields only!' But the locusts have wings |
529 |
and their nature is to eat!" |
530 |
|
531 |
The mountain robbers, if robbers they were, dined quietly, |
532 |
the gaunt woman promptly and painstakingly serving them. |
533 |
They were going to pay, I was sure, though it might not be |
534 |
this noon. |
535 |
|
536 |
The two friars seemed, quiet, simple men, dining as |
537 |
dumbly as if they sat in Saint Francis's refectory. The |
538 |
sometime alcalde and the shipmaster were the talkers, the |
539 |
student sitting as though he were in the desert, eating bread |
540 |
and cheese and onions and looking on his book. The lawyer |
541 |
watched all, talked to make them talk, then came in and settled |
542 |
matters. The alcalde was the politician, knowing the |
543 |
affairs of the world and speaking familiarly of the King |
544 |
and the Queen and the Marquis of Cadiz. |
545 |
|
546 |
The shipmaster said, "This time last year I was in London, |
547 |
and I saw their King. His name is Henry. King |
548 |
Henry the Seventh, and a good carrier of his kingship!" |
549 |
|
550 |
"That for him!" said the alcalde. "Let him stay in his |
551 |
foggy island! But Spain is too small for King Ferdinand." |
552 |
"All kings find their lands too small," said the lawyer. |
553 |
|
554 |
The shipmaster spoke again. "The King of Portugal's |
555 |
ship sails ahead of ours in that matter. He's stuck his banner |
556 |
in the new islands, Maderia and the Hawk Islands and |
557 |
where not! I was talking in Cadiz with one who was with |
558 |
Bartholomew Diaz when he turned Africa and named it |
559 |
Good Hope. Which is to say, King John has Good Hope of |
560 |
seeing Portugal swell. Portugal! Well, I say, `Why not |
561 |
Spain'?" |
562 |
|
563 |
The student looked up from his book. "It is a great |
564 |
Age!" he said and returned to his reading. |
565 |
|
566 |
When we had finished dinner, we paid the tall, gaunt |
567 |
woman and leaving the robbers, if robbers they were, still |
568 |
at table, went out into the street. Here the friars, the alcalde |
569 |
and the lawyer moved in the direction of the small, staring |
570 |
white and ruined mosque that was to be transformed into |
571 |
the church of San Jago the Deliverer. That was the one |
572 |
thing of which the friars had spoken. A long bench ran by |
573 |
inn wall and here the shipmaster took his seat and began to |
574 |
discourse with those already there. Book under arm, the |
575 |
student moved dreamily down the opposite lane. Juan |
576 |
Lepe walked away alone. |
577 |
|
578 |
Through the remainder of this day he had now company |
579 |
and adventure without, now solitude and adventure within. |
580 |
That night he spent in a ruined tower where young |
581 |
trees grew and an owl was his comrade and he read the face |
582 |
of a glorious moon. Dawn. He bathed in a stream that |
583 |
ran by the mound of the tower and ate a piece of bread from |
584 |
his wallet and took the road. |
585 |
|
586 |
The sun mounted above the trees. A man upon a mule |
587 |
came up behind me and was passing. "There is a stone |
588 |
wedged in his shoe," I said. The rider drew rein and I |
589 |
lifted the creature's foreleg and took out the pebble. The |
590 |
rider made search for a bit of money. I said that the deed |
591 |
was short and easy and needed no payment, whereupon he |
592 |
put up the coin and regarded me out of his fine blue eyes. |
593 |
He was quite fair, a young man still, and dressed after a |
594 |
manner of his own in garments not at all new but with |
595 |
a beauty of fashioning and putting on. He and his mule |
596 |
looked a corner out of a great painting. And I had no |
597 |
sooner thought that than he said, "I see in you, friend, a |
598 |
face and figure for my `Draught of Fishes.' And by Saint |
599 |
Christopher, there is water over yonder and just the landscape!" |
600 |
He leaned from the saddle and spoke persuasively, |
601 |
"Come from the road a bit down to the water and let me |
602 |
draw you! You are not dressed like the kin of Midas! I |
603 |
will give you the price of dinner." As he talked he drew out |
604 |
of a richly worked bag a book of paper and pencils. |
605 |
I thought, "This beard and the clothes of Juan Lepe. He |
606 |
can hardly make it so that any may recognize." It was resting |
607 |
time and the man attracted. I agreed, if he would take |
608 |
no more than an hour. |
609 |
|
610 |
"The drawing, no!--Bent far over, gathering the net |
611 |
strongly--Andrew or Mark perhaps, since, traditionally, |
612 |
John must have youth." |
613 |
|
614 |
He had continued to study me all this time, and now we |
615 |
left the road and moved over the plain to the stream that |
616 |
here widened into a pool fringed with rushes and a few |
617 |
twisted trees. An ancient, half-sunken boat drowsing under |
618 |
the bank he hailed again in the name of Saint Christopher. |
619 |
Dismounting, he fastened his mule to a willow and proceeded |
620 |
to place me, then himself found a root of a tree, |
621 |
and taking out his knife fell to sharpening pencil. This done, |
622 |
he rested book against knee and began to draw. |
623 |
|
624 |
Having made his figure in one posture he rose and showed |
625 |
me another and drew his fisherman so. Then he demonstrated |
626 |
a third way and drew again. Now he was silent, |
627 |
working hard, and now he dropped his hand, threw back |
628 |
his head and talked. He himself made a picture, paly gold |
629 |
of locks, subtle and quick of face, plastered against a blue |
630 |
shield with a willow wreath going around. |
631 |
|
632 |
I stood so or so, drawing hard upon the net with the |
633 |
fishes. Then at his command I approached more nearly, and |
634 |
he drew full face and three-quarter and profile. It was between |
635 |
these accomplishings that he talked more intimately. |
636 |
|
637 |
"Seamen go to Italy," he said. "Were you ever in |
638 |
Milan? But that is inland." |
639 |
|
640 |
I answered that I had been from Genoa to Milan. |
641 |
|
642 |
"It is not likely that you saw a great painter there |
643 |
Messer Leonardo?" |
644 |
|
645 |
It happened that I had done this, and moreover had seen |
646 |
him at work and heard him put right thought into most right |
647 |
words. I was so tired of lying that after a moment I said |
648 |
that I had seen and heard Messer Leonardo. |
649 |
|
650 |
"Did you see the statue?" |
651 |
|
652 |
"The first time I saw him he was at work upon it. The |
653 |
next time he was painting in the church of Santa Maria. |
654 |
The third time he sat in a garden, sipped wine and talked." |
655 |
|
656 |
"I hold you," he said, "to be a fortunate fisherman! |
657 |
Just as this fisher I am painting, and whether it is Andrew |
658 |
or Mark, I do not yet know, was a most fortunate fisherman!" |
659 |
He ended meditatively, "Though whoever it is, |
660 |
probably he was crucified or beheaded or burned." |
661 |
|
662 |
I felt a certain shiver of premonition. The day that had |
663 |
been warm and bright turned in a flash ashy and chill. Then |
664 |
it swung back to its first fair seeming, or not to its first, but |
665 |
to a deeper, brighter yet. The Fisherman by Galilee was |
666 |
fortunate. Whoever perceived truth and beauty was fortunate, |
667 |
fortunate now and forever! |
668 |
|
669 |
We came back to Messer Leonardo. "I spent six months |
670 |
at the court in Milan," said the fair man. "I painted the |
671 |
Duke and the Duchess and two great courtiers. Messer |
672 |
Leonardo was away. He returned, and I visited him and |
673 |
found a master. Since that time I study light and shadow |
674 |
and small things and seek out inner action." |
675 |
|
676 |
He worked in silence, then again began to speak of painters, |
677 |
Italian and Spanish. He asked me if I had seen such |
678 |
and such pictures in Seville. |
679 |
|
680 |
"Yes. They are good." |
681 |
|
682 |
"Do you know Monsalvat?" |
683 |
|
684 |
I said that I had climbed there one day. "I dream a painting!" |
685 |
he said, "The Quest of the Grail. Now I see it running |
686 |
over the four walls of a church, and now I see it all |
687 |
packed into one man who rides. Then again it has seemed |
688 |
to me truer to have it in a man and woman who walk, or |
689 |
perhaps even are seated. What do you think?" |
690 |
|
691 |
I was thinking of Isabel who died in my arms twenty |
692 |
years ago. "I would have it man and woman," I said. |
693 |
Unless, like Messer Leonardo, you can put both in one." |
694 |
|
695 |
He sat still, his mind working, while in a fair inner land |
696 |
Isabel and I moved together; then in a meditative quiet he |
697 |
finished his drawing. He himself was admirable, fine gold |
698 |
and bronze, sapphire-eyed, with a face where streams of |
699 |
visions moved the muscles, and all against the blue and the |
700 |
willow tree. |
701 |
|
702 |
At last he put away pencil, and at his gesture I came from |
703 |
the boat and the reeds. I looked at what he had drawn, and |
704 |
then he shut book and, the mule following us, we moved |
705 |
back to the road. |
706 |
|
707 |
"My dear fisherman," he said, "you are trudging afoot |
708 |
and your dress exhibits poverty. Painters may paint Jove |
709 |
descending in showers of golden pesos and yet have few |
710 |
pesos in purse. I have at present ten. I should like to |
711 |
share them with you who have done me various good turns |
712 |
to-day." |
713 |
|
714 |
I said that he was generous but that he had done me |
715 |
good turns. Moreover I was not utterly without coin, and |
716 |
certainly the hour had paid for itself. So he mounted his |
717 |
mule and wished me good fortune, and I wished him good |
718 |
fortune. |
719 |
|
720 |
"Are you going to Santa Fe?" |
721 |
|
722 |
"Yes. I have a friend in the camp." |
723 |
|
724 |
"I go there to paint her Highness the Queen for his |
725 |
Highness the King. Perhaps we shall meet again. I am |
726 |
Manuel Rodriguez." |
727 |
|
728 |
"I guessed that," I answered, "an hour ago! Be so |
729 |
good, great painter, as not to remember me. It will serve me |
730 |
better." |
731 |
|
732 |
The light played again over his face. "_The Disguised |
733 |
Hidalgo_. Excellent pictures come to me like that, in a great |
734 |
warm light, and excellent names for pictures.--Very good. |
735 |
In a way, so to speak, I shall completely forget you!" |
736 |
|
737 |
Two on horseback, a churchman and a knight, with servants |
738 |
following, came around a bend of the dusty road and |
739 |
recognizing Manuel Rodriguez, called to him by name. |
740 |
Away he rode upon his mule, keeping company with them. |
741 |
The dozen in their train followed, raising as they went by |
742 |
such a dust cloud that presently all became like figures upon |
743 |
worn arras. They rode toward Santa Fe, and I followed on |
744 |
foot. |
745 |
|
746 |
|
747 |
|
748 |
CHAPTER IV |
749 |
|
750 |
SANTA Fe rose before me, a camp in wood, plaster and |
751 |
stone, a camp with a palace, a camp with churches. |
752 |
Built of a piece where no town had stood, built that |
753 |
Majesty and its Court and its Army might have roofs and |
754 |
walls, not tents, for so long a siege, it covered the plain, a |
755 |
city raised in a night. The siege had been long as the war |
756 |
had been long. Hidalgo Spain and simple Spain were gathered |
757 |
here in great squares and ribbons of valor, ambition, |
758 |
emulation, desire of excitement and of livelihood, and likewise, |
759 |
I say it, in pieces not small, herded and brought here |
760 |
without any "I say yes" of their own, and to their misery. |
761 |
There held full flavor of crusade, as all along the war had |
762 |
been preached as a crusade. Holy Church had here her |
763 |
own grandees, cavaliers and footmen. They wore cope and |
764 |
they wore cowl, and on occasion many endued themselves |
765 |
with armor and hacked and hewed with an earthly sword. |
766 |
At times there seemed as many friars and priests as soldiers. |
767 |
Out and in went a great Queen and King. Their court was |
768 |
here. The churchmen pressed around the Queen. Famous |
769 |
leaders put on or took off armor in Santa Fe,--the |
770 |
Marquis of Cadiz and many others only less than he in |
771 |
estimation, and one Don Gonsalvo de Cordova, whose greater |
772 |
fame was yet to come. Military and shining youth came to |
773 |
train and fight under these. Old captains-at-arms, gaunt and |
774 |
scarred, made their way thither from afar. All were not |
775 |
Spaniard; many a soldier out at fortune or wishful of fame |
776 |
came from France and Italy, even from England and Germany. |
777 |
Women were in Santa Fe. The Queen had her |
778 |
ladies. Wives, sisters and daughters of hidalgos came to |
779 |
visit, and the common soldiery had their mates. Nor did |
780 |
there lack courtesans. |
781 |
|
782 |
Petty merchants thronged the place. All manner of rich |
783 |
goods were bought by the flushed soldiers, the high and the |
784 |
low. And there dwelled here a host of those who sold |
785 |
entertainment,--mummers and jugglers and singers, dwarfs |
786 |
and giants. Dice rattled, now there were castanets and |
787 |
dancing, and now church bells seemed to rock the place. |
788 |
Wine flowed. |
789 |
|
790 |
Out of the plain a league and more away sprang the two |
791 |
hills of Granada, and pricked against the sky, her walls |
792 |
and thousand towers and noble gates. Between them and |
793 |
Santa Fe stretched open and ruined ground, and here for |
794 |
many a day had shocked together the Spaniard and the |
795 |
Moor. But now there was no longer battle. Granada had |
796 |
asked and been granted seventy days in which to envisage |
797 |
and accept her fate. These were nearing the end. Lost |
798 |
and beaten, haggard with woe and hunger and pestilence, |
799 |
the city stood over against us, above the naked plain, all |
800 |
her outer gardens stripped away, bare light striking the red |
801 |
Alhambra and the Citadel. When the wind swept over her |
802 |
and on to Santa Fe it seemed to bring a sound of wailing |
803 |
and the faint and terrible odor of a long besieged place. |
804 |
|
805 |
I came at eve into Santa Fe, found at last an inn of the |
806 |
poorer sort, ate scant supper and went to bed. Dawn came |
807 |
with a great ringing of church bells. |
808 |
|
809 |
Out of the inn, in the throbbing street, I began my search |
810 |
for Don Enrique de Cerda. One told me one thing and one |
811 |
another, but at last I got true direction. At noon I found |
812 |
him in a goodly room where he made recovery from wounds. |
813 |
Now he walked and now he sat, his arm in a sling and a |
814 |
bandage like a turban around his head. A page took him |
815 |
the word I gave. "Juan Lepe. From the hermitage in the |
816 |
oak wood." It sufficed. When I entered he gazed, then |
817 |
coming to me, put his unbound hand over mine. "Why," |
818 |
he asked, " `Juan Lepe'?" |
819 |
|
820 |
I glanced toward the page and he dismissed him, whereupon |
821 |
I explained the circumstances. |
822 |
|
823 |
We sat by the window, and again rose for us the hermitage |
824 |
in the oak wood at foot of a mountain, and the small |
825 |
tower that slew in ugly fashion. Again we were young |
826 |
men, together in strange dangers, learning there each other's |
827 |
mettle. He had not at all forgotten. |
828 |
|
829 |
He offered to go to Seville, as soon as Granada should |
830 |
fall, and find and fight Don Pedro. I shook my head. I |
831 |
could have done that had I seen it as the way. |
832 |
|
833 |
He agreed that Don Pedro was now the minor peril. It |
834 |
is evil to chain thought! In our day we think boldly of a |
835 |
number of things. But touch King or touch Church--the |
836 |
cord is around your neck! |
837 |
|
838 |
I said that I supposed I had been rash. |
839 |
|
840 |
He nodded. "Yes. You were rash that day in the oak |
841 |
wood. Less rash, and my bones would be lying there, under |
842 |
tree." He rose and walked the room, then came to me and |
843 |
put his unhurt arm about my shoulders. "Don Jayme, we |
844 |
swore that day comrade love and service--and that day is |
845 |
now; twilight has never come to it, the leaves of the oak |
846 |
wood have never fallen! The Holy Office shall not have |
847 |
thee!" |
848 |
|
849 |
"Don Enrique--" |
850 |
|
851 |
We sat down and drank each a little wine, and fell to |
852 |
ways and means. |
853 |
|
854 |
I rested Juan Lepe in the household of Don Enrique de |
855 |
Cerda, one figure among many, involved in the swarm of |
856 |
fighting and serving men. There was a squire who had |
857 |
served him long. To this man, Diego Lopez, I was committed, |
858 |
with enough told to enlist his intelligence. He managed |
859 |
for me in the intricate life of the place with a skill to |
860 |
make god Mercury applaud. Don Enrique and I were rarely |
861 |
together, rarely were seen by men to speak one to the other. |
862 |
But in the inner world we were together. |
863 |
|
864 |
Days passed. We found nothing yet to do while all |
865 |
listening and doing at Santa Fe were bound up in the crumbling of Granada into Spanish hands. It seemed |
866 |
best to wait, |
867 |
watching chances. |
868 |
|
869 |
Meantime the show glittered, and man's strong stomach |
870 |
cried "Life! More life!" It glittered at Santa Fe before |
871 |
Granada, and it was a dying ember in Granada before Santa |
872 |
Fe. The one glittered and triumphed because the other |
873 |
glittered and triumphed not. And who above held the balances |
874 |
even and neither sorrowed nor was feverishly elated |
875 |
but went his own way could only be seen from the Vega |
876 |
like a dream or a line from a poet. |
877 |
|
878 |
For the most part the nobles and cavaliers in Santa Fe |
879 |
spent as though hard gold were spiritual gold to be gathered |
880 |
endlessly. One might say, "They go into a garden and |
881 |
shake tree each morning, which tree puts forth again in the |
882 |
night." None seemed to see as on a map laid down Spain |
883 |
and the broken peasant and the digger of the gold. None |
884 |
seemed to feel that toil which or soon or late they must |
885 |
recognize for their own toil. Toil in Spain, toil in other |
886 |
and far lands whence came their rich things, toil in Europe, |
887 |
Arabia and India! Apparel at Santa Fe was a thing to |
888 |
marvel at. The steed no less than his rider went gorgeous. |
889 |
The King and Queen, it was said, did not like this peacocking, |
890 |
but might not help it. |
891 |
|
892 |
They themselves were pouring gold into the lap of the |
893 |
Church. It was a capacious lap. |
894 |
|
895 |
Wars were general enough, God knew! But not every |
896 |
year could one find a camp where the friar was as common |
897 |
as the archer or the pikeman, and the prelate as the plumed |
898 |
chieftain. |
899 |
|
900 |
Santa Fe was court no less than camp, court almost as |
901 |
though it were Cordova. This Queen and King at least did |
902 |
not live at ease in palaces while others fought their wars. |
903 |
North, south, east and west, through the ten years, they |
904 |
had been the moving springs. It was an able King and |
905 |
Queen, a politic King and a sincere and godly Queen, even |
906 |
a loving Queen. If only--if only-- |
907 |
|
908 |
I had been a week and more in Santa Fe when King Boabdil surrendered Granada. He left forever the |
909 |
Alhambra. |
910 |
Granada gates opened; he rode out with a few of his emirs |
911 |
and servants to meet King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella. |
912 |
The day shone bright. Spain towered, a figure dressed in |
913 |
gold and red. |
914 |
|
915 |
Santa Fe poured out to view the spectacle, and with the |
916 |
rest went Diego Lopez and Juan Lepe. So great festival, |
917 |
so vivid the color, so echoing the sound, so stately and various |
918 |
the movement! Looking at the great strength massing there |
919 |
on the plain I said aloud, as I thought, to Diego Lopez, |
920 |
"Now they might do some worthy great thing!" |
921 |
|
922 |
The squire not answering, I became aware that a swirl in |
923 |
the throng had pushed him from me. Still there came an |
924 |
answer in a deep and peculiarly thrilling voice. "That is |
925 |
a true saying and a good augury!" |
926 |
|
927 |
I learn much by voices and before I turned I knew that |
928 |
this was an enthusiast's voice, but not an enthusiast without |
929 |
knowledge. Whoever spoke was strong enough, real enough. |
930 |
I liked the voice and felt a certain inner movement of friendship. |
931 |
Some shift among the great actors, some parting of |
932 |
banners, kept us suspended and staring for a moment, then |
933 |
the view closed against us who could only behold by snatches. |
934 |
Freed, I turned to see who had spoken and found a tall, |
935 |
strongly made, white-haired man. The silver hair was too |
936 |
soon; he could hardly have been ten years my elder. He |
937 |
had a long, fair face that might once have been tanned and |
938 |
hardened by great exposure. His skin had that look, but |
939 |
now the bronze was faded, and you could see that he had |
940 |
been born very fair in tint. Across the high nose and |
941 |
cheek bones went a powdering of freckles. His eyes were |
942 |
bluish-gray and I saw at once that he habitually looked at |
943 |
things afar off. |
944 |
|
945 |
He was rather poorly dressed and pushed about as I was. |
946 |
When the surge again gave him footing, he spoke beside me. |
947 |
"'Now that this is over, they might do some great, worthy |
948 |
thing!' Very true, friend, they might! I take your words |
949 |
for good omen." The throng shot out an arm and we were |
950 |
parted. The same action brought back to me Diego Lopez. |
951 |
Speaking to him later of the tall man, he said that he had |
952 |
noticed him, and that it was the Italian who would go to |
953 |
India by way of Ocean-Sea. |
954 |
|
955 |
King Boabdil gave up his city to King Ferdinand and |
956 |
Queen Isabella. Over Granada, high against the bright sky, |
957 |
rose and floated the banners. Cannon, the big lombards, |
958 |
roared. Mars' music crashed out, then the trumpets ceased |
959 |
their crying and instead spread a mighty chanting. _Te Deum |
960 |
Laudamus!_ |
961 |
|
962 |
At last the massed brightness out in the plain quivered |
963 |
and parted. The pageantry broke, wide curving and returning |
964 |
with some freedom but with order too, into Santa Fe. |
965 |
I saw the Queen and the King with their children, and the |
966 |
Grand Cardinal, and prelates and prelates, and the Marquis |
967 |
of Cadiz, and many a grandee and famous knight. Don |
968 |
Enrique de Cerda and his troop came by. |
969 |
|
970 |
Diego Lopez and I returned to the town. I saw again |
971 |
the man who would find India by a way unpassed, as far as |
972 |
one knew, since the world began! He was entering a house |
973 |
with a friar beside him. Something came into my mind of |
974 |
the convent of La Rabida. |
975 |
|
976 |
|
977 |
|
978 |
CHAPTER V |
979 |
|
980 |
SOME days went by. The King and the Queen with the |
981 |
court and a great train of prelates and grandees and |
982 |
knights rode in state through Granada. Don Enrique, |
983 |
returning, told me of it in his room at night, of the Christian |
984 |
service in the mosque and the throning in the Alhambra. |
985 |
|
986 |
"Now," he said, "after great affairs, our affairs! I have |
987 |
had speech with the Marchioness of Moya." |
988 |
|
989 |
"That is the Queen's friend?" |
990 |
|
991 |
"Yes. Dona Beatrix de Boabdilla. We stood together |
992 |
by a fountain, and when she said, `What can I do for you?' |
993 |
I answered, `There is something.' Then while all went in |
994 |
pageantry before us, I told her of the hermitage in the oak |
995 |
wood and of the unhappy small tower, and of you and me |
996 |
and those others, and what was done that day. Don Jayme, |
997 |
I told it like a minstrel who believes what he sings! And |
998 |
then I spoke of to-day. She is no puny soul, nor is she |
999 |
in priest's grip. She acts from her own vision, not from |
1000 |
that of another. The Queen is no weak soul either! She |
1001 |
also has vision, but too often she lets the churchmen take |
1002 |
her vision from her. But Dona Beatrix is stronger there. |
1003 |
Well, she promises help if we can show her how to help." |
1004 |
|
1005 |
I said, "I have been thinking. It seems to me that it |
1006 |
was wrong to come here and put my weight upon you." |
1007 |
|
1008 |
"No!" he answered. "Did we not swear then, when |
1009 |
we were young men? And we needed no oaths neither. |
1010 |
Let such thoughts be.--I am going to the palace to-morrow, |
1011 |
and you with me. The King and the Queen ride with a |
1012 |
great train into Granada. But Dona Beatrix will excuse |
1013 |
herself from going. The palace will be almost empty, and |
1014 |
we shall find her in the little gallery above the Queen's |
1015 |
garden." |
1016 |
|
1017 |
The next morning we went there, Don Enrique de Cerda |
1018 |
and his squire, Juan Lepe. The palace rose great and goodly |
1019 |
enough, with the church at hand. All had been built as |
1020 |
by magic, silken pavilions flying away and stout houses |
1021 |
settling themselves down. Sunk among the walls had been |
1022 |
managed a small garden for the Queen and her ladies. A |
1023 |
narrow, latticed and roofed gallery built without the Queen's |
1024 |
rooms looked down upon orange and myrtle trees and a |
1025 |
fountain. Here we found the Marchioness de Moya, with |
1026 |
her two waiting damsels whom she set by the gallery door. |
1027 |
Don Enrique kissed her hand and then motioned to me. |
1028 |
Don Jayme de Marchena made his reverence. |
1029 |
|
1030 |
She was a strong woman who would go directly to the |
1031 |
heart of things. Always she would learn from the man |
1032 |
himself. She asked me this and I answered; that and the |
1033 |
other and I answered. "Don Pedro--?" I told the |
1034 |
enmity there and the reason for it. "The Jewish rabbi, |
1035 |
my great-grand father?" I avowed it, but by three Castilian |
1036 |
and Christian great-grandfathers could not be counted as |
1037 |
Jew! Practise Judaism? No. My grandmother Judith |
1038 |
had been Christian. |
1039 |
|
1040 |
She drove to the heart of it. "You yourself are Christian. |
1041 |
What do you mean by that? What the Queen means? |
1042 |
What the Grand Cardinal and the Archbishop of Granada |
1043 |
means? What the Holy Office means?" |
1044 |
|
1045 |
I kept silence for a moment, then I told her as well as I |
1046 |
might, without fever and without melancholy, what I had |
1047 |
written and of the Dominican. |
1048 |
|
1049 |
"You have been," she said, "an imprudent cavalier." |
1050 |
|
1051 |
The fountain flashed below us, a gray dove flew over |
1052 |
garden. I said, "There is a text, `With all thy getting, |
1053 |
get understanding.' There is another, `For God so loved |
1054 |
the world'--that He wished to impart understanding." |
1055 |
|
1056 |
She sat quiet, seeming to listen to the fountain. Then |
1057 |
she said, "Are you ready to avow when they ask you that |
1058 |
in every particular to which the Grand Inquisitor may point |
1059 |
you are wrong, and that all that Holy Church through mouth |
1060 |
of Holy Office says is right?" |
1061 |
|
1062 |
I said, "No, Madam! Present Church is not as large as |
1063 |
Truth, nor as fair as Beauty." |
1064 |
|
1065 |
"You may think that, but will you say the other?" |
1066 |
|
1067 |
"Say that church or kingdom exactly matches Truth and |
1068 |
Beauty?" |
1069 |
|
1070 |
"That is what I am sure you will have to say." |
1071 |
|
1072 |
"Then, no!" |
1073 |
|
1074 |
"I do not see," she said, "that I can do anything for |
1075 |
you." |
1076 |
|
1077 |
There was a chair beside her. She sat down, her chin on |
1078 |
her hand and her eyes lowered. Silence held save for the |
1079 |
fountain plashing. Don Enrique stood by the railing, and |
1080 |
Jayme de Marchena felt his concern. But he himself walked |
1081 |
just then--Don Jayme or Juan Lepe--into long patience, |
1082 |
into greater steadfastness. Into the inner fields came translucence, |
1083 |
gold light; came and faded, but left strength. |
1084 |
|
1085 |
Dona Beatrix raised her eyes and let them dwell upon |
1086 |
me. "Spain breeds bold knights," she said, "but not so |
1087 |
many after all who are bold within! Not so many, I think, |
1088 |
as are found in Italy or in France." She paused a moment, |
1089 |
looking at the sky above the roofs, then came back to me. |
1090 |
"It is hopeless, and you must see it, to talk in those terms |
1091 |
to the only powers that can lead the Holy Office to forget |
1092 |
that you live! It is hopeless to talk to the Queen, telling |
1093 |
her that. She would hold that she had entertained heresy, |
1094 |
and her imagination would not let her alone. I see naught |
1095 |
in this world for you to do but to go out of it into another! |
1096 |
There are other lands--" |
1097 |
|
1098 |
A damsel hurried to her from the door. "There's a stir |
1099 |
below, Madam! Something has brought the Queen home |
1100 |
earlier than we thought--" |
1101 |
|
1102 |
The Marchioness de Moya rose. Don Enrique kissed her |
1103 |
hand, and Jayme de Marchena kissed it and thanked her. "I |
1104 |
would help if I could!" she said. "But in Spain to-day |
1105 |
it is deadly dangerous to talk or write as though there were |
1106 |
freedom!" |
1107 |
|
1108 |
She passed from the gallery, Don Enrique and I following. |
1109 |
We came upon a landing with a great stair before us. |
1110 |
Quick as had been her maidens, they were not quick enough. |
1111 |
Many folk were coming up the broad steps. Dona Beatrix |
1112 |
glanced, then opened a door giving into a great room, |
1113 |
apparently empty. She pointed to an opposite door. "The |
1114 |
little stair! Go that way!" Don Enrique nodded comprehension. |
1115 |
We were in the room; the door closed. |
1116 |
|
1117 |
At first it seemed an empty great chamber. Then from |
1118 |
behind a square of stretched cloth came a man's head, followed |
1119 |
by the figure pertaining to it. The full man was clad |
1120 |
after a rich fancy and he held in his hand a brush and |
1121 |
looked at us at first dreamily and then with keenness. |
1122 |
|
1123 |
He knew me, differently arrayed though I was, and looked |
1124 |
from me to Don Enrique. "Master Manuel Rodriguez," |
1125 |
said the latter, "I would stop for good talk and to admire |
1126 |
the Queen's likeness, but duty calls me out of palace! |
1127 |
Adios!" He made toward the door across from that by |
1128 |
which we had entered. The painter spoke after us. "That |
1129 |
door is bolted, Don Enrique, on the other side. I do not |
1130 |
know why! It is not usually so." |
1131 |
|
1132 |
Don Enrique, turning, hurried to the first door and very |
1133 |
slightly opened it. A humming entered the large, quiet room. |
1134 |
He closed the door. "The Queen is coming up the great |
1135 |
stair. The Archbishop of Granada is with her and a whole |
1136 |
train beside!" He spoke to the painter. "I have no |
1137 |
audience, and for reasons would not choose this moment as |
1138 |
one in which to encounter the least disfavor! I will stay here |
1139 |
before your picture and admire until landing and stairways |
1140 |
are bare." |
1141 |
|
1142 |
"If to be invisible is your desire," answered Manuel |
1143 |
Rodriguez, "you have walked into trouble! The Queen is |
1144 |
coming here." |
1145 |
|
1146 |
Don Enrique exclaimed. Juan Lepe turned eyes to the |
1147 |
painter. The blue eyes met mine--there rose the rushy |
1148 |
pool, there dozed the broken boat. Manuel Rodriguez spoke |
1149 |
in his voice that was at once cool and fine and dry and |
1150 |
warm. "It is best to dare thoroughly! Perhaps I may |
1151 |
help you--as thus! Wishing to speak with Don Enrique |
1152 |
of an altar painting for the Church of Saint Dominic, I |
1153 |
asked him here and he came. We talked, and he will give |
1154 |
the picture. Then, hearing the Queen's approach, he would |
1155 |
instantly have been gone, but alack, the small door is barred! |
1156 |
--As for fisherman yonder, few look at squire when knight |
1157 |
is in presence!" |
1158 |
|
1159 |
No time to debate his offer, which indeed was both wise |
1160 |
and kind! Chamberlains flung open the door. In came the |
1161 |
Queen, with her the Princess Juana and several of her |
1162 |
ladies. Beside her walked Fernando de Talavera, Her Highness's |
1163 |
confessor, yesterday Bishop of Avila but now Archbishop |
1164 |
of Granada. Behind him moved two lesser ecclesiastics, |
1165 |
and with these Don Alonzo de Quintanella, Comptroller- |
1166 |
General of Castile. Others followed, nobles and |
1167 |
cavaliers, two soberly clad men who looked like secretaries, |
1168 |
a Franciscan friar, three or four pages. The room was |
1169 |
large and had a table covered with a rich cloth, two great |
1170 |
chairs and a few lesser ones. |
1171 |
|
1172 |
The painter and Don Enrique bent low to the Majesty |
1173 |
of Castile. In the background Juan Lepe made squire's |
1174 |
obeisance. I was bearded and my face stained with a |
1175 |
Moorish stain, and I was in shadow; it was idle to fear |
1176 |
recognition that might never come. The Queen seated herself, |
1177 |
and her daughter beside her, and with her good smile |
1178 |
motioned the Archbishop to a chair. The two ecclesiastics, |
1179 |
both venerable men, were given seats. The rest of the company |
1180 |
stood. The Queen's blue eyes rested on Don Enrique. |
1181 |
She spoke in a clear, mild voice, threaded with dignity. |
1182 |
"Were you summoned thither, Don Enrique de Cerda?" |
1183 |
|
1184 |
He answered, "No, Highness! I came to the palace to |
1185 |
seek Master Manuel Rodriguez who is to paint for me an |
1186 |
altarpiece for the Church of Saint Dominic. You and the |
1187 |
King, Madam, I thought were in Granada. Not finding him |
1188 |
in his own lodging, I made bold to come here. Then at |
1189 |
once, before I could hasten away, you returned!" |
1190 |
|
1191 |
The true nature of this Queen was to think no evil. Her |
1192 |
countenance remained mild. He had done valiant service, |
1193 |
and she was sisterly-minded toward the greater part of the |
1194 |
world. Now she said with serenity, "There is no fault, |
1195 |
Don Enrique. Stay with us now that you are here." |
1196 |
|
1197 |
Bowing deeply, he joined a brother-in-arms, Don Miguel |
1198 |
de Silva. His squire stood in the shadow behind him, but |
1199 |
found a chance-left lane of vision down which much might |
1200 |
be seen. |
1201 |
|
1202 |
The Queen composed herself , in her chair. "This is the |
1203 |
position, Master Manuel?" The fair man, so fine and quick |
1204 |
that I loved to look at him, bowed and stepped back to his |
1205 |
canvas, where he took up his brush and fell to work. The |
1206 |
Queen and the Archbishop began to speak earnestly together. |
1207 |
Words and sentences floated to Juan Lepe standing by the |
1208 |
arras. The Queen made thoughtful pauses, looking before |
1209 |
her with steady blue eyes and a somewhat lifted face. I |
1210 |
noted that when she did this Manuel Rodriguez painted |
1211 |
fast. |
1212 |
|
1213 |
There fell a pause in their talk. Something differing from |
1214 |
the subject of discourse, whatever in its fullness that might |
1215 |
be, seemed to come into her mind. She sent her glance across |
1216 |
the room. |
1217 |
|
1218 |
"Don Enrique de Cerda--" |
1219 |
|
1220 |
The tone summoned. When he was before her, "It was |
1221 |
in my mind," said the Queen, "to send for you within a |
1222 |
day or two. But now you are here, and this moment while |
1223 |
we await the King is as good as another. We have had |
1224 |
letters from the Bishop of Seville whom we reverence, and |
1225 |
from Don Pedro Enriquez to whom we owe much. They |
1226 |
have to do with Jayme de Marchena who has long been |
1227 |
suspect by the Holy Office. He has fled Seville, gone none |
1228 |
know where! Don Pedro informs us, Don Enrique, that |
1229 |
years ago this man stood among your friends. He does not |
1230 |
think it probable that this is yet so--nor do I, Don Enrique, |
1231 |
knowing that you must hold in abhorrence the heretic!" |
1232 |
She looked mildly upon him. "In youth we make chance |
1233 |
friendships thick as May, but manhood weeds the garden! |
1234 |
And yet we think it possible that this man may in his heart |
1235 |
trade on old things and make his way to you or send you |
1236 |
appeal." She paused, then said in a quiet voice, "Should |
1237 |
that happen, Don Enrique, on your allegiance, and as a |
1238 |
good Christian, you will do all that you can to put him in |
1239 |
the hands of the Holy Office." |
1240 |
|
1241 |
She waited with her blue eyes upon him. He said, and |
1242 |
said quietly, "It was long ago, Madam, when I was a young |
1243 |
man and careless. I will do all that lies in me to do. But |
1244 |
Spain is wide and there are ships to Africa and other shores." |
1245 |
|
1246 |
She said, "Yes, I do not see such an one daring to come |
1247 |
to Santa Fe! But they say that ten demons possess a |
1248 |
heretic, and that he crosses streams upon a hair or walks |
1249 |
edges of high walls." |
1250 |
|
1251 |
With her ringed hand she made gesture of dismissal. He |
1252 |
bowed low and stepped back to his former place. |
1253 |
|
1254 |
The sun flooded in at window. Manuel Rodriguez painted |
1255 |
steadily. The Queen sat still, with lifted face and eyes |
1256 |
strained into distance. She sighed and came back from |
1257 |
wastes where she would be Christian, oh, where she would |
1258 |
be Christian! and began with a tender, maternal look to talk |
1259 |
with her daughter. |
1260 |
|
1261 |
|
1262 |
|
1263 |
CHAPTER VI |
1264 |
|
1265 |
THE door giving upon the great corridor opened. One |
1266 |
said, "The King, Madam!" King Ferdinand entered |
1267 |
quietly, in the sober fashion of a sober and able man. |
1268 |
He was cool and balanced, true always to his own conception |
1269 |
of his own dues. The Queen rose and stepped to meet |
1270 |
him. They spoke, standing together, after which he handed |
1271 |
her to her chair and took beside her the other great chair |
1272 |
which the pages had swiftly placed. After greeting his |
1273 |
daughter and the Archbishop he looked across to the painter. |
1274 |
"Master Manuel Rodriguez, good day!" |
1275 |
|
1276 |
There fell a moment of sun-drenched quiet in which they |
1277 |
all sat for their picture. Then said the King, "Madam, we |
1278 |
are together, and here are those who have been our chief |
1279 |
advisers in this affair of discoveries. Master Christopherus |
1280 |
is below. We noted him in the court. Let us have him |
1281 |
here and see this too-long-dragging matter finished! Once |
1282 |
for all abate his demands, or once for all let him go!" |
1283 |
|
1284 |
They sent a page. Again there was sunny silence, then |
1285 |
in at the door came the tall, muscular, gray-eyed, silver- |
1286 |
haired man whom I had met the day King Boabdil surrendered |
1287 |
|
1288 |
Granada. |
1289 |
|
1290 |
He made reverence to the Queen and the King and to the |
1291 |
Archbishop. It was the Queen who spoke to him and that |
1292 |
gently. |
1293 |
|
1294 |
"Master Christopherus, we have had a thousand businesses, |
1295 |
and so our matter here has waited and waited. Today comes unaware this quiet hour and we will give it to |
1296 |
you. Here with us are the Archbishop and others who |
1297 |
have been our counsellors, and here is Don Alonzo de Quintantella who hath always stood your friend. In |
1298 |
all the hurly-burly we yet took time, two days ago, to sit in council and |
1299 |
come to conclusion. And now we give you our determination. |
1300 |
In all reason it should give you joy!" She smiled |
1301 |
upon him. "How many years since first you laid your |
1302 |
plan before us?" |
1303 |
|
1304 |
He answered her in a deep voice, thrilling and crowded |
1305 |
with feeling. "Seven years, Madam your Highness! Like |
1306 |
an infant laid at your feet. And winter has blown upon it, |
1307 |
and sunshine carrying hope has walked around it, and then |
1308 |
again the cold wind rises--" |
1309 |
|
1310 |
The King spoke. "Master Christopherus, in war much |
1311 |
else has to cease! In much we have had to find patience, |
1312 |
and you have to find it." |
1313 |
|
1314 |
"My lord King, yes!" replied the tall man. "It is |
1315 |
eighteen years since in Lisbon, looking upon the sea one day, |
1316 |
I said to myself, `Is there a question that is not to be |
1317 |
answered? This ocean is to be crossed. Then why do not I |
1318 |
cross it? There is Cipango, Cathay and India! Gold and |
1319 |
spices are there, and here lie ships, and between, when all |
1320 |
is said, is only sea! God made the sea to be sailed! Yonder |
1321 |
they worship idols, here we worship Christ. There are |
1322 |
idols, here is Christ. Once a Christopherus carried Christ |
1323 |
across water!' Eighteen years ago. I said, `I can do it!' |
1324 |
I say it to-day, my lord and my lady. I can do it!" |
1325 |
|
1326 |
Of the seated great ones only the Queen's spirit appeared |
1327 |
to answer his. He seemed to enchant her, to take her with |
1328 |
him. But the King's cool face regarded him with something |
1329 |
like dislike. He spoke in an edged voice. "Saint Christopher |
1330 |
asked no great wage. That is the point, Master |
1331 |
Christopherus, so let us to it! At last the Queen and I |
1332 |
say `We agree' to this enterprise, which may bring forth |
1333 |
fruit or may not, or may mean mere empty loss of ships |
1334 |
and men and of our monies! Yet we say `yea.' But we |
1335 |
do not say `yea ', Master Christopherus, to the too great |
1336 |
ferry fee which you ask! I say `ask', but verily the tone |
1337 |
is of command!" |
1338 |
|
1339 |
The man whom they called Master Christopherus made a |
1340 |
slow, wide gesture of deprecation. The Archbishop took |
1341 |
the word. "Too much! You ask a hundred times too |
1342 |
much! I must say to you that it is unchristianly arrogance. |
1343 |
You talk like a soldan!" An assenting murmur came from |
1344 |
the other ecclesiastics. |
1345 |
|
1346 |
The Queen spoke. "Master Christopherus, if it be a great |
1347 |
thing to do, is not the doing it and thereby blessing yourself |
1348 |
no less than others--is not that reward? Not that |
1349 |
Castile shall deny you reward, no! Trust me that if you |
1350 |
bring us the key of India you shall not find us niggardly! |
1351 |
But we and they who advise us stumble at your prescribing |
1352 |
wealth, honors and gifts that they say truly are better fitting |
1353 |
a great prince! Trust us for enrichment and for honor do |
1354 |
you come back with the great thing done! Leave it all now |
1355 |
to Time that brings to pass. So you will be clearer to go |
1356 |
forth to the blessed carrying of Christ!" |
1357 |
|
1358 |
She spoke earnestly, a Queen, but with much about her |
1359 |
of womanly, motherly sweetness. I saw that she greatly |
1360 |
liked the man and somewhere met his spirit. But the King |
1361 |
was gathering hardness. He spoke to a secretary standing |
1362 |
behind him. "Have you it there written down, the Italian's |
1363 |
demand?" |
1364 |
|
1365 |
The man produced a paper. "Read!" But before it |
1366 |
could be unfolded, Master Christopherus spoke. |
1367 |
|
1368 |
" `Italian!' Seven years in Spain and ten in Portugal, |
1369 |
and a good while in Porto Santo that belongs to Portugal, |
1370 |
a little in England and in Ultima Thule or Iceland, and long, |
1371 |
long years upon ships decked and undecked in all the seas |
1372 |
that are known--fourteen years, childhood and boyhood, in |
1373 |
Genoa and at Pavia where I went to school, and all my |
1374 |
years of hope in Christ's Kingdom, and in the uplands of |
1375 |
great doers-and your Highness says to me for a slighting |
1376 |
word, `Italian!' I was born in Italy, but to-day, for this |
1377 |
turn, King Ferdinand, you should call me `Spaniard'! As, |
1378 |
if King John sends me forth be will call me Portuguese! |
1379 |
Or King Henry will say, `Christopher the Englishman' |
1380 |
or King Charles, to whom verily I see that I may go, shall |
1381 |
say, `Frenchman, to whom all owe the marriage of East and |
1382 |
West, but France owes Empire!"' |
1383 |
|
1384 |
The King said, "It may be so, or it may not be so, |
1385 |
Master Christopherus.--Read!" |
1386 |
|
1387 |
The secretary read: The Genoese, Cristoforo Colombo, |
1388 |
called in Spain Cristobal Colon, and in the Latin Christopherus |
1389 |
Columbus, states and demands in substance as follows: |
1390 |
Sailing westward he will discover for the King and |
1391 |
Queen of the Spains the Indies and Cathay and Cipango, |
1392 |
to the great glory and enrichment of these Sovereigns and |
1393 |
the passing thereby of Spain ahead of Portugal, and likewise |
1394 |
and above all to the great glory of Christ and of Holy |
1395 |
Church. He will do this, having seen it clear for many |
1396 |
years that it is to be done, and he the instrument. And for |
1397 |
the finding by going westward of the said India and all |
1398 |
the gain of the world and the Kingdom of God and of our |
1399 |
Sovereigns the King Don Ferdinand and the Queen Dona |
1400 |
Isabella, he bargaineth thus: |
1401 |
|
1402 |
"He shall be named Admiral of the Ocean-Sea, whereby |
1403 |
he means the whole water west of the line drawn by the |
1404 |
Holy Father for the King of Portugal. He shall be made |
1405 |
Viceroy and Governor of all continents and islands that he |
1406 |
may discover, claim and occupy for the Sovereigns. And |
1407 |
the said Christopherus Columbus's eldest son shall hold these |
1408 |
offices after him, and the heir of his son, and his heir, down |
1409 |
time. He shall be granted one tenth of all gold, pearls, |
1410 |
precious stones, spices, or other merchandise found or bought |
1411 |
or exchanged within his admiralty and viceroyship, and this |
1412 |
tithe is likewise to be taken by his heirs from generation to |
1413 |
generation. He or one that he shall name shall be judge in |
1414 |
all disputes that arise in these continents and islands, so be it |
1415 |
that the honor of the Sovereigns of Spain is not touched. |
1416 |
He shall have the salary that hath the High Admiral of |
1417 |
Castile. He and his family shall be ennobled and henceforth |
1418 |
be called Don and Dona. And for the immediate sailing |
1419 |
of ships he may, if he so desire, be at an eighth of the |
1420 |
expense of outfitting, for which he shall be returned an |
1421 |
eighth of all the profit of this the first voyage." |
1422 |
|
1423 |
The secretary did not make the terms less sounding by |
1424 |
his reading. Wind in leaves, went a stir through the room. |
1425 |
I heard a page near me whispering, "O Sancta Maria! |
1426 |
The hanger-on, the needy one! Since the beginning of time |
1427 |
I've seen him at doors, sunny and cloudy days, the big, |
1428 |
droning bee!" Manuel Rodriguez painted on. I felt his |
1429 |
thought. "I should like to paint _you_, Admiral of the |
1430 |
Ocean-Sea!" |
1431 |
|
1432 |
The room recomposed itself. Out of silence came the |
1433 |
King's voice, chill and dry. "We abate so vast a claim for |
1434 |
so vast reward! But we would be naught else but just, |
1435 |
and in our ability lavish. Read now what we will do!" |
1436 |
|
1437 |
The secretary read. It had a certain largeness and goodliness, |
1438 |
as go rewards for adventure, even for great adventure, |
1439 |
what the sovereigns would do. The room thought it should |
1440 |
answer. The King spoke, "We can promise no more nor |
1441 |
other than this. It contents you, Master Christopherus?" |
1442 |
|
1443 |
The long-faced, high-nosed, gray-eyed man answered, |
1444 |
"No, my lord King." |
1445 |
|
1446 |
"Your own terms or none?" |
1447 |
|
1448 |
"Mine or none, your Highness." |
1449 |
|
1450 |
The King's voice grew a cutting wind. "To that the |
1451 |
Queen and I answer, `Ours or none!' " Pushing back |
1452 |
his chair, he glanced at sun out of window. "It is over. I |
1453 |
incline to think that it was at best but an empty vision. You |
1454 |
are dismissed, Master Christopherus!" |
1455 |
|
1456 |
The Genoese, bowing, stepped backward from the table. |
1457 |
In his face and carriage was nothing broken. He kept |
1458 |
color. The Queen's glance went after him, "What will you |
1459 |
do now, Master Christopherus?" |
1460 |
|
1461 |
He answered, "My lady, your Highness, I shall take |
1462 |
horse to-morrow for France." |
1463 |
|
1464 |
The King said, "France?--King Charles buys ever low, |
1465 |
not high!" |
1466 |
|
1467 |
The Sovereigns and the great churchmen and the less |
1468 |
great went away together. After them flowed the high attendance. |
1469 |
All went, Don Enrique among the last. Following |
1470 |
him, I turned head, for I wished to observe again two |
1471 |
persons, the painter Manuel Rodriguez and the Admiral of |
1472 |
the Ocean-Sea. The former painted on. The latter walked |
1473 |
forth quite alone, coming behind the grinning pages. |
1474 |
|
1475 |
In the court below I saw him again. The archway to |
1476 |
street sent toward us a deep wedge of shadow. He had a |
1477 |
cloak which he wrapped around him and a large round hat |
1478 |
which he drew low over his gray-blue eyes. With a firm |
1479 |
step he crossed to the archway where the purple shadow |
1480 |
took him. |
1481 |
|
1482 |
Juan Lepe must turn to his own part which now must be |
1483 |
decided. I walked behind Don Enrique de Cerda through |
1484 |
Santa Fe. With him kept Don Miguel de Silva, who loved |
1485 |
Don Enrique's sister and would still talk of _devoir_ and of |
1486 |
plans, now that the war was ended. When the house was |
1487 |
reached he would enter with us and still adhere to Don |
1488 |
Enrique. But at the stair foot the latter spoke to the squire. |
1489 |
"Find me in an hour, Juan Lepe. I have something to say |
1490 |
to thee!" His tone carried, "Do you think the place there |
1491 |
makes any difference? No, by the god of friends!" |
1492 |
|
1493 |
I let him go thinking that I would come to him presently. |
1494 |
But I, too, had to act under the god of friends. In Diego |
1495 |
Lopez's room I found quill and ink and paper, and there I |
1496 |
wrote a letter to Don Enrique, and finding Diego gave it to |
1497 |
him to be given in two hours into Don Enrique's hand. |
1498 |
Then Juan Lepe the squire changed in his own room, narrow |
1499 |
and bare as a cell, to the clothing of Juan Lepe the sailor. |
1500 |
|
1501 |
|
1502 |
|
1503 |
CHAPTER VII |
1504 |
|
1505 |
DUSK was drawing down as I stole with little trouble |
1506 |
out of the house into the street and thence into the |
1507 |
maze of Santa Fe. That night I slept with minstrels |
1508 |
and jugglers, and at sunrise slipped out of Cordova gate |
1509 |
with muleteers. They were for Cordova and I meant to go to |
1510 |
Malaga. I meant to find there a ship, maybe for Africa, |
1511 |
maybe for Italy, though in Italy, too, sits the Inquisition. |
1512 |
But who knows what it is that turns a man, unless we call |
1513 |
it his Genius, unless we call it God? I let the muleteers |
1514 |
pass me on the road to Cordova, let them dwindle in the |
1515 |
distance. And still I walked and did not turn back and |
1516 |
find the Malaga road. It was as though I were on the sea, |
1517 |
and my bark was hanging in a calm, waiting for a wind to |
1518 |
blow. A man mounted on a horse was coming toward me |
1519 |
from Santa Fe. Watching the small figure grow larger, I |
1520 |
said, "When he is even with me and has passed and is a |
1521 |
little figure again in the distance, I will turn south." |
1522 |
|
1523 |
He came nearer. Suddenly I knew him to be that Master |
1524 |
Christopherus who had entered the wedge of shadow yesterday |
1525 |
in the palace court. He was out of it now, in the broad |
1526 |
light, on the white road--on the way to France. He approached. |
1527 |
The ocean before Palos came and stood again |
1528 |
before me, salt and powerful. The keen, far, sky line of it |
1529 |
awoke and drew! |
1530 |
|
1531 |
Christopherus Columbus came up with me. I said, "A |
1532 |
Palos sailor gives you good morning!" |
1533 |
|
1534 |
Checking the horse, he sat looking at me out of blue-gray |
1535 |
eyes. I saw him recollecting. "Dress is different and |
1536 |
poorer, but you are the squire in the crowd! `Sailor |
1537 |
Palos sailor'--There's some meaning there too!" |
1538 |
|
1539 |
He seemed to ponder it, then asked if I was for Cordova. |
1540 |
|
1541 |
"No. I am going to Malaga where I take ship." |
1542 |
|
1543 |
"This is not the Malaga road." |
1544 |
|
1545 |
"No. But I am in no hurry! I should like to walk a mile |
1546 |
with you." |
1547 |
|
1548 |
"Then do it," he answered. "Something tells me that |
1549 |
we shall not be ill travelers together." |
1550 |
|
1551 |
I felt that also and no more than he could explain it. |
1552 |
But the reason, I know, stands in the forest behind the |
1553 |
seedling. |
1554 |
|
1555 |
He walked his horse, and I strode beside. He asked my |
1556 |
name and I gave it. Juan Lepe. We traveled Cordova |
1557 |
road together. Presently he said, "I leave Spain for France, |
1558 |
and do you know why?" |
1559 |
|
1560 |
Said Juan Lepe, "I have been told something, and I have |
1561 |
gathered something with my own eyes and ears. You would |
1562 |
reach Asia by going west." |
1563 |
|
1564 |
He spoke in the measured tone of a recital often made |
1565 |
alike to himself and to others. "I hold that the voyage from |
1566 |
Palos, say, first south to the Canaries and then due west |
1567 |
would not exceed three months. Yet I began to go west |
1568 |
to India full eighteen years ago! I have voyaged eighteen |
1569 |
years, with dead calms and head winds, with storms and |
1570 |
back-puttings, with pirates and mutinies, with food and |
1571 |
water lacking, with only God and my purpose for friend! I |
1572 |
have touched at the court of Portugal and at the court of |
1573 |
Spain, and, roundabout way, at the court of England, and at |
1574 |
the houses of the Doges of Venice and of Genoa. They all |
1575 |
kept me swinging long at anchor, but they have never given |
1576 |
me a furthering wind. Eighteen years going to India! But |
1577 |
why do I say eighteen? The Lord put me forth from landside |
1578 |
the day I was born. Before I was fourteen, at the |
1579 |
school in Pavia, He said, `Go to sea. Sail under thy cousin |
1580 |
Colombo and learn through long years all the inches of salt |
1581 |
water.' Later He said, one day when we were swinging |
1582 |
off Alexandria, `Study! Teach thyself! Buy books, not |
1583 |
wine nor fine clothes nor favor of women. Study on land |
1584 |
and study at sea. Look at every map that comes before you. |
1585 |
Learn to make maps. When a world map comes before you, |
1586 |
look at the western side of it and think how to fill it out |
1587 |
knowingly. Listen to seamen's tales. Learn to view the |
1588 |
invisible and to feel under foot the roundness of my |
1589 |
earth!' |
1590 |
|
1591 |
"And He said that same year off Aleppo, `Learn to |
1592 |
command ships. Learn in King Reinier's war and in what |
1593 |
other war Genoa makes. Learn to direct men and patiently |
1594 |
to hear them, winding in and out of their counsels, keeping |
1595 |
thyself always wiser than they.' Well, I studied, and learned, |
1596 |
and can command a ship or ships, and know navigation, and |
1597 |
can make maps and charts with the best, and can rule seamen, |
1598 |
loving them the while. Long ago, I went to that school |
1599 |
which He set, and came forth _magister!_ Long after His |
1600 |
first speaking, I was at Porto Santo, well named, and there |
1601 |
He said, `Seek India, going westward.' " He turned his |
1602 |
face to the sun. "I have been going to India fifty-six years." |
1603 |
|
1604 |
Juan Lepe asked, "Why, on yesterday, were you not content |
1605 |
with the King and Queen's terms? They granted honor |
1606 |
and competence. It was the estate of a prince that you |
1607 |
asked." |
1608 |
|
1609 |
Some moments passed before he answered. The sun was |
1610 |
shining, the road white and dusty, the mountains of Elvira |
1611 |
purple to the tops and there splashed with silver. When he |
1612 |
spoke, his voice was changed. Neither now nor hereafter |
1613 |
did he discourse of money-gold and nobility flowing from |
1614 |
earthly kings with that impersonal exaltation with which he |
1615 |
talked of his errand from God to link together east and west. |
1616 |
But he drew them somehow in train from the last, hiding |
1617 |
here I thought, an earthly weakness from himself, and the |
1618 |
weakness so intertwined with strength that it was hard to |
1619 |
divide parasite from oak. |
1620 |
|
1621 |
"Did you see," he asked, "a boy with me? That was my |
1622 |
son Diego whom I have left with a friend in Santa Fe. |
1623 |
Fernando, his half-brother, is but a child. I shall see him in |
1624 |
Cordova. I have two brothers, dear to me both of them, |
1625 |
Diego and Bartholomew. My old father, Dominico Colombo, |
1626 |
still lives in Genoa. He lives in poverty, as I have |
1627 |
lived in poverty these many years. And there is Pedro |
1628 |
Correo, to whom I owe much, husband of my wife's sister. |
1629 |
My wife is dead. The mother of Fernando is not my wife, |
1630 |
but I love her, and she is poor though beautiful and good. |
1631 |
I would have her less poor; I would give her beautiful |
1632 |
things. I have love for my kindred,--love and yearning |
1633 |
and care and desire to do them good, alike those who trust |
1634 |
me and those who think that I had failed them. I do not |
1635 |
fail them!" |
1636 |
|
1637 |
We padded on upon the dusty road. I felt his inner |
1638 |
warmth, divined his life. But at last I said, "What the |
1639 |
Queen and King promise would give rich care--" |
1640 |
|
1641 |
"I have friends too, for all that I ride out of Spain and |
1642 |
seem so poor and desolate! I would repay--ay, ten times |
1643 |
over--their faith and their help." |
1644 |
|
1645 |
"Still--" |
1646 |
|
1647 |
"There are moreover the poor, and those who study and |
1648 |
need books and maps that they cannot purchase. There are |
1649 |
convents--one convent especially--that befriended me |
1650 |
when I was alone and nigh hopeless and furthered my |
1651 |
cause. I would give that convent great gifts." Turning in |
1652 |
the saddle he looked southwest. "Fray Juan Perez--" |
1653 |
|
1654 |
Palos shore spread about me, and rose La Rabida, white |
1655 |
among vineyards and pines. Doves flew over cloister. But |
1656 |
I did not say all I knew. |
1657 |
|
1658 |
"There are other things that I would do. I do not speak |
1659 |
of them to many! They would say that I was mad. But |
1660 |
great things that in this age none else seems inclined to do!" |
1661 |
|
1662 |
"As what?" I asked. "I have been called mad myself. |
1663 |
I am not apt to think you so." |
1664 |
|
1665 |
He began to speak of a mighty crusade to recover the |
1666 |
Holy Sepulchre. |
1667 |
|
1668 |
The road to Cordova stretched sunny and dusty. Above |
1669 |
the mountains of Elvira the sky stood keen blue. Juan Lepe |
1670 |
said slowly, "Admiral of the Ocean-Sea and Viceroy and |
1671 |
Governor of continents and islands in perpetuity, sons |
1672 |
and sons' sons after you, and gilded deep with a tenth of all |
1673 |
the wealth that flows forever from Asia over Ocean-Sea to |
1674 |
Spain, and you and all after you made nobles, grandees and |
1675 |
wealthy from generation to generation! Kings almost of |
1676 |
the west, and donors to the east, arousers of crusades and |
1677 |
freers of the Sepulchre! You build a high tower!" |
1678 |
|
1679 |
Carters and carts going by pushed us to the edge of road |
1680 |
and covered all with dust. He waited until the cloud sank, |
1681 |
then he said, "Do you know--but you cannot know what |
1682 |
it is to be sent from pillar to post and wait in antechambers |
1683 |
where the air stifles, and doff cap--who have |
1684 |
been captain of ships!--to chamberlain, page and lackey? |
1685 |
To be called dreamer, adventurer, dicer! To hear the laugh |
1686 |
and catch the sneer! To be the persuader, the beggar of |
1687 |
good and bad, high and low--to beg year in and year out, |
1688 |
cold and warmth, summer and winter, sunrise, noon and |
1689 |
sunset, calm and storm, beg of galleon and beg of carrack, |
1690 |
yea, beg of cockboat! To see your family go needy, to be |
1691 |
doubted by wife and child and brethren and friends and |
1692 |
acquaintance! To have them say, `While you dream we |
1693 |
go hungry!' and `What good will it do us if there is India, |
1694 |
while we famish in Spain?' and `You love us not, or you |
1695 |
would become a prosperous sea captain!'--Not one year |
1696 |
but eighteen, eighteen, since I saw in vision the sun set not |
1697 |
behind water but behind vale and hill and mountain and |
1698 |
cities rich beyond counting, and smelled the spice draught |
1699 |
from the land!" |
1700 |
|
1701 |
I saw that he must count upon huge indemnity. We all |
1702 |
dream indemnity. But still I thought and think that there |
1703 |
was here a weakness in him. Far inward he may have |
1704 |
known it himself, the outer self was so busy finding grounds! |
1705 |
After a moment he spoke again, "Little things bring little |
1706 |
reward. But to keep proportion and harmony, great thing |
1707 |
must bring great things! You do not know what it is to |
1708 |
cross where no man hath crossed and to find what no man |
1709 |
hath found!" |
1710 |
|
1711 |
"Yes, it is a great thing!" |
1712 |
|
1713 |
"Then," said he, "what is it, that which I ask, to the |
1714 |
grandeur of time!" |
1715 |
|
1716 |
He spoke with a lifted face, eyes upon the mountain crests |
1717 |
and the blue they touched. They were nearer us than they |
1718 |
had been; the Pass of Elvira was at hand. Yet on I walked, |
1719 |
and before me still hung the far ocean west of Palos. I |
1720 |
said, "I know something of the guesses, the chances and |
1721 |
the dangers, but I have not spent there years of study--" |
1722 |
|
1723 |
He kindled, having an auditor whom he chose to think |
1724 |
intelligent. He checked his horse, that fell to grazing the |
1725 |
bit of green by the way. "As though," he said, "I stood |
1726 |
in Cipango beneath a golden roof, I know that it can be |
1727 |
done! Twelve hundred leagues at the most. Look!" he |
1728 |
said. "You are not an ignoramus like some I have met; |
1729 |
nor if I read you right are you like others who not knowing |
1730 |
that True Religion is True Wonder up with hands and cry, |
1731 |
`Blasphemy, Sacrilege and Contradiction!' Earth and water |
1732 |
make an orb. Place ant on apple and see that orbs may |
1733 |
be gone around! Travel far enough and east and west |
1734 |
change names! Straight through, beneath us, are other men." |
1735 |
|
1736 |
"Feet against feet. Antipodes," I said. "All the life of |
1737 |
man is taking Wonder in and making Her at home!" |
1738 |
|
1739 |
"So!" he answered. "Now look! The largeness of our |
1740 |
globe is at the equator. The great Ptolemy worked out |
1741 |
our reckoning. Twenty-four hours, fifteen degrees to each, |
1742 |
in all three hundred and sixty degrees. It is held that the |
1743 |
Greeks and the Romans knew fifteen of these hours. They |
1744 |
stretched their hand from Gibraltar and Tangier, calling |
1745 |
them Pillars of Hercules, to mid-India. Now in our time |
1746 |
we have the Canaries and the King of Portugal's new islands |
1747 |
--another hour, mark you! Sixteen from twenty-four |
1748 |
leaves eight hours empty. How much of that is water and |
1749 |
how much is earth? Where ends Ocean-Sea and where begins |
1750 |
India and Cathay, of which the ancients knew only a |
1751 |
part? The Arabian Alfraganus thinks that Ptolemy's degrees |
1752 |
should be less in size. If that be right, then the earth |
1753 |
is smaller than is thought, and India nearer! I myself |
1754 |
incline to hold with Alfraganus. It may be that less than |
1755 |
two months' sailing, calm and wind, would bring us to |
1756 |
Cipango. Give me the ships and I will do it!" |
1757 |
|
1758 |
"You might have had them yesterday." |
1759 |
|
1760 |
To a marked extent he could bring out and make visible |
1761 |
his inner exaltation. Now, tall, strong, white-haired, he |
1762 |
looked a figure of an older world. "The spheres and all |
1763 |
are set to harmony!" he said. "I would have fitness. |
1764 |
Great things throughout! Diamonds and rubies without |
1765 |
flaw in the crown.--We will talk no more about abating |
1766 |
just demand!" |
1767 |
|
1768 |
I agreed with a nod, and indeed there was never any |
1769 |
shaking him here. Beneath his wide and lofty vision of a |
1770 |
world filled out to the eternal benefit of all rested always |
1771 |
this picture which I knew he savored like wine and warmth. |
1772 |
His family, his sons, his brothers and kindred, the aged |
1773 |
father in Genoa, all friends and backers--and he a warm |
1774 |
sun in the midst of them, all their doubts of him dispelled, |
1775 |
shining out upon them, making every field rich, repaying |
1776 |
a thousand, thousandfold every trust shown him. |
1777 |
|
1778 |
The day sang cool and high and bright, the mountains |
1779 |
of Elvira had light snow atop. Master Christopherus began |
1780 |
again to speak. |
1781 |
|
1782 |
"There came ashore at Porto Santo some years ago a |
1783 |
piece of wood long as a spar but thicker. Pedro Correo, |
1784 |
who is my brother-in-law, saw it. It was graved all over, |
1785 |
cut by something duller than our knives with beasts and |
1786 |
leaves and a figure that Pedro thought was meant for an |
1787 |
idol. He and another saw it and agree in their description. |
1788 |
They left it on the beach at twilight, well out of water |
1789 |
reach. But in the night came up a great storm that swept |
1790 |
it away. It came from the west, the wind having blown |
1791 |
for days from that quarter. I ask you will empty billows |
1792 |
fell a tree and trim it and carve it? It is said that a Portuguese pilot picked up one like it off Cape Bojador |
1793 |
when the |
1794 |
wind was southwest. I have heard a man of the Azores |
1795 |
tell of giant reeds pitched upon his shore _from the west_. |
1796 |
There is a story of the finding on the beach of Flores the |
1797 |
bodies of two men not like any that we know either in |
1798 |
color or in feature. For days a west wind had driven in |
1799 |
the seas. And I know of other findings. Whence do these |
1800 |
things come? |
1801 |
|
1802 |
"May there not be unknown islands west of Azores? |
1803 |
They might come from there, and still to the west of them |
1804 |
stream all Ocean-Sea, violent and unknown! The learned |
1805 |
think the earth of such a size. Your Arabian holds it |
1806 |
smaller. What if it is larger than the largest calculation?" |
1807 |
|
1808 |
He said with disdain, "All the wise men at Salamanca |
1809 |
before whom the King set me six years ago thought it had |
1810 |
no end! Large or small, they called it blasphemy for me, |
1811 |
a poor, plain seaman, son of a wool-comber and not even |
1812 |
a Spanish wool-comber, to try to stretch mind over it! |
1813 |
Ocean-Sea had never been overpassed, and by that token |
1814 |
could not be overpassed! None had met its dangers, so |
1815 |
dangers there must be of a most strange and fearful nature! |
1816 |
But if you were put to sea at fourteen and have lived |
1817 |
there long, water becomes water! A speck on the horizon |
1818 |
will turn out ship or land. Wave carries you on to wave, |
1819 |
day to night and night to day. At last there is port!" |
1820 |
|
1821 |
All this time his horse had been cropping the scanty |
1822 |
herbage. Now he raised his head. In a moment we too |
1823 |
heard the horsemen and looking back toward Santa Fe saw |
1824 |
four approaching. As they came nearer we made out two |
1825 |
cavaliers talking together, followed by serving men. When |
1826 |
they were almost at hand one of the leaders said something, |
1827 |
whereat his fellow laughed. It floated up Cordova road, a |
1828 |
wide, deep, rich laugh. Master Christopherus started. |
1829 |
"That is the laugh of Don Luis de St. Angel!" |
1830 |
|
1831 |
Don Luis de St. Angel was, I knew, Receiver of the |
1832 |
Ecclesiastical Revenues for Aragon, a man who stood well |
1833 |
with the King. The horsemen were close upon us. Suddenly |
1834 |
the laugher cried, "Saint Jago! Here he is!" |
1835 |
|
1836 |
We were now five mounted men and a trudger afoot. The |
1837 |
cavalier who had laughed, a portly, genial person with a bold |
1838 |
and merry eye, laughed again. "Well met, Don Cristoval. |
1839 |
Well met, Admiral! I looked to find you presently! You |
1840 |
sailed out of port at sunrise and I two hours later with a |
1841 |
swifter ship and more canvas--" |
1842 |
|
1843 |
" `Don' and `Admiral'!" answered Master Christopherus, |
1844 |
and he spoke with anger. "You jest in Spain! |
1845 |
But in France it shall be said soberly--" |
1846 |
|
1847 |
"No, no! Don and Admiral here! Viceroy and Governor |
1848 |
here--as soon as you find the lands! Wealthy here-- |
1849 |
as soon as you put hand on the gold!" Don Luis de St. |
1850 |
Angel's laughter ceased. He became with portentous swiftness |
1851 |
a downright, plain man of business. He talked, all of |
1852 |
us clustered together on the Cordova road. |
1853 |
|
1854 |
"The Archbishop kept me from that audience yesterday, |
1855 |
leaving Don Alonso de Quintanella your only friend there! |
1856 |
The Queen was tired, the King fretted. They thought they |
1857 |
had come a long way, and there you stood, Master Christopherus, |
1858 |
shaking your head! Don Alonso told me about it, |
1859 |
and how hopeless it seemed! But I said, `If you conquer |
1860 |
a land don't you put in a viceroy? I don't see that Don |
1861 |
Cristoval isn't as good as Don This One, or Don That One! |
1862 |
I've a notion that the first might not oppress and flay the |
1863 |
new subjects as might the last two! That is a point to be |
1864 |
made to the Queen! As for perpetuity of office and privileges |
1865 |
down the ages, most things get to be hereditary. If |
1866 |
it grows to be a swollen serpent something in the future will |
1867 |
fall across and cut it in two. Let time take care of it! As |
1868 |
for wealth, in any land a man who will bear an eighth of the |
1869 |
cost may fairly expect an eighth of the gain. This setting |
1870 |
out is to cost little, after all. He says he can do it with |
1871 |
three small ships and less than a hundred and fifty men. If |
1872 |
the ships bring back no treasure, he will not be wealthy. If |
1873 |
there is a little gain, the Spains need not grudge him his |
1874 |
handful of doubloons. If there is huge gain, the King and |
1875 |
Queen but for him would not have their seven eighths. The |
1876 |
same reasoning applies to his tenth of all future gain from |
1877 |
continents and islands. You will say that some one else will |
1878 |
arise to do it for us on easier terms. Perhaps--and perhaps |
1879 |
not for a century, and another Crown may thrust in |
1880 |
to-morrow! France, probably. It is not impossible that |
1881 |
England might do it. As for what is named overweening |
1882 |
pride and presumption, at least it shows at once and for |
1883 |
altogether. We are not left painfully to find it out. It |
1884 |
goes with his character. Take it or leave it together with |
1885 |
his patience, courage and long head. Leave it, and presently |
1886 |
we may see France or England swallow him whole. He |
1887 |
will find India and Cathay and Cipango, and France or England |
1888 |
will be building ships, ships, ships! Blessed Virgin |
1889 |
above us!' said I, `If I could talk alone to the Sovereigns, |
1890 |
I think I could clench it!' " |
1891 |
|
1892 |
" `Then let us go now to the palace,' says Don Alonso, |
1893 |
`and beg audience!' |
1894 |
|
1895 |
"That did we, Don Cristoval, and so I hail you `Don' |
1896 |
and `Admiral', and beg you to turn that mule and reenter |
1897 |
Santa Fe! In a few days you and the King and Queen may |
1898 |
sign capitulations." |
1899 |
|
1900 |
"Was it the Queen?" |
1901 |
|
1902 |
"Just. The King said the treasury was drained. She answered, |
1903 |
`I will pawn my jewels but he shall sail!' Luis de |
1904 |
St. Angel says, `It does not need. There is some gold left |
1905 |
in the coffers of Aragon. After all, the man asks but three |
1906 |
little ships and a few score seamen and offers himself to |
1907 |
furnish one of the ships.' " |
1908 |
|
1909 |
"With Martin Alonso Pinzon's help, I will!" |
1910 |
|
1911 |
" `Never,' said I to their majesties, `was so huge a possible |
1912 |
gain matched against so small a sending forth! And as |
1913 |
for this Genoese who truly hath given and gives and will |
1914 |
give his life for his vision, saith not Scripture that a laborer |
1915 |
is worthy of his hire?' At which the Queen said with |
1916 |
decision, `We will do it, Don Luis! And now go and find |
1917 |
Master Christopherus and comfort him, whose heart must |
1918 |
be heavy, and indeed mine,' she saith, `was heavy when he |
1919 |
went forth to-day, and a voice seemed to say within me, |
1920 |
"What have you done, Isabella? How may you have |
1921 |
hindered!" ' " |
1922 |
|
1923 |
The Gatherer of Ecclesiastical Revenues laughed again |
1924 |
with that compelling laughter. "So forth we go, and Don |
1925 |
Alonso sends for you to his house. But you could not be |
1926 |
found. Early this morning came one and informed us that |
1927 |
the ship had put out of harbor, whereupon my nephew and |
1928 |
I set sail after!" |
1929 |
|
1930 |
The Admiral of the Ocean-Sea turned his face to the |
1931 |
west. Not knowing, I think, what he did, he raised his |
1932 |
arm, outstretched it, and the hand seemed to close in greeting. |
1933 |
His face was the face of a man who sees the Beloved |
1934 |
after long and sorrowful absence. So did thought and passion |
1935 |
and vision charge his frame and his countenance, that |
1936 |
for a moment truly there was effulgence. It startled. Don |
1937 |
Luis held his speech suspended, in his eyes wonder. Master |
1938 |
Christopherus let fall his arm. He sighed. The out-pushing |
1939 |
light faltered, vanished. One might say, if one chose, |
1940 |
"A Genoese sea captain, willing to do an adventurous thing |
1941 |
and make a purse thereby!" |
1942 |
|
1943 |
|
1944 |
|
1945 |
CHAPTER VIII |
1946 |
|
1947 |
JUAN LEPE, quitting the Vega of Granada, recrossed |
1948 |
the mountains. I was at wander. I did not go to |
1949 |
Malaga. I did not then go to Palos. I went to San |
1950 |
Lucar. I had adventures, but I will not draw them here. |
1951 |
The ocean by Palos continued with me in sight and sound |
1952 |
and movement. But I did not go to Palos. I went to the |
1953 |
strand of San Lucar, and there I found a small bark trading |
1954 |
not to Genoa but to Marseilles. Seamen lacked, and |
1955 |
the master took me gladly. I freshened knowledge upon this |
1956 |
voyage. |
1957 |
|
1958 |
The master was a dour, quiet Catalan; his three sons |
1959 |
favored him and their six sailors more or less took the note. |
1960 |
The sea ran quiet and blue under a quiet blue heaven. At |
1961 |
night all the stars shone, or only light clouds went overhead. |
1962 |
It was a restful boat and Jayme de Marchena rested. Even |
1963 |
while his body labored he rested. The sense of Danger in |
1964 |
every room, walking on every road, took leave. Yet was |
1965 |
there throughout that insistent sight of Palos beach and the |
1966 |
gray and wild Atlantic. All the birds cried from the west; |
1967 |
the salt, stinging wind flung itself upon me from the west. |
1968 |
Once a voice, faint and silvery, made itself heard. "Were |
1969 |
it not well to know those other, those mightier waters, and |
1970 |
find the strange lands, the new lands?" I answered myself, |
1971 |
"They are the old lands taken a new way." But still |
1972 |
the voice said, "The new lands!" |
1973 |
|
1974 |
We made Marseilles and unladed, and were held there |
1975 |
a fortnight. I might have left the bark and found work and |
1976 |
maybe safety in France, or I might have taken another ship |
1977 |
for Italy. I did neither. I clung to this bark and my Cata- |
1978 |
lans. We took our lading and quitted Marseilles, and came |
1979 |
after a tranquil voyage to San Lucar. Again we unladed |
1980 |
and laded, and again voyaged to Marseilles. Spring became |
1981 |
summer; young summer, summer in prime. We left Marseilles |
1982 |
and voyaged once more San Lucar-ward. There |
1983 |
rushed up a fearful storm and we were wrecked off Almeria. |
1984 |
One lad drowned. The rest of us somehow made |
1985 |
shore. A boat took us to Algeciras, and thence we trudged |
1986 |
it to San Lucar. |
1987 |
|
1988 |
My Catalans were not wholly depressed. Behind their |
1989 |
wrecked ship stood merchants who would furnish another |
1990 |
bark. The master would have had me wait at San Lucar |
1991 |
until he went forth again. But I was bound for the strand |
1992 |
by Palos and the gray, piling Atlantic. |
1993 |
|
1994 |
August was the month and the day warm. The first of |
1995 |
August in the year 1492. Two leagues east of Palos I |
1996 |
overtook three men trudging that way, and talking now |
1997 |
loudly and angrily and now in a sullen, dragging fashion. |
1998 |
I had seen between this road and ocean a fishing hamlet |
1999 |
and I made out that they were from this place. They |
2000 |
were men of small boats, men who fished, but who now |
2001 |
and again were gathered in by some shipmaster, when they |
2002 |
became sailors. |
2003 |
|
2004 |
In me they saw only a poorly clad, sea-going person. |
2005 |
When I gave greeting they greeted me in return. "For |
2006 |
Palos?" I asked, and the one who talked the most and the |
2007 |
loudest gave groaning assent. "Aye, for Palos. You too, |
2008 |
brother, are flopping in the net?" |
2009 |
|
2010 |
I did not understand and said as much. He gave an |
2011 |
angry laugh and explained his figure. "Why, the Queen |
2012 |
and the King and the law and Martin Pinzon, to whom we, |
2013 |
are bound for a year, are pressing us! Which is to say |
2014 |
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|
2018 |
1492 |
2019 |
by |
2020 |
Mary Johnston |
2021 |
Part 2 out of 7 |
2022 |
|
2023 |
FullBooks.com homepage |
2024 |
Index of 1492 |
2025 |
Previous part (1) |
2026 |
Next part (3) |
2027 |
|
2028 |
|
2029 |
|
2030 |
they've cast a net and here we are, good fish, beating against |
2031 |
the meshes and finding none big enough to slip through! |
2032 |
Haven't you been pressed too, scooped in without a `By |
2033 |
your leave, Palos fish!' A hundred fish and more in this |
2034 |
net and one by one the giant will take us out and broil us!" |
2035 |
|
2036 |
The second man spoke with a whine. "I had rather a |
2037 |
Barbary pirate were coming aboard! I had rather be took |
2038 |
slave and row a galley!" |
2039 |
|
2040 |
The third, a young man, had a whimsical, dark, fearless |
2041 |
face. "But we be going to see strange things and serve |
2042 |
the Queen! That's something!" |
2043 |
|
2044 |
"The Queen is just a lady. She don't know anything |
2045 |
about deep and fearful seas!" |
2046 |
|
2047 |
"Where are you going," I asked, "and with whom?" |
2048 |
|
2049 |
The angry man answered, "The last of that is the easiest, |
2050 |
mate! With an Italian sorcerer who has bewitched the |
2051 |
great! He ought to be burned, say I, with the Jews and |
2052 |
heretics! We are going with him, and we are going |
2053 |
with Captain Martin Pinzon, whom he hath bewitched with |
2054 |
the rest! And we are going with three ships, the _Santa |
2055 |
Maria_, the Pinta and the Nina." |
2056 |
|
2057 |
The third said, "The Santa Maria's a good boat." |
2058 |
|
2059 |
"There isn't any boat, good or bad," the first answered |
2060 |
him, "that can hold together when you come to heat that'll |
2061 |
melt pitch and set wood afire! There isn't any boat, good |
2062 |
or bad, that can stand it when a lodestone as big as Gibraltar |
2063 |
begins to draw iron!" |
2064 |
|
2065 |
The second, whose element was melancholy, sighed, "I've |
2066 |
been north of Ireland, Pedro, and that was bad enough! |
2067 |
The lookout saw a siren and the _Infanta Isabella_ was dashed |
2068 |
on the rocks and something laughed at us all night!" |
2069 |
|
2070 |
"Ireland's nothing at all to it!" answered the angry man, |
2071 |
whose name was Pedro. "I've heard men that know talk! |
2072 |
The Portuguese going down Africa coast got to Cape Bojador, |
2073 |
but they've never truly gotten any further, though I |
2074 |
hear them say they have! They sent a little carrack further |
2075 |
down, and it had to come back because the water fell to |
2076 |
boiling! There wasn't any land and there wasn't any true |
2077 |
sea, but it was all melted up together in fervent heat! Like |
2078 |
hot mud, so to speak. It's hell, that's what I say; it's hell |
2079 |
down there! Moreover, there ain't any heaven stretched |
2080 |
over it." |
2081 |
|
2082 |
"What does it mean by that?" asked the second. |
2083 |
|
2084 |
"It means, Fernando, that there wouldn't be any sky, |
2085 |
blue nor gray nor black, nor clouds, nor air to breathe! |
2086 |
There wouldn't be any thunder and lightning nor rain nor |
2087 |
wind, and at night there wouldn't be stars, no north star, |
2088 |
nor any! It would just be--I don't know what! Fray |
2089 |
Ignatio told me, and he said the name was `chaos'." |
2090 |
|
2091 |
"That was south. That wasn't west." |
2092 |
|
2093 |
"West is just as bad!" |
2094 |
|
2095 |
Fernando also addressed the young man, the third, calling |
2096 |
him Sancho. "If there were anything west for Christian |
2097 |
men, wouldn't the Holy Father at Rome have sent long |
2098 |
ago? We are all going to die!" |
2099 |
|
2100 |
"But they didn't know it was round," said Sancho. "Now |
2101 |
we do, and that's the difference! If you started a little |
2102 |
manikin just here on an orange and told him to go straight |
2103 |
ahead, he'd come around home, wouldn't he?" |
2104 |
|
2105 |
"You weary me, Sancho!" cried the first. "And what |
2106 |
if you did that and it took so long that you come back to |
2107 |
Fishertown old and bald and driveling, and your wife is |
2108 |
dead and all the neighbors! Much good you'd have from |
2109 |
knowing it was round!" |
2110 |
|
2111 |
"When you got right underfoot wouldn't you fall; that's |
2112 |
what I want to know?" |
2113 |
|
2114 |
"Fall! Fall where?" |
2115 |
|
2116 |
"Into the sky! My God, it's deep! And there wouldn't |
2117 |
be any boat to pick you up nor any floating oar to catch |
2118 |
by--" |
2119 |
|
2120 |
The vision seemed to appall them. Fernando drew back |
2121 |
of hand across eyes. |
2122 |
|
2123 |
I came in. "You wouldn't do that any more than the |
2124 |
ant falls off the orange! Men have come back who have been |
2125 |
almost underfoot, so far to the east had they traveled. They |
2126 |
found there men and kingdoms and ways not so mightily |
2127 |
unlike ours." |
2128 |
|
2129 |
"They went that way," answered Pedro, jerking his hand |
2130 |
eastward, "over good land! And maybe, whatever they |
2131 |
said, they were lying to us! I'm thinking most of the learned |
2132 |
do that all the time!" |
2133 |
|
2134 |
"Well," said Sancho, "if we do come back, we'll have |
2135 |
some rare good tales to tell!" |
2136 |
|
2137 |
There fell a pause at that, a pause of dissent and exasperation, |
2138 |
but also one of caught fancy. It would undoubtedly |
2139 |
be a glory to tell those tales to a listening, fascinated Fishertown! |
2140 |
|
2141 |
Juan Lepe said, "For months I've been with a trader |
2142 |
running from San Lucar to Marseilles. I've had no news |
2143 |
this long while! What's doing at Palos?" |
2144 |
|
2145 |
They were ready for an audience, any audience, and |
2146 |
forthwith I had the story of the Admiral fairly straight-- |
2147 |
or I could make it straight--from that day when we parted |
2148 |
on the Cordova road. These men did not know what had |
2149 |
happened in March or in April, but they knew something |
2150 |
of May. In May he came to Palos and settled down with |
2151 |
Fray Juan Perez in La Rabida, and to see him went Captain |
2152 |
Martin Pinzon who knew him already, and the physician |
2153 |
Garcia Fernandez and others, and they all talked together |
2154 |
for a day and a night. After that the alcalde of Palos and |
2155 |
others in authority had letters and warrants from the Queen |
2156 |
and the King, and they overbore everything, calling him |
2157 |
Don and _El Almirante_ and saying that he must be furnished |
2158 |
forth. Then came a day when everybody was gathered in |
2159 |
the square before the church of Saint George, and the alcalde |
2160 |
that had a great voice read the letters. |
2161 |
|
2162 |
"I was there!" said Fernando. "I brought in fish that |
2163 |
morning." |
2164 |
|
2165 |
"I, too!" quoth Sancho. "I had to buy sailcloth." |
2166 |
|
2167 |
It was Pedro chiefly who talked. "They were from the |
2168 |
King and Queen, and the moral was that Palos must furnish |
2169 |
Don Cristoval Colon, Admiral of the Ocean-Sea-- |
2170 |
and we thought that was a curious thing to be admiral of! |
2171 |
--two ships and all seamen needed and all supplies. A third |
2172 |
ship could be enterprised, and any in and around Palos |
2173 |
was to be encouraged to put in fortune and help. Ships |
2174 |
and those who went in them were to obey the said Don |
2175 |
Cristoval Colon or Columbus as though he were the Queen |
2176 |
and the King, the Bishop of Seville and the Marquis of |
2177 |
Cadiz! It didn't say it just that way but that was what it |
2178 |
meant. We were to follow him and do as he told us, or it |
2179 |
would be much the worse for us! We weren't to put in at |
2180 |
St. George la Mina on the coast of Africa, nor touch at the |
2181 |
King of Portugal's islands, and that was the whole of it!" |
2182 |
|
2183 |
"All seamen were to be given good pay," said Sancho. |
2184 |
"And if anybody going was in debt, or even if he had done |
2185 |
a crime--so that it wasn't treason or anything the Holy |
2186 |
Office handles--he couldn't be troubled or held back, seeing |
2187 |
it was royal errand. That is very convenient for some." |
2188 |
|
2189 |
Pedro lost patience. "You'd make the best of Hell itself!" |
2190 |
|
2191 |
"He'd deny," put in Fernando, "Holy Writ that says |
2192 |
there shall be sorrows!" |
2193 |
|
2194 |
They embarked upon loud blame of Sancho, instance after |
2195 |
instance. At last I cut them across. "What further happened |
2196 |
at Palos?" |
2197 |
|
2198 |
They put back to that port. "Oh, it didn't seem so bad |
2199 |
that day! One and another thought, `Perhaps I'll go!' |
2200 |
Him they call The Admiral is a big figure of a man, and of |
2201 |
course we that use the sea get to know how a good captain |
2202 |
looks. We knew that he had sailed and sailed, and had had |
2203 |
his own ship, maybe two or three of them! Then too the |
2204 |
Pinzons and the Prior of La Rabida answered for him. A |
2205 |
lot of us almost belong to the Pinzons, having signed to |
2206 |
fish and voyage for them, and the Prior is a well-liked man. |
2207 |
The alcalde folds up the letter as though he were in church, |
2208 |
and they all come down the steps and go away to the alcalde's |
2209 |
house which is around the corner. It wasn't until |
2210 |
they were gone that Palos began to ask, `Where were three |
2211 |
ships and maybe a hundred and fifty men _going_?' " |
2212 |
|
2213 |
"We found out next day," said Fernando. "The tide |
2214 |
went out, but it came back bearing the sound of where we |
2215 |
were going!" |
2216 |
|
2217 |
"Then what happened in Palos?" |
2218 |
|
2219 |
"What happened was that they couldn't get the ships and |
2220 |
they couldn't get the men! Palos wouldn't listen. It was |
2221 |
too wild, what they wanted to do! It wouldn't listen to |
2222 |
the Prior and it wouldn't listen to Doctor Garcia Fernandez, |
2223 |
and it wouldn't even listen to Captain Martin Alonso Pinzon. |
2224 |
And when that happens--! So for a long time there |
2225 |
was a kind of angry calm. And then, lo you! we find that |
2226 |
they have written to the Queen and the King. There come |
2227 |
letters to Palos, and they are harsh ones!" |
2228 |
|
2229 |
"I never heard harsher from any King and Queen!" said |
2230 |
Fernando. |
2231 |
|
2232 |
"There weren't only the letters, but they'd sent also a great |
2233 |
man, Senor Juan de Penelosa, to see that they got obedience. |
2234 |
Upshot is we've got to go, ships and men, or else be laid by |
2235 |
the heels! As for Palos, her old sea privileges would be |
2236 |
taken from her, and she couldn't face that. Get those ships |
2237 |
ready and stock them and pipe sailors aboard, or there'd |
2238 |
be our kind Queen and King to deal with!" |
2239 |
|
2240 |
"Wherever it is, we're going. Great folk are too tall |
2241 |
and broad for us!" |
2242 |
|
2243 |
"So there comes another crowd in the square, before the |
2244 |
church. Out steps Captain Martin Pinzon, and he cries, |
2245 |
`Men of Palos, for all you doubt it, 'tis a glorious thing |
2246 |
that's doing! Here is the _Nina_ that my brothers and I own. |
2247 |
She's going with Don Cristoval the Admiral, and the men |
2248 |
who are bound to me for fishing and voyaging are going, and |
2249 |
more than that, there is going Martin Alonso Pinzon, for |
2250 |
I'll ask no man to go where I will not go!' |
2251 |
|
2252 |
"Then up beside him starts his brothers Vicente and |
2253 |
Francisco, and they say they are going too. Fray Ignatio |
2254 |
stands on the church steps and cries that there are idolaters |
2255 |
there, and he will go to tell them about our Lord Jesus |
2256 |
Christ! Then the alcalde gets up and says that the Sovereigns |
2257 |
must be obeyed, and that the _Santa Maria_ and the |
2258 |
Pinta shall be made ready. Then the pilots Sancho Ruiz |
2259 |
and Pedro Nino and Bartolomeo Roldan push out together |
2260 |
and say they'll go, and others follow, seeing they'll have to |
2261 |
anyhow! So it went that day and the next and the next, |
2262 |
until now they've pressed all they need. So I say, we are |
2263 |
here, brother, flopping in the net!" |
2264 |
|
2265 |
"When does he sail?" |
2266 |
|
2267 |
"Day after to-morrow, 'tis said. But we who don't live |
2268 |
in Palos have our orders to be there to-night. Aren't you |
2269 |
going too, mate?" |
2270 |
|
2271 |
I answered that I hadn't thought of it, and immediately, |
2272 |
out of the whole, there rose and faced me, "You have |
2273 |
thought of it all the time!" |
2274 |
|
2275 |
Sancho spoke. "If you'll go with us to Captain Martin |
2276 |
Pinzon, he'll enter you. He'd like to get another strong |
2277 |
man." |
2278 |
|
2279 |
I said, "I don't know. I'll have to think of it. Here is |
2280 |
Palos, and yonder the headland with La Rabida." |
2281 |
|
2282 |
We entered the town. They would have had me go with |
2283 |
them wherever they must report themselves. But I said |
2284 |
that I could not then, and at the mouth of their street managed |
2285 |
to leave them. I passed through Palos and beyond its |
2286 |
western limit came again to that house of the poorest where |
2287 |
I had lodged six months before and waking all night had |
2288 |
heard the Tinto flowing by like the life of a man. Long ago |
2289 |
I had had some training in medicine, and in mind's medicine, |
2290 |
and three years past I had brought a young working man |
2291 |
living then in Marchena out of illness and melancholy. His |
2292 |
parents dwelled here in this house by the Tinto and they |
2293 |
gave me shelter. |
2294 |
|
2295 |
|
2296 |
|
2297 |
CHAPTER IX |
2298 |
|
2299 |
RISING at dawn, I walked to the sea and along it until |
2300 |
I came at last to those dunes beneath which I had |
2301 |
stretched myself that day of grayness. Now it was |
2302 |
deep summer, blue and gold, and the air all balm and caressing. |
2303 |
The evening before I had seen the three ships where |
2304 |
they rode in river mouth. They were caravels, and only the |
2305 |
_Santa Maria_, the largest, was fully decked. Small craft |
2306 |
with which to find India, over a road of a thousand leagues |
2307 |
--or no road, for road means that men have toiled there |
2308 |
and traveled there--no road, but a wilderness plain, a |
2309 |
water desert! The Arabians say that Jinn and Afrits live |
2310 |
in the desert away from the caravans. If you go that way |
2311 |
you meet fearful things and never come forth again. The |
2312 |
Santa Maria, the _Pinta_ and the Nina. The Santa Maria |
2313 |
could be Master Christopherus's ship. Bright point that |
2314 |
was his banner could be made out at the fore. |
2315 |
|
2316 |
Palos waterside, in a red-filtered dusk, had been a noisy |
2317 |
place, but the noise did not ring genially. I gathered that |
2318 |
this small port was more largely in the mood of Pedro and |
2319 |
Fernando than in that of Sancho. It looked frightened and |
2320 |
it looked sullen and it looked angry. |
2321 |
|
2322 |
The old woman by the Tinto talked garrulously. Thankful |
2323 |
was she that her son Miguel dwelled ten leagues away! |
2324 |
Else surely they would have taken him, as they were taking |
2325 |
this one's son and that one's son! To hear her you would |
2326 |
think of an ogre--of Polyphemus in the cave--reaching |
2327 |
out fatal hand for this or that fattened body. Nothing then, |
2328 |
she said, to do but to pinch and save so that one might |
2329 |
pay the priest for masses! She told me with great eyes |
2330 |
that a hundred leagues west of Canaries one came to a sea |
2331 |
forest where all the trees were made of water growing up |
2332 |
high and spreading out like branches and leaves, and that |
2333 |
this forest was filled with sea wolves and serpents and |
2334 |
strange beasts all made of sea water, but they could sting |
2335 |
and rend a man very ghastly. After that you came to |
2336 |
sirens that you could not help leaping to meet, but they |
2337 |
put lips to men's breasts and sucked out the life. Then if |
2338 |
the wind drove you south, you smelled smoke and at night |
2339 |
saw flames, and if you could not get the ship about-- |
2340 |
|
2341 |
In mid-afternoon I left the sands and took the road to |
2342 |
La Rabida. By the walled vineyard that climbs the hill |
2343 |
I was met by three mounted men coming from the monastery. |
2344 |
The first was Don Juan de Penelosa, the second was the |
2345 |
Prior of La Rabida, the third was the Admiral of the Ocean- |
2346 |
Sea. |
2347 |
|
2348 |
Fray Juan Perez first saw me clearly, drawn up by wall. |
2349 |
He had been quoting Latin and he broke at _Dominus et |
2350 |
magister_. The Admiral turned gray eyes upon me. I saw |
2351 |
his mind working. He said, "The road to Cordova--Welcome, |
2352 |
Juan Lepe!" |
2353 |
|
2354 |
"Welcome, Excellency!" |
2355 |
|
2356 |
I gave him the name, seeing him for a moment somewhat |
2357 |
whimsically as Viceroy of conquered great India of the |
2358 |
elephants and the temples filled with bells. His face lighted. |
2359 |
He looked at me, and I knew again that he liked me. I |
2360 |
liked him. |
2361 |
|
2362 |
My kinsman the Prior had started to speak to me, but |
2363 |
then had shot a look at Juan de Penelosa and refrained. |
2364 |
The Queen's officer spoke, "Why, here's another strong |
2365 |
fellow, not so tall as some but powerfully knit! Are you |
2366 |
used to the sea?" |
2367 |
|
2368 |
I answered that I had been upon a Marseilles bark that |
2369 |
was wrecked off Almeria, and that I had walked from San |
2370 |
Lucar. He asked my name and I gave it. "Juan Lepe." |
2371 |
I attach you then, Juan Lepe, for the service of the |
2372 |
Queen! Behold your admiral, Don Cristoval Colon! His |
2373 |
ships are the _Santa Maria_, the Pinta and the Nina, his destination |
2374 |
the glorious finding of the Indies and Cipango where |
2375 |
the poorest man drinks from a golden cup! Princes, I fancy, |
2376 |
drink from hollowed emeralds! You will sail to-morrow at |
2377 |
dawn. In which ship shall we put him, Senor?" |
2378 |
|
2379 |
"In the Santa Maria," answered the Admiral. |
2380 |
|
2381 |
So short as that was it done! And yet--and yet--it |
2382 |
had been doing for a long time, for how long a time I have |
2383 |
no way of measuring! |
2384 |
|
2385 |
Juan de Penelosa continued to speak: "Follow us into |
2386 |
Palos where Sebastian Jaurez will give you wine and a piece |
2387 |
of money. Thence you will go to church where indeed we |
2388 |
are bound, all who sail being gathered there for general |
2389 |
confession and absolution. This voyage begins Christianly!" |
2390 |
|
2391 |
Said Fray Juan Perez, "Not to do that, Juan Lepe, were |
2392 |
to cry aloud for another shipwreck!" |
2393 |
|
2394 |
He used the tone of priest, thrusting in speech as priests |
2395 |
often do, where there is no especial need of speech. But I |
2396 |
understood that that was a mask, and could read kinsmanly |
2397 |
anxiety in a good man's heart. I said, "I will find Sebastian |
2398 |
Jaurez, and I will go to church, Senors. A ship is a ship, |
2399 |
and a voyage a voyage!" |
2400 |
|
2401 |
"This, Juan Lepe," said the Admiral in that peculiarly |
2402 |
warm and thrilling voice of his, "is such a voyage as you |
2403 |
have never been!" |
2404 |
|
2405 |
I made reply, "So be it! I would have every voyage |
2406 |
greater than the last." And as they put their steeds into |
2407 |
motion, walked behind them downhill and over sandy ways |
2408 |
into Palos. There I found Sebastian Jaurez who signed me |
2409 |
in. I put into my pocket the coin he gave me and drank |
2410 |
with him a stoup of wine, and then I went to church. |
2411 |
|
2412 |
It was a great shadowy church and I found it full. Jaurez |
2413 |
piloted me to where just under pulpit were ranged my fellow |
2414 |
mariners, a hundred plain sailormen, no great number with |
2415 |
which to widen the world! A score or so of better station |
2416 |
were grouped at the head of these, and in front of all stood |
2417 |
Christopherus Columbus. I saw again Martin Alonso Pinzon |
2418 |
who had entered the Prior's room at La Rabida, and |
2419 |
with him his two brothers Francisco and Vicente. Martin |
2420 |
Pinzon would be captain of the _Pinta_ and Vicente of the |
2421 |
Nina. And there were Roderigo Sanchez of Segovia, |
2422 |
Inspector-General of Armament, and Diego de Arana, chief |
2423 |
alguazil of the expedition, and Roderigo de Escobedo, royal |
2424 |
notary, and with these three or four young men of birth, |
2425 |
adventuring for India now that the war with the Moor was |
2426 |
done. And there were two physicians, Garcia Fernandez |
2427 |
and Berardino Nunez. And there was the Franciscan, Fray |
2428 |
Ignatio, who would convert the heathen and preach before |
2429 |
the Great Khan. |
2430 |
|
2431 |
The Admiral of Ocean-Sea stood a taller man than any |
2432 |
there, tall, muscular, a great figure. He was richly dressed, |
2433 |
for as soon as he could he dressed richly. A shaft of light |
2434 |
struck his brow and made his hair all glowing silver. His |
2435 |
face was lifted. The air about him to my eyes swam and |
2436 |
quivered and was faintly colored. |
2437 |
|
2438 |
Fray Juan Perez preached the sermon and he used great |
2439 |
earnestness and now and again his voice broke. He talked |
2440 |
of God's gain that we went forth upon, reaping in a field |
2441 |
set us. One thing came forth here that I had not before |
2442 |
heard. |
2443 |
|
2444 |
"And the unthinkable wealth that surely shall be found |
2445 |
and gained, for these countries to which you sail have eight-tenths of the world's riches, shall put Castile |
2446 |
and Leon where |
2447 |
of old stood Pagan Rome, and shall make, God willing, of |
2448 |
this very Palos a new Genoa or Venice! And this man, |
2449 |
your Admiral, how hath he proposed to the Sovereigns to |
2450 |
use first fruits? Why, friends, by taking finally and forever |
2451 |
from Mahound, and for Holy Church and her servant |
2452 |
the Spains, the Holy Sepulchre!" |
2453 |
|
2454 |
In the end, we the going forth, kneeling, made general |
2455 |
confession and the priest's hands in the dusk above absolved |
2456 |
us. There was solemnity and there was tenderness. A |
2457 |
hundred and twenty, we came forth from church, and around |
2458 |
us flowed the hundreds of Palos, men and women and |
2459 |
children. All was red under a red sunset, the boats waiting |
2460 |
to take us out to the _Santa Maria_, the Pinta and the |
2461 |
Nina. |
2462 |
|
2463 |
We marched to waterside. Priests and friars moved |
2464 |
with us, singing loudly the hymn to the Virgin, Lady of |
2465 |
all seamen. Great tears ran down Fray Juan Perez's checks. |
2466 |
It was a red sunset and the west into which we were going |
2467 |
looked indeed blood-flecked. Don Juan de Penelosa, harking |
2468 |
us on, had an inspiration. "You see the rubies of |
2469 |
Cipango!" |
2470 |
|
2471 |
It is not alone "great" men who bring about things in |
2472 |
this world. All of us are in a measure great, as all are on |
2473 |
the way to greater greatness. Sailors are brave and hardy |
2474 |
men; that is said when it is said that they are sailors. In |
2475 |
many hearts hung dread of this voyage and rebellion against |
2476 |
being forced to it. But they had not to be lashed to the |
2477 |
boats; they went with sailors' careless air and dignity. By |
2478 |
far the most went thus. Even Fernando ceased his wailing |
2479 |
and embarked. The red light, or for danger or for rubies in |
2480 |
which still might be danger, washed us all, washed the town, |
2481 |
the folk and the sandy shore, and the boats that would take |
2482 |
us out to the ships, small in themselves, and small by distance, |
2483 |
riding there in the river-mouth like toys that have been |
2484 |
made for children. |
2485 |
|
2486 |
The hundred and twenty entered the boats. It was like a |
2487 |
little fishing fleet going out together. The rowers bent to |
2488 |
the oars, a strip of water widened between us and Spain. |
2489 |
Loud chanted the friars, but over their voices rose the crying |
2490 |
of farewell, now deep, now shrill. "_Adios!_" The |
2491 |
sailors cried back, "Adios! Adios!" From the land it |
2492 |
must have had a thin sound like ghosts wailing from the |
2493 |
edge of the world. That, the sailors held and Palos held, |
2494 |
was where the ships were going, over the edge of the world. |
2495 |
It was the third day of August, in the year fourteen hundred |
2496 |
and ninety-two. |
2497 |
|
2498 |
|
2499 |
|
2500 |
CHAPTER X |
2501 |
|
2502 |
PALOS vanished, we lost the headland of La Rabida, a |
2503 |
haze hid Spain. By nightfall all was behind us. We |
2504 |
were set forth from native land, set forth from Europe, |
2505 |
set forth from Christendom, set forth from sea company |
2506 |
and sailors' cheer of other ships. That last would not be |
2507 |
wholly true until we were gone from the Canaries, toward |
2508 |
which islands, running south, we now were headed. We |
2509 |
might hail some Spanish ship going to, coming from, Grand |
2510 |
Canary. We might indeed, before we reached these islands, |
2511 |
see other sails, for a rumor ran that the King of Portugal |
2512 |
was sending ships to intercept us, sink us and none ever be |
2513 |
the wiser, it not being to his interest that Spain should |
2514 |
make discoveries! Pedro it was who put this into my ear |
2515 |
as we hauled at the same rope. I laughed. "Here beginneth |
2516 |
the marvelous tale of this voyage! If all happens that all |
2517 |
say may happen, not the Pope's library can hold the books!" |
2518 |
|
2519 |
The _Santa Maria_ was a good enough ship, though fifty |
2520 |
men crowded it. It was new and clean, a fair sailer, though |
2521 |
not so swift as the Pinta. We mariners settled ourselves |
2522 |
in waist and forecastle. The Admiral, Juan de la Cosa, the |
2523 |
master, Roderigo Sanchez, Diego de Arana and Roderigo |
2524 |
de Escobedo, Pedro Gutierrez, a private adventurer, the physician |
2525 |
Bernardo Nunez and Fray Ignatio had great cabin |
2526 |
and certain small sleeping cabins and poop deck. In the |
2527 |
forecastle almost all knew one another; all ran into kinships |
2528 |
near or remote. But the turn of character made the |
2529 |
real grouping. Pedro had his cluster and Sancho had his, and |
2530 |
between swayed now to the one and now to the other a |
2531 |
large group. Fernando, I feel gladness in saying, had with |
2532 |
him but two or three. And aside stood variations, individuals. |
2533 |
Beltran the cook was such an one, a bold, mirthful, |
2534 |
likable man. We had several dry thinkers, and a braggart |
2535 |
and two or three who proved miserably villainous. We |
2536 |
had weathercocks and men who faced forward, no matter |
2537 |
what the wind that blew. |
2538 |
|
2539 |
The Admiral knew well that he must have, if he could, a |
2540 |
ship patient, contented and hopeful. I bear him witness |
2541 |
that he spared no pains. |
2542 |
|
2543 |
We had aboard trumpet and drum and viol, and he |
2544 |
would have frequent music. Each day toward evening each |
2545 |
man was given a cup of wine. And before sunset all were |
2546 |
gathered for vesper service, and we sang _Salve Regina_. At |
2547 |
night the great familiar stars shone out above us. |
2548 |
|
2549 |
Second day passed much like first,--light fickle wind, |
2550 |
flapping sails, smooth sea, cloudless sky. To-day beheld |
2551 |
sea life after shore grown habitual. We might have sailed |
2552 |
from Marseilles or Genoa and been sailing for a month. If |
2553 |
this were all, then no more terror from the Sea of Darkness |
2554 |
than from our own so well-known sea! But Fernando |
2555 |
said, "It is after the Canaries! We know well enough it |
2556 |
is not so bad this side of them. Why do they call them Dog |
2557 |
Islands?" |
2558 |
|
2559 |
"Perhaps they found dogs there." |
2560 |
|
2561 |
"No, but that they give warning like watchdogs! `If |
2562 |
you go any further it shall be to your woe!' " |
2563 |
|
2564 |
"Aye, aye! Have you heard tell of the spouting mountain?" |
2565 |
|
2566 |
This night the wind came up and by morning was blowing |
2567 |
stiffly, urging us landward as though back to Spain. |
2568 |
The sky became leaden, with a great stormy aspect. The |
2569 |
waves mounted, the lookout cried that the _Pinta_ was showing |
2570 |
signals of distress. By now all had shortened sail, but |
2571 |
the Pinta was taking in everything and presently lay under |
2572 |
bare poles. The Santa Maria worked toward her until we |
2573 |
were close by. They shouted and we back to them. It was |
2574 |
her rudder that was unshipped and injured. Captain Martin |
2575 |
Pinzon shouted that he would overcome it, binding it |
2576 |
somehow in place, and would overtake us, the _Pinta_ being |
2577 |
faster sailer than the Santa Maria or the Nina. But the |
2578 |
Admiral would not agree, and we took in all sail and lay |
2579 |
tossed by a rough sea until afternoon when the Pinta |
2580 |
signaled that the rudder was hung. But by now the sky |
2581 |
stretched straight lead, and the water ran white-capped. |
2582 |
We made no way till morning, when without a drop of rain |
2583 |
all the cloud roof was driven landward and there sprang |
2584 |
out a sky so blue that the heart laughed for joy. The |
2585 |
violent wind sank, then veered and blowing moderately |
2586 |
carried us again southward. All the white sails, white and |
2587 |
new, were flung out, and we raced over a rich, green plain. |
2588 |
That lasted through most of the day, but an hour before |
2589 |
sunset the _Pinta_ again signaled trouble. The rudder was |
2590 |
once more worse than useless. |
2591 |
|
2592 |
Again it was mended. But when the next morning it |
2593 |
happened the third time and a kind of wailing grumble |
2594 |
went through the Santa Maria, there came pronouncement |
2595 |
from the Admiral. "The Canaries lie straight ahead. In |
2596 |
two days we shall sight them. Very good! we shall rest |
2597 |
there and make a new rudder for the _Pinta_. The Nina will |
2598 |
do better with square sails and we can change these. |
2599 |
Fresh meat and water and some rambling ashore!" |
2600 |
|
2601 |
Beltran the cook had been to the Canaries, driven there |
2602 |
by a perverse wind twenty years ago when he was boatswain |
2603 |
upon a big carrack. He said it was no great way and one |
2604 |
or two agreed with him, but others declined to believe the |
2605 |
Admiral when he said that in two days we should behold |
2606 |
the volcano. Some were found to clamor that the wind had |
2607 |
driven us out of all reckoning! We might never find the |
2608 |
Canaries and then what would the _Pinta_ do? Whereas, if |
2609 |
we all turned back to Palos-- |
2610 |
|
2611 |
"If--if!" answered Beltran the cook, who at first |
2612 |
seemed strangely and humorously there as cook until one |
2613 |
found that he had an injured leg and could not climb mast |
2614 |
nor manage sail. " `If' is a seaman without a ship!-- |
2615 |
He's a famous navigator." |
2616 |
|
2617 |
"Martin Pinzon?" |
2618 |
|
2619 |
"Him too. But I meant our Admiral." |
2620 |
|
2621 |
"He hasn't had a ship for years!" |
2622 |
|
2623 |
"He was of the best when he had one! I've heard old |
2624 |
Captain Ruy tell--" |
2625 |
|
2626 |
"Maybe he wasn't crazy in those days, but he's crazy |
2627 |
now!" |
2628 |
|
2629 |
That was Fernando. I think it was from him that certain |
2630 |
of the crew took the word "crazy." They used it |
2631 |
until one would think that for pure variety's sake they |
2632 |
would find another! |
2633 |
|
2634 |
The sixth day from Palos there lifted from sea the peak |
2635 |
of Teneriffe. |
2636 |
|
2637 |
This day, passing on some errand the open door of the |
2638 |
great cabin, I saw the Admiral seated at the table. Looking |
2639 |
up, he saw me, gazed an instant, then lifted his voice. |
2640 |
Come in here!" |
2641 |
|
2642 |
He sat with a great chart spread upon the table before |
2643 |
him. Beside it the log lay open, and he had under his hand |
2644 |
a book in which he was writing. Door framed blue sky |
2645 |
and sea, a pleasant wind was singing in a pleasant warmth, |
2646 |
the great cabin which, with the rest of the ship, he made |
2647 |
to be kept very clean, was awash with light and fineness of |
2648 |
air. "Would you like to look at the chart?" he asked, and I |
2649 |
came and looked over his shoulder. |
2650 |
|
2651 |
"I made it," he said. "There is nothing in the world |
2652 |
more useful than knowing how to make maps and charts! |
2653 |
While I waited for Kings to make up their minds I earned |
2654 |
my living so." I glanced at the log and he pushed it to me |
2655 |
so that I might see. "Every day from Palos out." His |
2656 |
strong fingers touched the other book. "My journal that |
2657 |
I keep for myself and the Queen and King Ferdinand and |
2658 |
indeed for the world." He turned the leaves. The bulk of |
2659 |
them were blank, but in the front showed closely covered |
2660 |
pages, the writing not large but clear and strong. "This |
2661 |
voyage, you see, changeth our world! Once in Venice I heard |
2662 |
a scholar learned in the Greek tell of an old voyage of a |
2663 |
ship called _Argo_, whence its captain and crew were named |
2664 |
Argonauts, and he said that it was of all voyages most |
2665 |
famous with the ancients. This is like that, but probably |
2666 |
greater." He turned the pages. "I shall do it in the manner |
2667 |
of Caesar his Commentaries." |
2668 |
|
2669 |
He knew himself, I thought, for as great a man as Caesar. |
2670 |
All said, his book might be as prized in some unentered |
2671 |
future. He did not move where time is as a film, but where |
2672 |
time is deep, a thousand years as a day. He could not see |
2673 |
there in detail any more than we could see tree and house |
2674 |
in those Canaries upon which we were bearing down. |
2675 |
|
2676 |
I said, "Now that printing is general, it may go into far |
2677 |
lands and into multitude of hands and heads. Many a voyager |
2678 |
to come may study it." |
2679 |
|
2680 |
He drew deep breath. "It is the very truth! Prince |
2681 |
Henry the Navigator. Christopherus Columbus the Navigator, |
2682 |
and greater than the first--" |
2683 |
|
2684 |
Sun shone, wind sang, blue sea danced beyond the door. |
2685 |
Came from deck Roderigo Sanchez and Diego de Arana. |
2686 |
The Admiral made me a gesture of dismissal. |
2687 |
|
2688 |
The Canaries and we drew together. Great bands of |
2689 |
cloud hid much of the higher land, but the volcano top came |
2690 |
clear above cloud, standing bare and solemn against blue |
2691 |
heaven. Leaving upon our right Grand Canary we stood for |
2692 |
the island of Gomera. Here we found deep, clear water |
2693 |
close to shore, a narrow strand, a small Spanish fort and |
2694 |
beginnings of a village, and inland, up ravines clad with a |
2695 |
strange, leafless bush, plentiful huts of the conquered |
2696 |
Guanches. Our three ships came to anchor, and the Admiral |
2697 |
went ashore, the captains of the _Pinta_ and the Nina following. |
2698 |
Juan Lepe was among the rowers. |
2699 |
|
2700 |
The Spanish commandant came down to beach with an |
2701 |
armed escort. The Admiral, walking alone, met him between |
2702 |
sea and bright green trees, and here stood the two |
2703 |
and conversed while we watched. The Admiral showed him |
2704 |
letters of credence. The commandant took and read, handed |
2705 |
them back with a bow, and coming to water edge had presented |
2706 |
to him the two captains, Martin and Vicente Pinzon. |
2707 |
He proved a cheery old veteran of old wars, relieved that |
2708 |
we were not Portuguese nor pirates and happy to have late |
2709 |
news from Spain. It seemed that he had learned from a |
2710 |
supply ship in June that the expedition was afoot. |
2711 |
|
2712 |
The _Santa Maria_ and the Nina rode close in shore. Captain |
2713 |
Martin Pinzon beached the Pinta and unshipped the |
2714 |
hurt and useless rudder. Work upon a new one began at |
2715 |
once. The Admiral, the two captains and those of rank upon |
2716 |
the ships supped with the commandant at his quite goodly |
2717 |
house, and the next day he and his officers dined aboard the |
2718 |
Santa Maria. The Admiral liked him much for he was more |
2719 |
than respectful toward this voyage. A year before, bathing |
2720 |
one day in the surf, there had come floating to his hand a |
2721 |
great gourd. None such grew anywhere in these islands, |
2722 |
and the wind for days had come steadily from the west. The |
2723 |
gourd had a kind of pattern cut around it. He showed it to |
2724 |
the Admiral and afterwards gave it to him. The latter |
2725 |
caused it to pass from hand to hand among the seamen. I |
2726 |
had it in my hands and truly saw no reason why it might |
2727 |
not have been cut by some native of the West, and, carried |
2728 |
away by the tide or dropped perchance from a boat, have at |
2729 |
last, after long time, come into hands not Indian. Asia tossing |
2730 |
unthinkingly a ball which Europe caught. |
2731 |
|
2732 |
The _Pinta_ proved in worse plight than was at first thought. |
2733 |
The Nina also found this or that to do besides squaring her |
2734 |
Levant sails. We stayed in Gomera almost three weeks. |
2735 |
The place was novel, the day's task not hard, the Admiral |
2736 |
and his captains complaisant. We had leisure and island |
2737 |
company. To many it was happiness enough. While we |
2738 |
stopped at Gornera we were at least not drifting upon lodestone, |
2739 |
equator fire and chaos! |
2740 |
|
2741 |
Here on Gomera might be studied the three Pinzon brothers. |
2742 |
Vicente was a good, courageous captain, Francisco a |
2743 |
good pilot, and a courageous, seldom-speaking man. But |
2744 |
Martin Alonso, the eldest, was the prime mover in all their |
2745 |
affairs. He was skillful navigator like his brothers and |
2746 |
courageous like them, but not silent like Francisco, and |
2747 |
ambitious far above either. He would have said perhaps that |
2748 |
had he not been so, been both ambitious and shrewd, the |
2749 |
Pinzons would never have become principal ship-owning, |
2750 |
trading and maritime family of Palos and three leagues |
2751 |
around. He, too, had family fortunes and aggrandizement |
2752 |
at heart, though hardly on the grand, imperial scale of the |
2753 |
Admiral. He had much manly beauty, daring and strength. |
2754 |
His two brothers worshipped him, and in most places and |
2755 |
moments his crew would follow him with a cheer. The |
2756 |
Admiral was bound to him, not only in that he had volunteered |
2757 |
and made others to go willingly, but that he had |
2758 |
put in his ship, the _Nina_, and had furnished Master Christopherus |
2759 |
with monies. That eighth of the cost of the expedition, |
2760 |
whence else could it come? If it tied Martin Pinzon to |
2761 |
the Admiral, seeing that only through success could those |
2762 |
monies be repaid, it likewise made him feel that he, too, had |
2763 |
authority, was at liberty to advise, and at need to become |
2764 |
critical. |
2765 |
|
2766 |
But the Admiral had the great man's mark. He could acknowledge |
2767 |
service and be quite simply and deeply grateful |
2768 |
for it. He was grateful to Martin Pinzon who had aided him |
2769 |
from his first coming to Palos, and also I think he loved |
2770 |
the younger man's great blond strength and beauty. He |
2771 |
had all of Italy's quickness to beauty, be it of land or sea, |
2772 |
forest, flower, animal or man. But now and again, even |
2773 |
so early as this, he must put out hand to check Pinzon's |
2774 |
impetuous advice. His brows drew together above gray eyes |
2775 |
and eagle nose. But for the most part, on Gomera, they |
2776 |
were very friendly, and it was a sight to see Admiral and |
2777 |
captains and all the privileged of the expedition sit at wine |
2778 |
with the commandant. |
2779 |
|
2780 |
Juan Lepe had no quarrel with any of them. Jayme de |
2781 |
Marchena swept this voyage into the Great Voyage. |
2782 |
|
2783 |
The _Pinta_ was nearly ready when there arrived |
2784 |
a small ship from Ferro bringing news that three |
2785 |
large Portuguese ships had sailed by that island. Said |
2786 |
the commandant, "Spain and Portugal are at peace. They |
2787 |
would not dare to try to oust us!" He came to waterside |
2788 |
to talk to the Admiral. "Not to fight you," said the Admiral, |
2789 |
"but me! King John wishes to keep India, Cipango |
2790 |
and Cathay still veiled. So he will get time in which to have |
2791 |
from the Holy Father another bull that will place the Portuguese |
2792 |
line west and west until he hath the whole!" He |
2793 |
raised his hand and let it fall. "I cannot sail to-morrow, |
2794 |
but I will sail the day after!" |
2795 |
|
2796 |
We were put to hard labor for the rest of that day, and |
2797 |
through much of the moonlit night. By early morning again |
2798 |
we labored. At mid-afternoon all was done. The _Pinta_, |
2799 |
right from stem to stern, rode the blue water; the Nina had |
2800 |
her great square sails. The Guanches stored for us fresh |
2801 |
provisions and rolled down and into ship our water casks. |
2802 |
There was a great moon, and we would stand off in the night. |
2803 |
Nothing more had been seen of the Portuguese ships, but |
2804 |
we were ready to go and go we should. All being done, |
2805 |
and the sun two hours high, we mariners had leave to rest |
2806 |
ashore under trees who might not for very long again see |
2807 |
land or trees. |
2808 |
|
2809 |
There was a grove that led to a stream and the waterfall |
2810 |
where we had filled the casks. I walked through this alone. |
2811 |
The place lay utterly still save for the murmuring of the |
2812 |
water and the singing of a small yellowish bird that abounds |
2813 |
in these islands. At the end of an aisle of trees shone the |
2814 |
sea, blue and calm as a sapphire of heaven. I lay down |
2815 |
upon the earth by the water. |
2816 |
|
2817 |
Finding of India and rounding the earth! We seemed |
2818 |
poor, weak men, but the thing was great, and I suppose the |
2819 |
doers of a great thing are great. East--west! Going west |
2820 |
and yet east.--The Jew in me had come from Palestine, |
2821 |
and to Palestine perhaps from Arabia, and to Arabia--who |
2822 |
knew?--perhaps from that India! And much of the Spaniard |
2823 |
had come from Carthage and from Phoenicia, old Tyre |
2824 |
and Sidon, and Tyre and Sidon again from the east. From |
2825 |
the east and to the east again. All our Age that with all |
2826 |
lacks was yet a stirring one with a sense of dawn and sunrise |
2827 |
and distant trumpets, now was going east, was going |
2828 |
Home, going east by the west road. West is home and East |
2829 |
is home, and North and South. Knowledge extendeth and |
2830 |
the world above is fed. |
2831 |
|
2832 |
The sun made a lane of scarlet and gold across Ocean- |
2833 |
Sea. I wondered what temples, what towns, what spice ships |
2834 |
at strange wharfs might lie under it afar. I wondered if |
2835 |
there did dwell Prester John and if he would step down to |
2836 |
give us welcome. The torrent of event strikes us day and |
2837 |
night, all the hours, all the moments. Who can tell with |
2838 |
distinctness color and shape in that descending stream? |
2839 |
|
2840 |
|
2841 |
|
2842 |
CHAPTER XI |
2843 |
|
2844 |
AN hour after moonrise we were gone from Gomera. |
2845 |
At first a light wind filled the sails, but when the |
2846 |
round moon went down in the west and the sun rose, |
2847 |
there was Teneriffe still at hand, and the sea glassy. It |
2848 |
rested like a mirror all that day, and the sails hung empty |
2849 |
and the banner at maintop but a moveless wisp of cloth. |
2850 |
In the night arose a contrary wind, and another red dawn |
2851 |
showed us Teneriffe still. The wind dropping like a shot, |
2852 |
we hung off Ferro, fixed in blue glass. Watch was kept |
2853 |
for the Portuguese, but they also would be rooted to sea |
2854 |
bottom. The third morning up whistled the wind, blowing |
2855 |
from Africa and filling every sail. |
2856 |
|
2857 |
Palos to the Canaries, we had sailed south. Now for long, |
2858 |
long days the sun rose right aft, and when it set dyed with |
2859 |
red brow and eyes and cheek and breast of the carved |
2860 |
woman at our prow. She wore a great crown, and she |
2861 |
looked ever with wide eyes upon the west that we chased. |
2862 |
Straight west over Ocean-Sea, the first men, the first ships! |
2863 |
If ever there had been others, our world knew it not. The |
2864 |
Canaries sank into the east. Turn on heel around one's self, |
2865 |
and mark never a start of land to break the rim of the vast |
2866 |
sea bowl! Never a sail save those above us of the _Santa |
2867 |
Maria_, or starboard or larboard, the Pinta and the Nina. |
2868 |
The loneliness was vast and utter. We might fail here, sink |
2869 |
here, die here, and indeed fail and sink and die alone! |
2870 |
|
2871 |
Two seamen lay sick in their beds, and the third day |
2872 |
from Gomera the Santa Maria's physician, Bernardo Nunez, |
2873 |
was seized with the same malady. At first Fray Ignatio |
2874 |
tried to take his place, but here the monk lacked knowledge. |
2875 |
One of the sailors died, a ship boy sickened, and the |
2876 |
physician's fever increased upon him. Diego de Arana began |
2877 |
to fail. The ship's master came at supper time and looked |
2878 |
us over. "Is there any here who has any leechcraft?" |
2879 |
|
2880 |
Beltran the cook said, "I can set a bone and wash a |
2881 |
wound; but it ends there!" |
2882 |
|
2883 |
Cried Fernando from his corner. "Is the plague among |
2884 |
us!" The master turned on him. "Here and now, I say |
2885 |
five lashes for the man who says that word again! Has any |
2886 |
man here sense about a plain fever?" |
2887 |
|
2888 |
None else speaking, I said that long ago I had studied |
2889 |
for a time with a leech, and that I was somewhat used to |
2890 |
care of the sick. "Then you are my man!" quoth the |
2891 |
master, and forthwith took me to the Admiral. I became |
2892 |
Juan Lepe, the physician. |
2893 |
|
2894 |
It was, I held, a fever received while wandering through |
2895 |
the ravines and woods of Gomera. Master Bernardo had |
2896 |
in his cabin drugs and tinctures, and we breathed now all |
2897 |
the salt of Ocean-Sea, and the ship was clean. I talked |
2898 |
to Beltran the cook about diet, and I chose Sancho and a |
2899 |
man that I liked, one Luis Torres, for nurses. Two others |
2900 |
sickened this night, and one the next day, but none afterward. |
2901 |
None died; in ten days all were recovered. Other |
2902 |
ailments aboard I doctored also. Don Diego de Arana was |
2903 |
subject to fits of melancholy with twitchings of the body. I |
2904 |
had watched Isaac the Physician cure such things as this, |
2905 |
and now I followed instruction. I put my hands upon the |
2906 |
patient and I strengthened his will with mine, sending into |
2907 |
him desire for health and perception of health. His inner |
2908 |
man caught tune. The melancholy left him and did not |
2909 |
return. Master Bernardo threw off the fever, sat up and |
2910 |
moved about. But he was still weak, and still I tended the |
2911 |
others for him. |
2912 |
|
2913 |
The _Pinta_ had signaled four men ill. But Garcia Fernandez, |
2914 |
the Palos physician, was there with Martin Pinzon, |
2915 |
and the sick recovered. The Nina had no doctor and now |
2916 |
she came near to the Santa Maria and sent a boat. She had |
2917 |
five sick men and would borrow Bernardo Nunez. |
2918 |
|
2919 |
The Admiral spoke with Nunez, now nearly well. Then |
2920 |
the physician made a bundle of drugs and medicaments, said |
2921 |
farewell to all and kindly enough to me, and rowed away to |
2922 |
the _Nina_. He was a friend of the Pinzons, and above the |
2923 |
vanity of the greater ship. The sick upon the Nina prospered |
2924 |
under him. |
2925 |
|
2926 |
But Juan Lepe was taken from the forecastle, and slept |
2927 |
where Nunez had slept, and had his place at the table in the |
2928 |
great cabin. He turned from the sailor Juan Lepe to the |
2929 |
physician Juan Lepe, becoming "Doctor" and "Senor." |
2930 |
The wheel turns and a man's past makes his present. |
2931 |
|
2932 |
A few days from Gomera, an hour after sunset, the night |
2933 |
was torn by the hugest, flaming, falling star that any of us |
2934 |
had ever seen. The mass drove down the lower skirt of the |
2935 |
sky, leaving behind it a wake of fire. It plunged into the |
2936 |
sea. There is no sailor but knows shooting stars. But this |
2937 |
was a hugely great one, and Ocean-Sea very lonely, and to |
2938 |
most there our errand a spectral and frightening one. It |
2939 |
needed both the Admiral and Fray Ignatio to quell the panic. |
2940 |
|
2941 |
The next day a great bird like a crane passed over the |
2942 |
_Santa Maria_. It came from Africa, behind us. But it spoke |
2943 |
of land, and the sailors gazed wistfully. |
2944 |
|
2945 |
This day I entered the great cabin when none was there |
2946 |
but the Admiral, and again he sat at table with his charts |
2947 |
and his books. He asked of the sick and I answered. |
2948 |
Again he sat looking through open door and window at blue |
2949 |
water, a great figure of a man with a great head and face |
2950 |
and early-silvered hair. "Do you know aught," he asked, |
2951 |
"of astrology?" |
2952 |
|
2953 |
I answered that I knew a little of the surface of it. |
2954 |
|
2955 |
"I have a sense," he said, "that our stars are akin, yours |
2956 |
and mine. I felt it the day Granada fell, and I felt it on |
2957 |
Cordova road, and again that day below La Rabida when |
2958 |
we turned the corner and the bells rang and you stood beside |
2959 |
the vineyard wall. Should I not have learned in more |
2960 |
than fifty years to know a man? The stars are akin that |
2961 |
will endure for vision's sake." |
2962 |
|
2963 |
I said, "I believe that, my Admiral." |
2964 |
|
2965 |
He sat in silence for a moment, then drew the log between |
2966 |
us and turned several pages so that I might see |
2967 |
the reckoning. "We have come well," I said. "Yet with |
2968 |
so fair a wind, I should have thought--" |
2969 |
|
2970 |
He turned the leaves till he rested at one covered with |
2971 |
other figures. "Here it is as it truly is, and where we |
2972 |
truly are! We have oversailed all that the first show, and |
2973 |
so many leagues besides." |
2974 |
|
2975 |
"Two records, true and untrue! Why do you do it so?" |
2976 |
|
2977 |
"I have told them that after seven hundred leagues we |
2978 |
should find land. Add fifty more for our general imperfection. |
2979 |
But it may be wider than I think. We may not |
2980 |
come even to some fringing island in eight hundred leagues, |
2981 |
no, nor in more than that! If it be a thousand, if it be two |
2982 |
thousand, on I go! But after the seven hundred is passed, |
2983 |
it will be hard to keep them in hand. So, though we are |
2984 |
covering more, I let them think we are covering only this." |
2985 |
|
2986 |
I could but laugh. Two reckonings! After all, he was |
2987 |
not Italian for nothing! |
2988 |
|
2989 |
"The master knows," he said, "and also Diego de Arana. |
2990 |
But at least one other should know. Two might drown or |
2991 |
perish from sickness. I myself might fall sick and die, |
2992 |
though I will not believe it!" He paused a moment, then |
2993 |
said, looking directly at me, "I need one in whom I can |
2994 |
utterly confide. I should have had with me my brother |
2995 |
Bartholomew. But he is in England. A man going to seek |
2996 |
a Crown jewel for all men should have with him son or |
2997 |
brother. Diego de Arana is a kinsman of one whom I |
2998 |
love, and he partly believes. But Roderigo Sanchez and the |
2999 |
others believe hardly at all. There is Fray Ignatio. He |
3000 |
believes, and I confess my sins to him. But he thinks only |
3001 |
of penitents, and this matter needs mind, not heart alone. |
3002 |
Because of that sense of the stars, I tell you these things." |
3003 |
|
3004 |
The next day it came to me that in that Journal which |
3005 |
he meant to make like Caesar's Commentaries, he might put |
3006 |
down the change in the _Santa Maria's_ physicians and set my |
3007 |
name there too often. I watched my chance and finding it, |
3008 |
asked that he name me not in that book. His gray eyes |
3009 |
rested upon me; he demanded the reason for that. I said that |
3010 |
in Spain I was in danger, and that Juan Lepe was not my |
3011 |
name. More than that I did not wish to say, and perchance |
3012 |
it were wiser for him not to know. But I would not that the |
3013 |
powerful should mark me in his Journal or elsewhere! |
3014 |
|
3015 |
Usually his eyes were wide and filled with light as |
3016 |
though it were sent into them from the vast lands that he |
3017 |
continuously saw. But he could be immediate captain and |
3018 |
commander of things and of men, and when that was so, |
3019 |
the light drew into a point, and he became eagle that sees |
3020 |
through the wave the fish. Had he been the seer alone, |
3021 |
truly he might have been the seer of what was to be discovered |
3022 |
and might have set others upon the path. But he |
3023 |
would not have sailed on the _Santa Maria_! |
3024 |
|
3025 |
In his many years at sea he must many times have met |
3026 |
men who had put to sea out of fear of land. He would |
3027 |
have sailed with many whose names, he knew, were not |
3028 |
those given them at birth. He must have learned to take reasons |
3029 |
for granted and to go on--where he wished to go on. |
3030 |
So we gazed at each other. |
3031 |
|
3032 |
"I had written down," he said, "that you greatly helped |
3033 |
the sick, and upon Bernardo Nunez's going to the _Nina_, became |
3034 |
our physician. But I will write no more of you, and |
3035 |
that written will pass in the flood of things to come." After |
3036 |
a moment, he ended with deliberation, "I know my star to |
3037 |
be a great star, burning long and now with a mounting |
3038 |
flame. If yours is in any wise its kin, then there needs must |
3039 |
be histories." |
3040 |
|
3041 |
|
3042 |
|
3043 |
CHAPTER XII |
3044 |
|
3045 |
IT was a strange thing how utterly favoring now was the |
3046 |
wind! It blew with a great steady push always from |
3047 |
the east, and always we ran before it into the west. |
3048 |
Day after day we experienced this warm and steadfast driving; |
3049 |
day after day we never shifted sail. The rigging sang |
3050 |
a steady song, day and night. The crowned woman, our |
3051 |
figurehead, ran, light-footed, over a green and blue plain, |
3052 |
and where the plain ended no man might know! "Perhaps |
3053 |
it does not end!" said the mariners. |
3054 |
|
3055 |
Of the hidalgos aboard I like best Diego de Arana who |
3056 |
had cast off his melancholy. He was a man of sense, candid |
3057 |
and brave. Roderigo Sanchez sat and moved a dull, good |
3058 |
man. Roderigo de Escobedo had courage, but he was factious, |
3059 |
would take sides against his shadow if none other |
3060 |
were there. Pedro Gutierrez had been a courtier, and had |
3061 |
the vices of that life, together with a daredevil recklessness |
3062 |
and a kind of wild wit. I had liking and admiration for |
3063 |
Fray Ignatio, but careful indeed was I when I spoke with |
3064 |
him! |
3065 |
|
3066 |
The wind blew unchanging, the stark blue shield of sea, a |
3067 |
water-world, must be taken in the whole, for there was no |
3068 |
contrasting point in it to catch the eye. Sancho, forward, |
3069 |
in a high sweet voice like a jongleur's voice, was singing to |
3070 |
the men an endless ballad. Upon the poop deck Escobedo |
3071 |
and Gutierrez, having diced themselves to an even wealth |
3072 |
or poverty, turned to further examination of the Admiral's |
3073 |
ways. Endlessly they made him and his views subject of |
3074 |
talk. Roderigo Sanchez listened with a face like an owl, |
3075 |
Diego de Arana with some irony about his lips. I came and |
3076 |
stood beside the latter. |
3077 |
|
3078 |
They were upon the beggary of Christopherus Columbus. |
3079 |
"How did the Prior of La Rabida--?" |
3080 |
|
3081 |
"I'll tell you, for I heard it. One evening at vesper |
3082 |
bell comes our Admiral--no less a man!--to Priory gate |
3083 |
with a young boy in his hand. Not Fernando his love-child, |
3084 |
but Diego the elder, who was born in Lisbon. All dusty |
3085 |
with the road, like any beggar you see, and not much better |
3086 |
clad, foot-sore and begging bread for himself and the boy. |
3087 |
And because of his white hair, and because he carried himself |
3088 |
in that absurd way that makes the undiscerning cry, |
3089 |
`Ah, my lord king in disguise!' the porter must have him |
3090 |
in, and by and by comes the prior and stands to talk with |
3091 |
him, `From where?' `From Cordova.' `Whither?' `To |
3092 |
Portugal.' `For why?' `To speak again with King John!' |
3093 |
`Are you in the habit of speaking with kings?' `Aye, I |
3094 |
am!' `About what, may I ask?' `About the finding of |
3095 |
India by way of Ocean-Sea, the possession of idolatrous |
3096 |
countries and the great wealth thereof, and the taking of |
3097 |
Christ to the heathen who else are lost!' " |
3098 |
|
3099 |
"Ha, ha! Ha, ha!" This was Escobedo. |
3100 |
|
3101 |
"The prior thinks, `This is an interesting madman.' And |
3102 |
being a charitable good man and lacking entertainment that |
3103 |
evening, he brings the beggar in to supper and sits by him." |
3104 |
|
3105 |
Roderigo Sanchez opened his mouth. "All Andalusia |
3106 |
knows Fray Juan Perez is a kind of visionary!" |
3107 |
|
3108 |
"Aye, like to like! `Have you been to our Queen and |
3109 |
the King? ' `Aye, I have!' saith the beggar, `but they are |
3110 |
warring with the Moors and will pull Granada down and |
3111 |
do not see the greater glory!' " |
3112 |
|
3113 |
All laughed at that, and indeed Gutierrez could mimic to |
3114 |
perfection. We got, full measure, the beggar's loftiness. |
3115 |
|
3116 |
"So the siren sings and the prior leaps to meet her, or |
3117 |
tarantula stings him and be dances! `I am growing mad |
3118 |
too,' thinks Fray Juan Perez, and begins presently to tell |
3119 |
that last week he dreamed of Prester John. The end is |
3120 |
that he and the beggar talk till midnight and the next morning |
3121 |
they talk again, and the prior sends for his friends |
3122 |
Captain Martin Alonzo Pinzon and the physician Garcia |
3123 |
Fernandez. The beggar gains them all!" |
3124 |
|
3125 |
"Do you think a beggar can do that?" I said. "Only a |
3126 |
giver can do that." |
3127 |
|
3128 |
Pedro Gutierrez turned black eyes upon Juan Lepe, whom |
3129 |
he resented there on the poop deck. "How could you have |
3130 |
learned so much, Doctor, while you were making sail and |
3131 |
washing ship?" He was my younger in every way, and I |
3132 |
answered equably, "I learned in the same way that the Admiral |
3133 |
learned while he begged." |
3134 |
|
3135 |
"Touched!" said Diego de Arana. "So that is the way |
3136 |
the prior came into the business?" |
3137 |
|
3138 |
"He enters with such vigor," said Gutierrez, "that what |
3139 |
does he do but write an impassioned letter to the Queen, |
3140 |
having long ago, for a time, been her confessor? What he |
3141 |
tells her, God knows, but it seems that it changes the world! |
3142 |
She answers that for herself she hath grieved for Master |
3143 |
Columbus's departure from the court and the realm, and |
3144 |
that if he will turn and come to Santa Fe, his propositions |
3145 |
shall at last be thoroughly weighed. Letter finds the beggar |
3146 |
with his boy honored guest of La Rabida, touching heads |
3147 |
with Martin Pinzon over maps and charts and the `Book |
3148 |
of Travels' of Messer Marco Polo. There is great joy! |
3149 |
The beggar hath the prior's own mule and his son a jennet, |
3150 |
and here we go to Santa Fe! That was last year. Now the |
3151 |
boy that whimpered for bread at convent gate is Don Diego |
3152 |
Colon, page to Prince Juan, and the Viceroy sails on the |
3153 |
_Santa Maria_ for the countries he will administer!" |
3154 |
|
3155 |
Gutierrez shook the dice in the box. "Oh, Queen Luck, |
3156 |
that I have served for so long! Why do you not make me |
3157 |
viceroy?" |
3158 |
|
3159 |
Said Escobedo, "Viceroy of the continent of water and |
3160 |
Admiral of seaweed and fishes!" |
3161 |
|
3162 |
Diego de Arana took that up. "We are obliged to find |
3163 |
something! No sensible man can think like some of those |
3164 |
forward that this goes on forever and we shall sail till the |
3165 |
wood rots and sails grow ragged and wind carries away their |
3166 |
shreds or they fall into dust!" |
3167 |
|
3168 |
"Who knows anything of River-Ocean? We may not |
3169 |
find the western shore, if there be such a thing, for a year! |
3170 |
By that time storm will sink us ten times over, or plague |
3171 |
will take us--" |
3172 |
|
3173 |
"There's not needed plague nor storm. Just say, food |
3174 |
won't last, and water is already half gone!" |
3175 |
|
3176 |
"That's the undeniable truth," quoth Roderigo Sanchez, |
3177 |
and looked with a perturbed face at the too-smooth sea. |
3178 |
|
3179 |
Smooth blue sea continued, wind continued, pushing like |
3180 |
a great, warm hand, east to west. The Admiral spent hours |
3181 |
alone in his sleeping cabin. There were men who said that |
3182 |
he studied there a great book of magic. He had often a |
3183 |
book in his hand, it is true, but Juan Lepe the physician |
3184 |
knew what he strove to keep from others, that the gout that |
3185 |
at times threatened crippling was upon him and was easier |
3186 |
to bear lying down. |
3187 |
|
3188 |
Sunset, vesper prayer and _Salve Regina_. As the strains |
3189 |
died, there became evident a lingering on the part of the |
3190 |
seamen. The master spoke to the Admiral. "They've found |
3191 |
out about the needle, sir! Perhaps you'd better hear them |
3192 |
and answer them." |
3193 |
|
3194 |
Almost every day he heard them and answered them. |
3195 |
To make his seamen, however they groaned and grumbled |
3196 |
and plotted, yet abide him and his purpose was a day-after-day arising task! Now he said equably, in the |
3197 |
tone almost |
3198 |
of a father, "What is it to-day, men?" |
3199 |
|
3200 |
The throng worked and put forward a spokesman, who |
3201 |
looked from the Admiral to the clear north. "It is the star, |
3202 |
sir! The needle no longer points to it! We thought you |
3203 |
might explain to us unlearned--What we think is that distance |
3204 |
is going to widen and widen! What's to keep needle |
3205 |
from swinging right south? Then will we never get home |
3206 |
to Palos and our wives and children--never and never and |
3207 |
never!" |
3208 |
|
3209 |
Said the Admiral, "It will not change further, or if it |
3210 |
does a very little further!" In his most decisive, most convincing |
3211 |
voice he explained why the needle no longer pointed |
3212 |
precisely to the star. The deviation marked and allowed |
3213 |
for, it was near enough for practical purposes, and the |
3214 |
reasons for the wandering-- |
3215 |
|
3216 |
I do not know if the wisdom of our descendants will confirm |
3217 |
his explanation. It is so often to explain the explanation! |
3218 |
But one as well as another might do here. What |
3219 |
the _Santa Maria_ wanted was reassurance, general and large, |
3220 |
stretching from the Canaries to India and Cathay and back |
3221 |
again. He knew that, and after no great time spent with |
3222 |
compass needle and circularly traveling polar star, he began |
3223 |
to talk gold and estate, and the pearls and silk and spices |
3224 |
they would surely take for gifts to their family and neighbors, |
3225 |
Palos or Huelva or Fishertown! |
3226 |
|
3227 |
It was truly the hope that upheld many on a voyage that |
3228 |
they chose to think a witches' one. He talked now out of |
3229 |
Marco Polo and he clad what that traveler had said in more |
3230 |
gorgeous attire. He meant nothing false; his exalted imagination |
3231 |
saw it so. He was painter of great pageants, heightening |
3232 |
and remodeling, deepening and purifying colors, making |
3233 |
humdrum and workaday over to his heart's desire. The |
3234 |
Venetian in his book, and other travelers in their books, had |
3235 |
related wonders enough. These grew with him, it might be |
3236 |
said--and indeed in his lifetime was often said--into |
3237 |
wonders without a foot upon earth. But if one took as |
3238 |
figures and symbols his gold roofs and platters, temples and |
3239 |
gardens, every man a merchant in silks and spices, strange |
3240 |
fruit-dropping trees and pearls in carcanets, the Grand Khan |
3241 |
and Prester John--who could say that in the long, patient |
3242 |
life of Time the Admiral was over-esteeming? The pity |
3243 |
of it was that most here could not live in great lengths of |
3244 |
time. They wanted riches now, now! And they wanted |
3245 |
only one kind of riches; here and now, or at the most in |
3246 |
another month, in the hands and laps of Pedro and Fernando |
3247 |
and Diego. |
3248 |
|
3249 |
|
3250 |
|
3251 |
CHAPTER XIII |
3252 |
|
3253 |
THERE grew at times an excited feeling that he was a |
3254 |
prophet, and that there were fabulously great things |
3255 |
before us. As I doctored some small ill one day in |
3256 |
the forecastle, a great fellow named Francisco from Huelva |
3257 |
would tell me his dream of the night before. He had already |
3258 |
told it, it seemed, to all who would listen, and now again he |
3259 |
had considerable audience, crowding at the door. He said |
3260 |
that he dreamed he was in Cipango. At first he thought it |
3261 |
was heaven, but when he saw golden roofs he knew it must |
3262 |
be Cipango, for in heaven where it never rained and there |
3263 |
were no nights, we shouldn't need roofs. One interrupted, |
3264 |
"We'd need them to keep the flying angels from looking |
3265 |
in!" |
3266 |
|
3267 |
"It was Cipango," persisted Francisco, "for the Emperor |
3268 |
himself came and gave me a rope of pearls. There were |
3269 |
five thousand of them, and each would buy a house or a |
3270 |
fine horse or a suit of velvet. And the Emperor took me by |
3271 |
the hand, and he said, `Dear Brother--' You might have |
3272 |
thought I was a king--and by the mass, I was a king! |
3273 |
I felt it right away! And then he took me into a garden, |
3274 |
and there were three beautiful women, and one of them |
3275 |
would push me to the other, and that one to the third, and |
3276 |
that to the first again, as though they were playing ball, |
3277 |
and they all laughed, and I laughed. Then there came a |
3278 |
great person with five crowns on his head, and all the light |
3279 |
blazed up gold and blue, and somebody said, `It's Prester |
3280 |
John'!" |
3281 |
|
3282 |
His dream kept a two-days' serenity upon the ship. It |
3283 |
came to the ear of the Admiral, who said, " `In dreams will |
3284 |
I instruct thee.'--I have had dreams far statelier than |
3285 |
his." |
3286 |
|
3287 |
Pedro Gutierrez too began to dream,--fantastic things |
3288 |
which he told with an idle gusto. They were of wine and gold |
3289 |
and women, though often these were to be guessed through |
3290 |
strange, jumbled masks and phantasies. "Those are ill |
3291 |
dreams," said the Admiral. "Dream straight and high!" |
3292 |
Fray Ignatio, too, said wisely, "It is not always God who |
3293 |
cometh in dreams!" |
3294 |
|
3295 |
But the images of Gutierrez's dreams seemed to him to |
3296 |
be seated in Cathay and India. They bred in him belief |
3297 |
that he was coming to happiness by that sea road that |
3298 |
glistered before us. He and Roderigo de Escobedo began |
3299 |
to talk with assurance of what they should find. Having |
3300 |
small knowledge of travelers' tales they made application |
3301 |
to the Admiral who, nothing loth, answered them out of |
3302 |
Marco Polo, Mandeville and Pedro de Aliaco. |
3303 |
|
3304 |
But the ardor of his mind was such that he outwent his |
3305 |
authors. Where the Venetian said "gold" the Genoese |
3306 |
said "Much gold." Where the one saw powerful peoples |
3307 |
with their own customs, courts, armies, temples, ships and |
3308 |
trade, the other gave to these an unearthly tinge of splendor. |
3309 |
Often as he sat in cabin or on deck, or rising paced to and |
3310 |
fro, we who listened to his account, listened to poet and |
3311 |
enthusiast speaking of earths to come. Besides books like |
3312 |
those of Marco Polo and John Mandeville and the Bishop |
3313 |
of Cambrai he had studied philosophers and the ancients and |
3314 |
Scripture and the Fathers. He spoke unwaveringly of |
3315 |
prophecies, explicit and many, of his voyage, and the rounding |
3316 |
out of earth by him, Christopherus Columbus. More |
3317 |
than once or twice, in the great cabin, beneath the swinging |
3318 |
lantern, he repeated to us such passages, his voice making |
3319 |
great poetry of old words. "Averroes saith--Albertus |
3320 |
Magnus saith--Aristotle saith--Seneca saith--Saint Augustine |
3321 |
saith--Esdras in his fourth book saith--" Salt air |
3322 |
sweeping through seemed to fall into a deep, musical beat |
3323 |
and rhythm. "After the council at Salamanca when great |
3324 |
churchmen cried Irreligion and even Heresy upon me, I |
3325 |
searched all Scripture and drew testimony together. In |
3326 |
fifty, yea, in a hundred places it is plain! King David saith |
3327 |
--job saith--Moses saith--Thus it reads in Genesis--" |
3328 |
|
3329 |
Diego de Arana smote the table with his hand. "I am |
3330 |
yours, senor, to find for the Lord!" Fray Ignatio lifted |
3331 |
dark eyes. "I well believe that nothing happens but what is |
3332 |
chosen! I will tell you that in my cell at La Rabida I heard |
3333 |
a cry, `Come over, Ignatio the Franciscan!' " |
3334 |
|
3335 |
And I, listening, thought, "Not perhaps that ancient |
3336 |
spiritual singing of spiritual things! But in truth, yes, it |
3337 |
is chosen. Did not the Whole of Me that I can so dimly |
3338 |
feel set my foot upon this ship?" And going out on deck |
3339 |
before I slept, I looked at the stars and thought that we |
3340 |
were like the infant in the womb that knows not how nor |
3341 |
where it is carried. |
3342 |
|
3343 |
We might be four hundred leagues from Spain. Still |
3344 |
the wind drove us, still we hardly shifted canvas, still the |
3345 |
sky spread clear, of a vast blue depth, and the blue glass |
3346 |
plain of the sea lay beneath. It was too smooth, the wind |
3347 |
in our rigging too changeless of tune. At last, all would |
3348 |
have had variety spring. There began a veritable hunger |
3349 |
for some change, and it was possible to feel a faint horror. |
3350 |
_What if this is the horror--to go on forever and ever like |
3351 |
this_? |
3352 |
|
3353 |
Then one morning when the sun rose, it lit a novel thing. |
3354 |
Seaweed or grass or herbage of some sort was afloat about |
3355 |
us. Far as the eye might reach it was like a drowned |
3356 |
meadow, vari-colored, awash. All that day we watched it. |
3357 |
It came toward us from the west; we ran through it from |
3358 |
the east. Now it thinned away; now it thickened until it |
3359 |
seemed that the sea was strewn with rushes like a castle |
3360 |
floor. With oars we caught and brought into ship wreaths |
3361 |
of it. All night we sailed in this strange plain. A yellow |
3362 |
dawn showed it still on either side the _Santa Maria_, and |
3363 |
thicker, with fewer blue sea straits and passes than on yesterday. |
3364 |
The Pinta and the Nina stood out with a strange, |
3365 |
enchanted look, as ships crossing a plain more vast than the |
3366 |
plain of Andalusia. Still that floating weed thickened. The |
3367 |
crowned woman at our prow pushed swathes of it to either |
3368 |
side. Our mariners hung over rail, talking, talking. "What |
3369 |
is it--and where will it end? Mayhap presently we can |
3370 |
not plough it!" |
3371 |
|
3372 |
I was again and again to admire how for forty years |
3373 |
he had stored sea-knowledge. It was not only what those |
3374 |
gray eyes had seen, or those rather large, well molded ears |
3375 |
had heard, or that powerful and nervous hand had touched. |
3376 |
But he knew how to take, right and left, knowledge that |
3377 |
others gathered, as he knew that others took and would |
3378 |
take what he gathered. He knew that knowledge flows. |
3379 |
Now he stood and told that no less a man than Aristotle |
3380 |
had recorded such a happening as this. Certain ships of |
3381 |
Gades--that is our Cadiz--driven by a great wind far |
3382 |
into River-Ocean, met these weeds or others like them, |
3383 |
distant parents of these. They were like floating islands |
3384 |
forever changing shape, and those old ships sailed among |
3385 |
them for a while. They thought they must have broken |
3386 |
from sea floor and risen to surface, and currents brought |
3387 |
other masses from land. Tunny fish were caught among |
3388 |
them. |
3389 |
|
3390 |
And that very moment, as the endless possibilities of |
3391 |
things would have it, one, leaning on the rail, cried out |
3392 |
that there were tunnies. We all looked and saw them in a |
3393 |
clear canal between two floating masses. It brought the |
3394 |
Admiral credence. "Look you all!" he said, "how most |
3395 |
things have been seen before!" |
3396 |
|
3397 |
"But Father Aristotle's ship--Was he `Saint' or |
3398 |
`Father'?" |
3399 |
|
3400 |
"He was a heathen--he believed in Mahound." |
3401 |
|
3402 |
"No, he lived before Mahound. He was a wise man--" |
3403 |
|
3404 |
"But his ships turned back to Cadiz. They were afraid |
3405 |
of this stuff--that's the point!" |
3406 |
|
3407 |
"They turned back," said the Admiral. "And the splendor |
3408 |
and the gold were kept for us." |
3409 |
|
3410 |
A thicker carpet of the stuff brushed ship side. One of |
3411 |
the boys cried, "Ho, there is a crab!" It sat indeed on a |
3412 |
criss-cross of broken reeds, and it seemed to stare at us |
3413 |
solemnly. "Do not all see that it came from land, and land |
3414 |
to the west?" |
3415 |
|
3416 |
"But it is caught here! What if we are caught here too? |
3417 |
These weeds may stem us--turn great crab pincers and |
3418 |
hold us till we rot!" |
3419 |
|
3420 |
"If--and if--and if" cried the Admiral. "For |
3421 |
Christ, His sake, laugh at yourselves!" |
3422 |
|
3423 |
On, on, we went before that warm and potent wind, so |
3424 |
steadfast that there must be controlling it some natural law. |
3425 |
Ocean-Sea spread around, with that weed like a marsh at |
3426 |
springtide. Then, suddenly, just as the murmuring faction |
3427 |
was murmuring again, we cleared all that. Open sea, blue |
3428 |
running ocean, endlessly endless! |
3429 |
|
3430 |
The too-steady sunshine vanished. There broke a cloudy |
3431 |
dawn followed by light rain. It ceased and the sky cleared. |
3432 |
But in the north held a mist and a kind of semblance of far- |
3433 |
off mountains. Startled, a man cried "Land!" but the next |
3434 |
moment showed that it was cloud. Yet all day the mist hung |
3435 |
in this quarter. The _Pinta_ approached and signaled, and |
3436 |
presently over to us put her boat, in it Martin Pinzon. The |
3437 |
Admiral met him as he came up over side and would have |
3438 |
taken him into great cabin. But, no! Martin Pinzon always |
3439 |
spoke out, before everybody! "Senor, there is land yonder, |
3440 |
under the north! Should not we change course and see |
3441 |
what is there?" |
3442 |
|
3443 |
"It is cloud," answered the Admiral. "Though I do not |
3444 |
deny that such a haze may be crying, `Land behind!' " |
3445 |
|
3446 |
"Let us sail then north, and see!" |
3447 |
|
3448 |
But the Admiral shook his head. "No, Captain! West |
3449 |
--west--arrow straight!" |
3450 |
|
3451 |
Pinzon appeared about to say, "You are very wrong, |
3452 |
and we should see what's behind that arras!" But he |
3453 |
checked himself, standing before Admiral and Don and Viceroy, |
3454 |
and all those listening faces around. "I still think," he |
3455 |
began. |
3456 |
|
3457 |
The other took him up, but kept considerate, almost deferring |
3458 |
manner. "Yes, if we had time or ships to spare! |
3459 |
But now it is, do not stray from the path. Sail straight |
3460 |
west!" |
3461 |
|
3462 |
"We are five hundred leagues from Palos." |
3463 |
|
3464 |
"Less than that, by our reckoning. The further from |
3465 |
Palos, the nearer India!" |
3466 |
|
3467 |
"We may be passing by our salvation!" |
3468 |
|
3469 |
"Our salvation lies in going as we set forth to go." He |
3470 |
made his gesture of dismissal of that, and asked after the |
3471 |
health of the _Pinta_. The health held, but the stores were |
3472 |
growing low. Biscuit enough, but bacon almost out, and |
3473 |
not so many measures of beans left. Oil, too, approached |
3474 |
bottom of jars. The Nina was in the same case. |
3475 |
|
3476 |
"Food and water will last," said the Admiral. "We have |
3477 |
not come so far without safely going farther." |
3478 |
|
3479 |
Martin Alonso Pinzon was the younger man and but |
3480 |
captain of the Pinta_, while the other stood Don and Admiral, |
3481 |
appointed by Majesty, responsible only to the Crown. |
3482 |
But he had been Master Christopherus the dreamer, who |
3483 |
was shabbily dressed, owed money, almost begged. He |
3484 |
owed large money now to Martin Pinzon. But for the Pinzons, |
3485 |
he could hardly have sailed. He should listen now, |
3486 |
take good advice, that was clearly what the captain of the |
3487 |
_Pinta thought! Undoubtedly Master Christopherus dreamed |
3488 |
true to a certain point, but after that was not so followable! |
3489 |
As for Cristoforo Colombo, Italian shipmaster, he had, it |
3490 |
was true, old sea wisdom. But Martin Pinzon thought |
3491 |
Martin Pinzon was as good there!--Captain Martin Alonso |
3492 |
said good-by with some haughtiness and went stiffly back |
3493 |
over blue sea to the Pinta. |
3494 |
|
3495 |
The sun descended, the sea grew violet, all we on the |
3496 |
_Santa Maria_ gathered for vesper prayer and song. Fray |
3497 |
Ignatio's robe and back-thrown cowl burned brown against |
3498 |
the sea and the sail. One last broad gold shaft lighted the |
3499 |
tall Admiral, his thick white hair, his eagle nose, his strong |
3500 |
mouth. Diego de Arana was big, alert and soldierly; Roderigo |
3501 |
Sanchez had the look of alcalde through half a lifetime. |
3502 |
I had seen Roderigo de Escobedo's like in dark streets |
3503 |
in France and Italy and Castile, and Pedro Gutierrez wherever |
3504 |
was a court. Juan de la Cosa, the master, stood a |
3505 |
keen man, thin as a string. Out of the crowd of mariners |
3506 |
I pick Sancho and Beltran the cook, Ruiz the pilot, William |
3507 |
the Irishman and Arthur the Englishman, and two or three |
3508 |
others. And Luis Torres. The latter was a thinker, and |
3509 |
a Jew in blood. He carried it in his face, considerably |
3510 |
more markedly than I carried my grandmother Judith. But |
3511 |
his family had been Christian for a hundred years. Before |
3512 |
I left forecastle for poop I had discovered that he was |
3513 |
learned. Why he had turned sailor I did not then know, |
3514 |
but afterwards found that it was for disappointed love. He |
3515 |
knew Arabic and Hebrew, Aristotle and Averroes, and he |
3516 |
had a dry curiosity and zest for life that made for him the |
3517 |
wonder of this voyage far outweigh the danger. |
3518 |
|
3519 |
There was a hymn that Fray Ignatio taught us and that |
3520 |
we sang at times, beside the Latin chant. He said that a |
3521 |
brother of his convent had written it and set it to music. |
3522 |
|
3523 |
Thou that art above us, |
3524 |
Around us, beneath us, |
3525 |
Thou who art within us, |
3526 |
Save us on this sea! |
3527 |
Out of danger, |
3528 |
Teach us how we may |
3529 |
Serve thee acceptably! |
3530 |
Teach us how we may |
3531 |
Crown ourselves, crowning Thee! |
3532 |
|
3533 |
|
3534 |
Beltran the cook's voice was the best, and after him |
3535 |
Sancho, and then a sailor with a great bass, William the |
3536 |
Irishman. Fray Ignatio sang like a good monk, and Pedro |
3537 |
Gutierrez like a troubadour of no great weight. The Admiral |
3538 |
sang with a powerful and what had once been a sweet |
3539 |
voice. Currents and eddies of sweetness marked it still. |
3540 |
All sang and it made together a great and pleasurable |
3541 |
sound, rolling over the sea to the _Pinta_ and the Nina, and |
3542 |
so their singing, somewhat less in volume, came to us. All |
3543 |
grew dusk, the ships were bat wings sailing low; out sprang |
3544 |
the star to which the needle no longer pointed. The great |
3545 |
star Venus hung in the west like the lantern of some ghostly |
3546 |
air ship, very vast. |
3547 |
|
3548 |
Thou that art above us, |
3549 |
Around us, beneath us, |
3550 |
Thou that art within us, |
3551 |
Save us on this sea! |
3552 |
|
3553 |
|
3554 |
|
3555 |
CHAPTER XIV |
3556 |
|
3557 |
WE were a long, long way from Spain. A flight of |
3558 |
birds went over us. They were flying too high for |
3559 |
distinguishing, but we did not hold them to be sea |
3560 |
birds. We sounded, but the lead touched no bottom. West |
3561 |
and west and west, pushed by that wind! Late September, |
3562 |
and we had left Palos the third of August. |
3563 |
|
3564 |
The wind shifted and became contrary. The sea that |
3565 |
for so long had been glassy smooth took on a roughness. |
3566 |
A bird that was surely a forest bird beaten to us perched |
3567 |
upon a stretched rope and uttered three quick cries. A |
3568 |
boy climbed and softly took it from behind. It fluttered in |
3569 |
the Admiral's two hands. All came to look. Its plumage |
3570 |
was blue, its breast reddish. We wondered, but before we |
3571 |
could make it a cage, it strongly strove and was gone. One |
3572 |
flash and all the azure took it to itself. |
3573 |
|
3574 |
In the night the waves flattened. Rose-dawn showed |
3575 |
smooth sea and every sail filled again with that westward |
3576 |
journeying wind. Yesterday's roughness and the bird tossed |
3577 |
aboard were as a dream. |
3578 |
|
3579 |
A day and a day and a day. As much Ocean-Sea as ever, |
3580 |
and Asia a lie, and alike at this end and that of the |
3581 |
vessel a dull despondency, and Pedro Gutierrez's wit grown |
3582 |
ugly. So naked, so lonely, so indifferent spread the Sea |
3583 |
of Darkness! |
3584 |
|
3585 |
Another day and another and another. When half the |
3586 |
ship was at the point of mutiny signs reappeared and thickened. |
3587 |
Birds flew over the ships; one perched beside the |
3588 |
Admiral's banner and sang. More than that, a wood dove |
3589 |
came upon the deck and ate corn that was strewed for it. |
3590 |
"Colombo--Colombo!" quoth the Admiral. "I, too, am |
3591 |
`dove.' " And he opened a window and sent forth a "dove" |
3592 |
to find if there were land!' " |
3593 |
|
3594 |
Almost the whole ship from Jason down took these two |
3595 |
birds for portents. Fray Ignatio lifted hands. "The |
3596 |
Blessed Francis who knew that birds have souls to save |
3597 |
hath sent them!" We passed the drifting branch of a |
3598 |
tree. It had green leaves. The sea ran extremely blue and |
3599 |
clear, and half the ship thought they smelled frankincense, |
3600 |
brought on the winds which now were changeable. At evening |
3601 |
rose a great cry of "Land!" and indeed to one side the |
3602 |
sinking sun seemed veritable cliffs with a single mountain |
3603 |
peak. The Admiral, who knew more of sea and air than |
3604 |
any two men upon those ships, cried "Cloud--cloud!" |
3605 |
but for a time none believed him. There sprang great commotion, |
3606 |
the _Pinta_ too signaling. Then before our eyes |
3607 |
came a rift in the mountain and the cliffs slipped into the sea. |
3608 |
|
3609 |
But now all believed in land ahead. It was as though |
3610 |
some one had with laughter tossed them that assurance over |
3611 |
the horizon straight before us. Every mariner now was |
3612 |
emulous to be the lookout, every man kept eyes on the west. |
3613 |
Now sprang clear and real to them the royal promise of |
3614 |
ten thousand maravedies pension to him who first sighted |
3615 |
Cipango, Cathay or India. The Admiral added a prize of a |
3616 |
green velvet doublet. |
3617 |
|
3618 |
We had come nigh eight hundred leagues. |
3619 |
|
3620 |
In the cabin, upon the table he spread Toscanelli's map, |
3621 |
and beside it a great one like it, of his own making, signed |
3622 |
in the corner _Columbus de Terra Rubra_. The depiction was |
3623 |
of a circle, and in the right or eastern side showed the coasts |
3624 |
of Ireland and England, France, Spain and Portugal, and |
3625 |
of Africa that portion of which anything was known. Out |
3626 |
in Ocean appeared the islands gained in and since Prince |
3627 |
Henry's day. Their names were written,--Madeira, Canaria, |
3628 |
Cape de Verde and Azores. West of these and filling |
3629 |
the middle map came Ocean-Sea, an open parchment field |
3630 |
save for here a picture of a great fish, and here a siren and |
3631 |
here Triton, and here the Island of the Seven Cities and here |
3632 |
Saint Brandon's Isle, and these none knew if they be real |
3633 |
or magical! Wide middle map and River-Ocean! The eye |
3634 |
quitting that great void approached the left or western side |
3635 |
of the circle. And now again began islands great and small |
3636 |
with legends written across and around them. The great |
3637 |
island was Cipango, and across the extent of it ran in fine |
3638 |
lettering. "Marco Polo was here. It is the richest of the |
3639 |
eastern lands. The houses are roofed with gold. The people |
3640 |
are idolaters. There are spices and pearls, nutmegs, pepper |
3641 |
and precious stones. Very much gold so that the common |
3642 |
people use it as they wish." |
3643 |
|
3644 |
We read, the Admiral seated, we, the great cabin group, |
3645 |
standing, bending over the table. After the islands came |
3646 |
mainland. "Cathay" ran the writing. "Mangi. Here |
3647 |
is the seat of the Great Khan. His city is Cambalu." South |
3648 |
of all this ran other drawings and other legends. "Here, |
3649 |
opposite Africa, near the equator, are islands called Manillas. |
3650 |
They have lodestone, so that no ship with iron can sail to |
3651 |
them. Here is Java of all the spices. Here is great India |
3652 |
that the ancients knew." |
3653 |
|
3654 |
"We are bearing toward Cipango," said the Admiral. "I |
3655 |
look first for small outward islands, where perhaps the folk |
3656 |
are uncouth and simple, and there is little gold." |
3657 |
|
3658 |
And again days passed. When many times upon the |
3659 |
_Santa Maria_ and as often on the _Pinta_ and the _Nina_ some |
3660 |
one had cried "Land!" and the ships been put in commotion |
3661 |
and the land melted into air before our eyes, and another |
3662 |
as plausible island or coast formed before us only to |
3663 |
vanish, despair seized us again. Witchcraft and sorcery and |
3664 |
monstrous ignorance, and fooled to our deaths! "West-- |
3665 |
west--west!" till the west was hated. The Pinzons thought |
3666 |
we should change course. If there were lands we were |
3667 |
leaving them in the north where hung the haze. But the |
3668 |
Madman or the Black Magician, our Italian Admiral, would |
3669 |
not hear good advice! It was Gutierrez's word, under his |
3670 |
breath when the Admiral was in earshot, and aloud when |
3671 |
he was not. "Our Italian--our Italian! Why did not |
3672 |
Italy keep him? And Portugal neither would have him! |
3673 |
Castile, the jade, takes him up!" |
3674 |
|
3675 |
Then after absence began again the signs. Flocks of birds |
3676 |
went by us. I saw him watching, and truly these flights |
3677 |
did seem to come from south of west. On the seventh of |
3678 |
October he altered course. We sailed southwest. This day |
3679 |
there floated by a branch with purple berries, and we saw |
3680 |
flying fish. Dolphins played about the ship. The very sea |
3681 |
felt warm to the hand, and yet was no oppression, but light |
3682 |
and easily breathed air, fragrant and lifting the spirits. |
3683 |
|
3684 |
And now we saw floating something like a narrow board |
3685 |
or a wide staff. The master ordered the boat lowered; we |
3686 |
brought it in and it was given dripping into the Admiral's |
3687 |
hand. "It is carved by man," he said. "Look!" Truly |
3688 |
it was so, rudely done with bone or flint, but carved by man |
3689 |
with something meant for a picture of a beast and a tree. |
3690 |
|
3691 |
We sailed west by south this day and the next. No more |
3692 |
man-wrought driftage came our way, but other signs multiplied. |
3693 |
We saw many birds, the water was strangely warm |
3694 |
and clear, when the wind blew toward us it had a scent, |
3695 |
a tone, that cried land breeze! Then came by a branch |
3696 |
with yellow flowers, and upon one a butterfly. After this |
3697 |
none doubted, not Fernando nor any. "Gold flowers-- |
3698 |
gold flowers--gold, gold!" |
3699 |
|
3700 |
This night we lay by so that we should not slip past land |
3701 |
in the darkness. When day came there showed haze south |
3702 |
and west. A gentle wind sang in our rigging. On board |
3703 |
the _Santa Maria_, the Pinta and the Nina all watched for |
3704 |
land. Excitement and restlessness took us all. The Admiral's |
3705 |
eyes burned like deep gray seas. I could read in |
3706 |
them the images behind. _Prester John and the Release of |
3707 |
the Sepulchre. The Grand Khan a tributary Prince. Argosies |
3708 |
of gold, silk and spices, sailing steady, sailing fast over |
3709 |
a waterway unblocked by Mahound and his soldans. All Europe |
3710 |
burning bright, rising a rich Queen. Holy Church with_ |
3711 |
_another cubit to her stature. Christopherus Columbus, the |
3712 |
Discoverer, the Enricher, the Deliverer! Queen Isabella, and |
3713 |
on her cheeks a flush of gratitude; all the Spanish court bowing |
3714 |
low. All the friends, the kindred, all so blessed! Sons, |
3715 |
brothers; Genoa, and Domenico Colombo clad in velvet, dining |
3716 |
with the Doge_. |
3717 |
|
3718 |
Dolphins were all about us; once there rose a cry from |
3719 |
the mariners that they heard singing over the waves. We |
3720 |
held breath and listened, but if they were sirens they ceased |
3721 |
their song. But at eve, the sky pale gold, the water a |
3722 |
sapphire field, we ourselves sang mightily our "_Salve Regina_." |
3723 |
|
3724 |
The Admiral would speak to us. Now all loved him, |
3725 |
with golden India rising to-morrow from the sea, with his |
3726 |
wisdom proving itself! He had this eve a thrilling voice. |
3727 |
God had been good to us; who could say other? This very |
3728 |
eve, at Palos, they thought of us. At Santa Maria de la |
3729 |
Rabida, chanting vesper hymn, they prayed for us also. |
3730 |
In Cordova the Queen prayed. In Rome, the Holy Father |
3731 |
had us in mind. Would we lessen ourselves, disappointing |
3732 |
so many, and very God, grieving very Christ? "No! But |
3733 |
out of this ship we shall step on this land to come, good |
3734 |
men, true men, servants and sons of Christ in His kingdom. |
3735 |
This night, in India before us, men sigh, `We weary of our |
3736 |
idols! Why tarrieth true God?' There the learned think, |
3737 |
bending over their maps, `Why doth not some one put forth, |
3738 |
bringing all the lands into one garland?' They look to |
3739 |
their east whence we come, and they may see in dream tonight these three ships!" His voice rang. "I tell |
3740 |
you |
3741 |
these Three Ships shall be known forever! Your grandchildren's |
3742 |
grandchildren shall say, `The _Santa Maria_, the |
3743 |
Pinta and the Nina--and one that was our ancestor sailed |
3744 |
in this one or in that one, to the glory and gain of the |
3745 |
world, wherefore we still make festival of his birthday!' " |
3746 |
|
3747 |
At this they stirred, whether from Palos or Huelva or |
3748 |
Fishertown. They looked at him now as though indeed he |
3749 |
were great mage, or even apostle. |
3750 |
|
3751 |
That evening I heard Roderigo de Escobedo at an enumeration. |
3752 |
He seemed to have committed to memory some |
3753 |
Venice list. "Mastic, aloes, pepper, cloves, mace and cinnamon |
3754 |
and nutmeg. Ivory and silk and most fine cloth, diamonds, |
3755 |
balasses, rubies, pearls, sapphires, jacinth and emeralds. |
3756 |
Silver in bulk and gold common as iron with us. |
3757 |
Gold--gold!" |
3758 |
|
3759 |
Pedro Gutierrez was speaking. "Gold to carry to Spain |
3760 |
and pay my debts, with enough left to go again to court--" |
3761 |
|
3762 |
Said Escobedo, "The Admiral saith, `No fraud nor |
3763 |
violence, quarreling nor oppression'!" |
3764 |
|
3765 |
Gutierrez answered: "The Admiral also thinks to pay |
3766 |
his debts! He may think he will be strict as the Saints, but |
3767 |
he will not!" |
3768 |
|
3769 |
The Admiral was walking the deck. He stopped beside |
3770 |
Juan Lepe who leaned upon the rail and watched a strange, |
3771 |
glistering sea. It was that shining stuff we see at times |
3772 |
at night in certain weather. But to-night Luis Torres, passing, |
3773 |
had said, "Strewn ducats!" |
3774 |
|
3775 |
The Admiral and Juan Lepe watched. "Never a sail!" |
3776 |
said I. "How strange a thing is that! Great populous |
3777 |
countries that trade among themselves, and never a sail on |
3778 |
this sea rim!" |
3779 |
|
3780 |
He drummed upon the rail. "Do not think I have not |
3781 |
thought of that! I looked to meet first a ship or ships. |
3782 |
But now I think that truly there may be many outlying |
3783 |
islands without ships. Or there may be a war between |
3784 |
princes, and all ships drawn in a fleet to north or south. |
3785 |
One beats one's brains--and time brings the solution, and |
3786 |
we say, `How simple!' " |
3787 |
|
3788 |
Turning his great figure, he mounted to our castle built |
3789 |
up from deck, whence he could see great distances. The |
3790 |
wind had freshened; we were standing to the west; it was |
3791 |
behind us again and it pushed us like a shuttle in a giant's |
3792 |
hand. The night was violet dark and warm; then at ten |
3793 |
the moon rose. Men would not sleep while the ship sailed. |
3794 |
A great event was marching, marching toward us. We |
3795 |
thought we caught the music of it; any moment heralds, |
3796 |
banners, might flame at end of road. We were watching |
3797 |
for the Marriage Procession; we were watching for Kings, |
3798 |
for the Pope, for I know not what! But there was certain |
3799 |
to be largesse. |
3800 |
|
3801 |
I went among the mariners. Sancho met me, a young |
3802 |
man whom then and afterwards I greatly liked. "Well, |
3803 |
we've had luck, senor! Saint Noah himself, say I, wasn't |
3804 |
any luckier!" |
3805 |
|
3806 |
"Yes, we've done well!" |
3807 |
|
3808 |
Beltran the cook's great easy voice rolled in. "Fear's |
3809 |
your only barnacle, say I!" |
3810 |
|
3811 |
Luis Torres said, "When I studied Arabic and the Hebrew, |
3812 |
I thought it was for the pleasure of it. They said |
3813 |
around me, `How you waste your time!' But now some |
3814 |
about the Grand Khan should know Arabic. I will be of |
3815 |
use." |
3816 |
|
3817 |
Pedro said, "Well, it has turned out better than any reasonable |
3818 |
man could have expected!" and Fernando, "Yes, |
3819 |
it has! Of course there may be witches. I've heard it said |
3820 |
there are great necromancers in India!" |
3821 |
|
3822 |
"Necromancers! That's them that show you a thing |
3823 |
and then blow it away--" |
3824 |
|
3825 |
I said, "Do you not know that all of us are the only |
3826 |
necromancers?" |
3827 |
|
3828 |
"Did you see," asked Sancho, "the glistering in the |
3829 |
water? Are we going to lie to after midnight? Saint |
3830 |
George! I would like to plunge in and swim!" |
3831 |
|
3832 |
On poop deck, Diego de Arana called me to him. "Well, |
3833 |
Doctor, how goes it?" He and I rested good friends. I |
3834 |
said, "Why, it goes well." |
3835 |
|
3836 |
"I was thinking, watching the moon, how little I ever |
3837 |
dreamed, being no sea-going man, of such a thing as this. |
3838 |
Who knows his fate? A man's a strange matter!" |
3839 |
|
3840 |
"He is a ballad," I answered., "One stave leads to another |
3841 |
and the story mounts." |
3842 |
|
3843 |
"I cannot think what to-morrow may show us!" |
3844 |
|
3845 |
"Nor can I! But it will be important. We enter by a |
3846 |
narrow strait great widths of the future." |
3847 |
|
3848 |
"There will be great changes, doubtless. Our world is |
3849 |
growing little. Everybody feels that we must push out! |
3850 |
It isn't only Spain, but all kingdoms." |
3851 |
|
3852 |
Pedro Gutierrez joined us. "You are a learned man, |
3853 |
Doctor! What like are the women of Cipango?" |
3854 |
|
3855 |
The moon, past the full yet strong enough to silver |
3856 |
this vast shield, rose higher. The sails of the _Pinta_ and the |
3857 |
Nina were curves of pearl, our sails above us pale mountains. |
3858 |
The light dimmed our lanterns. Crowned woman |
3859 |
at our prow would be bathed in it as she ran across Ocean- |
3860 |
Sea. It washed our decks, pricked out our moving men. |
3861 |
They cast shadows. The master had served out an extra |
3862 |
draught of wine. It was hardly needed. We were all lifted, |
3863 |
with visions drumming in our heads. Fray Ignatio stood |
3864 |
against the mast, and I knew that he felt a pulpit and was |
3865 |
making his sermon. After a time, Diego de Arana and |
3866 |
Pedro Gutierrez moving away, I was alone. Mind and |
3867 |
heart tranquilized, and into them stepped Isabel, and she |
3868 |
and I, hand in hand, walked fields of the west. |
3869 |
|
3870 |
The moon shone. The Admiral's voice came from above |
3871 |
us where he watched from the castle. "Come up here, one |
3872 |
or two of you!" Gutierrez was nearest the ladder. He |
3873 |
mounted and I after him, and we stood one on either hand |
3874 |
the Admiral. He pointed south of west. "A light!" His |
3875 |
voice was an ocean. "It is as it should be. I, Christopherus |
3876 |
Columbus, have first seen the Shore of Asia!" |
3877 |
|
3878 |
We followed his extended hand. Clear under sail we saw |
3879 |
it, dimmed by the moon, but evident, a light as it were of |
3880 |
a fire on a beach. Diego de Arana came up also and |
3881 |
saw it. It was, we thought, more than a league away, a |
3882 |
light that must be on land and made by man. It dwindled, |
3883 |
out it went into night and there ran only plain silver. We |
3884 |
waited while a man might have swam from us to the _Pinta_, |
3885 |
then forth it started again, red star that was no star. Some |
3886 |
one below us cried, "Ho, look!" The Admiral raised his |
3887 |
voice, it rang over ship. "Aye! I saw it a time ago, have |
3888 |
seen it thrice! I, the Admiral, saw first." Men were |
3889 |
crowding to the side to look, then it went out as though |
3890 |
a wave had crept up and drenched it. We gazed and gazed, |
3891 |
but it did not come again. |
3892 |
|
3893 |
It might have been not land, but a small boat afire. But |
3894 |
that is not probable, and we upon the _Santa Maria_ held |
3895 |
that to see burning wood on shore, though naught showed |
3896 |
of that shore itself, was truly first to view, first of all of |
3897 |
us, that land we sought. He did not care for the ten |
3898 |
thousand maravedies, but he cared that it should be said |
3899 |
that God showed it first to him. |
3900 |
|
3901 |
The wind pushed us on with the flat of a great hand. |
3902 |
Midnight and after midnight. At the sight of that flame |
3903 |
we should have fired our cannon, but for some reason this |
3904 |
was not done. Now the silver silence beyond the ship was |
3905 |
torn across by the _Pinta's_ gun. She fired, then came near |
3906 |
us. "Land! Land!" Now we saw it under the moon, |
3907 |
just lifting above the sea,--lonely, peaceful, dark. |
3908 |
|
3909 |
It was middle night. The Santa Maria, the Pinta and the |
3910 |
Nina went another league, then took in sail and came to |
3911 |
anchor. |
3912 |
|
3913 |
|
3914 |
|
3915 |
CHAPTER XV |
3916 |
|
3917 |
THE Admiral set a watch and commanded all beside |
3918 |
to sleep. To-morrow might be work and wakefulness |
3919 |
enough! The ship grew silent. With the _Pinta_ |
3920 |
and the Nina it lay under the moon, and all around was |
3921 |
silver water. |
3922 |
|
3923 |
He did not sleep this night, I am sure. At all times he |
3924 |
was a provident and wakeful sea king who knew his ship |
3925 |
through and through. His habit was light sleep and not |
3926 |
many hours of that. He studied his books at night while |
3927 |
others slept. Lying in his bed, with eyes open or eyes shut, |
3928 |
he watched form in the darkness lands across sea. |
3929 |
|
3930 |
This night so far from Europe passed. The sense of day |
3931 |
at hand wrapped us. In the east arose a cool, a stern and |
3932 |
indifferent pallor. It changed, it flushed. We carried in |
3933 |
the _Santa Maria_ a cock and hens. Cock crew. |
3934 |
|
3935 |
Christopherus Columbus had Italian love for fit, harmonious |
3936 |
noting of vast events. This morning the trumpeter |
3937 |
also of the Santa Maria waked those who slept. The |
3938 |
clear and joyful notes were heard by the Pinta and the |
3939 |
Pinta, too, answered with music. The Nina took it from |
3940 |
her. Beltran the cook and his helpers gave us a stately |
3941 |
breakfast. The Admiral came forth from his cabin in a |
3942 |
dress that a prince might have worn, crimson and tawny, |
3943 |
and around his throat a golden chain. Far and near rushed |
3944 |
into light, for in these lands and seas the dawn makes no |
3945 |
tarrying. It is almost night, then with a great clap of |
3946 |
light it is day. |
3947 |
|
3948 |
We had voyaged, all thought, to Asia over an untrodden |
3949 |
way. Every eye turned to land. Not haze, not dissolving |
3950 |
cloud, not a magic nothing in the thought, but land, land, |
3951 |
solid, palpable, like Palos strand! Had we seen a great port |
3952 |
city, had we seen ships crowding harbor, had we seen a |
3953 |
citadel on some height, armed and frowning, had we marked |
3954 |
temples and palaces and banners afloat in this divine cool |
3955 |
wind of morning, many aboard us would have had now no |
3956 |
surprise, would have cried, "Of course, I really knew it, |
3957 |
though for the fun of it I pretended otherwise!" |
3958 |
|
3959 |
But others among us could not expect such as this after |
3960 |
the quiet night; no light before us save that one so soon |
3961 |
quenched, no stir of boat at all or large or small; an unearthly |
3962 |
quiet, a low land still as a sleeping marsh under |
3963 |
moon. |
3964 |
|
3965 |
The light brightened. The water about us turned a blue |
3966 |
that none there had ever seen, so turquoise, so cerulean, so |
3967 |
penetrable by the eye! Before us gentle surf broke on a |
3968 |
beach bone-white. The beach with little rise met woodland; |
3969 |
thick it seemed and of a vivid greenness and fairly covering |
3970 |
the island. It was island, masthead told us, who saw |
3971 |
blue ribbon going around. Moreover, there were two others, |
3972 |
no greater, upon the horizon. Nor, though the woodland |
3973 |
seemed thick as pile of velvet, was it desolate isle. We |
3974 |
made out in three places light plumes of smoke. Now some |
3975 |
one uttered a cry, "Men!" |
3976 |
|
3977 |
They were running out of the wood, down upon the white |
3978 |
beach. There might be a hundred. |
3979 |
|
3980 |
"Naked men! They are dark--They are negroes!"-- |
3981 |
"Or magicians!" |
3982 |
|
3983 |
The Admiral lifted his great voice. "Mariners all! India |
3984 |
and Cathay are fringed with islands, as are many parts |
3985 |
of Europe. A dozen of you have sailed among the Greek |
3986 |
islands. There may be as many here as those. This is a |
3987 |
small island and its folk simple. They are not Negroes, |
3988 |
but the skin of the Indian is darker than ours, and that |
3989 |
of Cipango and Cathay is yellow. As for clothing, in all |
3990 |
warm lands the simpler folk wear little. But as for ma- |
3991 |
gicians, there may be magicians among them as there are |
3992 |
among all peoples, but it is falseness and absurdity to speak |
3993 |
of all as magicians! Nonsense and cowardice! The man |
3994 |
who cried that goes not ashore to-day!" |
3995 |
|
3996 |
Not Great India before us nor Golden Cipango! But |
3997 |
it was land--land--it was solid, there were folk! How |
3998 |
long had flowed the sea around us, for this was the twelfth |
3999 |
of October, five weeks since Gomera and above two months |
4000 |
since Palos had sunk away and we had heard the last faint |
4001 |
bell of La Rabida! And there had been strong doubt if |
4002 |
ever we should see again a white beach, or a tree, or a |
4003 |
kindly fire ashore, or any men but those of our three ships, |
4004 |
or ever another woman or a child. But land--land! Here |
4005 |
was land and green woods and crowds of strange folk. |
4006 |
The mariners laughed, and the tears stood in their eyes |
4007 |
and friends embraced. And they grew mightily respectful |
4008 |
to the Admiral. |
4009 |
|
4010 |
So many were to go ashore in the first boat, and so many |
4011 |
in the second. The _Pinta_ and the Nina were lowering their |
4012 |
boats. Our hidalgos aboard, Diego de Arana, Roderigo |
4013 |
Sanchez and the rest, had also fine apparel with them-- |
4014 |
seeing that the Grand Khan would have a court and our |
4015 |
Sovereigns must be rightly represented--and this morning |
4016 |
they suited themselves only less splendidly than did the |
4017 |
Admiral. The great banner of Castile and Leon was ready |
4018 |
for carrying. Trumpet, drum and fife should land. Fray |
4019 |
Ignatio was ready--oh, ready! His liquid dark eyes had |
4020 |
an unearthly look. Gifts were being sorted out. There |
4021 |
were aboard rich things, valued in any land of ours, for |
4022 |
gifts to the Grand Khan and his ministers, or the Emperor |
4023 |
of Cipango and his. For Queens and Empresses and Ladies |
4024 |
also. And there was a wondrous missal for Prester John |
4025 |
did we find him! But this was evidently a little island afar, |
4026 |
and these were naked, savage men. The expedition was |
4027 |
provident. It had for all. The Portuguese, our great navigators, |
4028 |
had taught what the naked African liked. A basket |
4029 |
stood at hand filled with pieces of colored cloth, beads, caps, |
4030 |
|
4031 |
|
4032 |
|
4033 |
|
4034 |
|
4035 |
|
4036 |
1492 |
4037 |
by |
4038 |
Mary Johnston |
4039 |
Part 3 out of 7 |
4040 |
|
4041 |
FullBooks.com homepage |
4042 |
Index of 1492 |
4043 |
Previous part (2) |
4044 |
Next part (4) |
4045 |
|
4046 |
|
4047 |
|
4048 |
hawk bells, fishhooks, toys of sorts. For that we might |
4049 |
have trouble, four harquebus men and four crossbows were |
4050 |
going. The _Santa Maria_ carried two cannon. Now at the |
4051 |
Admiral's signal, one of these was discharged. It was a |
4052 |
voice not heard before in this world. If he wished to produce |
4053 |
awe that should accompany him like the ancient pillars |
4054 |
of cloud and fire, he had success. When the smoke cleared |
4055 |
we saw the wild men prostrate upon the ivory beach as |
4056 |
though a scythe had cut them down. They lay like fallen |
4057 |
grain, then rose and made haste for the wood. We could |
4058 |
thinly hear their shouting. |
4059 |
|
4060 |
Christopherus Columbus descended into the boat of the |
4061 |
_Santa Maria_, Fray Ignatio after him. Diego de Arana, |
4062 |
Roderigo Sanchez, Escobedo, Gutierrez and Juan Lepe the |
4063 |
physician followed. Juan de la Cosa stayed with the ship, it |
4064 |
not being wise to take away all authority. Our armed men |
4065 |
came after and the rowers. We drew off and the small boat |
4066 |
filled. Boats of the Pinta and the Nina joined us. The |
4067 |
great banner over us, the Admiral's hand upon its standard, |
4068 |
we rowed for Asia. |
4069 |
|
4070 |
Nearer and nearer. The water hung about us, plain marvel, |
4071 |
not dark blue, but turquoise and clear as air. We could |
4072 |
see the strange, bright-hued fish and the white bottom. The |
4073 |
air breathed Maytime, and now we thought we could tell |
4074 |
the spices. And so ivory-white it was, the long curved |
4075 |
beach, and so gayly bright the emerald of the wood! There |
4076 |
were many palms with other trees we knew not. It was |
4077 |
low, the island, and it shone before us silver and green, and |
4078 |
the trees moved gently in a wind more sweet, we thought, |
4079 |
than any Andalusian zephyr. Pedro Gutierrez stared. |
4080 |
"Paradise--Paradise!" |
4081 |
|
4082 |
It was not what we had looked for, but it was good |
4083 |
enough. It seemed divine, that morning! |
4084 |
|
4085 |
Nearer we drew, nearer. The beach was now bare. We |
4086 |
made out the dark, naked folk at edge of the wood, in tree |
4087 |
shadows, watching us. Were they strange to us, be sure |
4088 |
we were stranger to them! |
4089 |
|
4090 |
The azure water, so marvelous, met that sand white like |
4091 |
crushed bone, strewn with delicate shells. Never was wind |
4092 |
so sweet as that which blew this morning! Green plumes, |
4093 |
the palms brushed the sky; there seemed to us fruit trees |
4094 |
also, with satin stems and wide-laden boughs. When we |
4095 |
looked over shoulder the _Santa Maria_, the Pinta and the |
4096 |
Nina each rode double, mast and hull in sky, mast and hull |
4097 |
in mirror sea. Something strange and divine was about |
4098 |
us, over us. We wished to laugh, we wished to weep. |
4099 |
|
4100 |
Boat head touched clean sand. The oars rested. Christopherus |
4101 |
Columbus the Admiral stepped from boat first and |
4102 |
alone, all waiting as was right. He took with him the banner |
4103 |
of Spain. He walked a few yards, then struck the |
4104 |
standard into the sand. There was air enough to open the |
4105 |
folds, to make them float and fly. Kneeling, he bowed himself |
4106 |
and kissed the earth. We heard his strong voice praying. |
4107 |
"_Domine Deus, aeterne et omnipotens, sacro tuo verbo |
4108 |
coelum, et terra, et mare, creasti_--" |
4109 |
|
4110 |
We also bowed our heads. He rose and cried to Fray |
4111 |
Ignatio. The Franciscan was the next to enter this new |
4112 |
world. After him sprang out Diego de Arana and the others. |
4113 |
The Pinzons, too, were now leaving their boats. All were |
4114 |
at last gathered about the Admiral, between blue water and |
4115 |
green wood. Fifty Spaniards, we gathered there, and we |
4116 |
heard our fellows left upon the ships cheering us. We |
4117 |
kneeled and Fray Ignatio thanked God for us. |
4118 |
|
4119 |
We rose, drew long breath and looked about us, then |
4120 |
turned to the Admiral with loud praise and gratulation. He |
4121 |
was girded with a sword, cross-hilted. Drawing it, he set |
4122 |
its point in the sand. Then with one hand upon the cross, |
4123 |
and one lifted and wrapped in the banner folds, he, with a |
4124 |
great voice, proclaimed Spain's ownership. To the King |
4125 |
and Queen of the Spains all lands unchristian and idolatrous |
4126 |
that we might find and use and hold, all that were clearly |
4127 |
away from the line of the King of Portugal, drawn for him |
4128 |
by the Holy Father! In the name of God, in the name of |
4129 |
Holy Church, in the name of Isabella, Queen of Castile, |
4130 |
and Ferdinand, King of Aragon and their united Power, |
4131 |
amen and amen! He motioned to the trumpeter who put |
4132 |
trumpet to his lips and blew a blast to the north and the |
4133 |
south and the east and the west. At the sound there seemed |
4134 |
to come a cry from the fringing wood, a cry of terror. |
4135 |
|
4136 |
The island was ours,--if all this could make it ours. |
4137 |
|
4138 |
A piece of scarlet cloth spread upon the sand had heaped |
4139 |
upon it necklaces of glass and three or four hawk bells |
4140 |
with other toys. We placed it there, then stood back. At |
4141 |
the Admiral's command the harquebus and crossbow men |
4142 |
laid their weapons down, though watchful eye was kept. |
4143 |
But no arrow flights had come from the wood, and as far |
4144 |
as could be seen some kind of lance, not formidable looking, |
4145 |
was their only weapon. Next the Admiral made our fifer to |
4146 |
play a merry and peaceful air. |
4147 |
|
4148 |
We had noted a clump of trees advanced into the sand |
4149 |
and we thought that the bolder men were occupying this. |
4150 |
Now a man started out alone, a young man by the looks of |
4151 |
him, drawn as he was against the white sand, and a paladin, |
4152 |
for he marched to meet alone he knew not what or whom. |
4153 |
"Blackamoor!" exclaimed De Arana beside me, but as he |
4154 |
came nearer we saw that the dead blackness was paint, laid |
4155 |
in a fantastic pattern upon his face and body. Native hue |
4156 |
of skin, as we came presently to find in the unpainted, was |
4157 |
a pleasing red-brown. He advanced walking daintily and |
4158 |
proudly, knowing that his people were watching him. Single |
4159 |
Castilian, single Moor, had advanced so, many a time, between |
4160 |
camps, or between camp and fortress. |
4161 |
|
4162 |
Halting beside the red cloth he stooped and turned over |
4163 |
the trinkets. When he straightened himself he had in hand |
4164 |
a string of great beads, rose and blue and green. He fingered |
4165 |
these, seemed about to put the necklet on, then refrained |
4166 |
as too daring. Laying it gently back upon the scarlet he |
4167 |
next took up a hawk bell. These bells, as is known, ring |
4168 |
very clear and sweet. I was afterwards told that the Portuguese |
4169 |
had noted their welcome among the African people. |
4170 |
There was no nail's breadth of information that this man |
4171 |
Columbus could not use! He had used this, and in a list |
4172 |
for just possibly found savage Indians had put down, "good |
4173 |
number of hawk bells." |
4174 |
|
4175 |
The red man painted black, took up the hawk bell. It |
4176 |
chimed as he moved it. He dropped it on the sand and gave |
4177 |
back a step, then picked it up and set it tinkling. His face, |
4178 |
the way in which he moved, said "Music from heaven!" |
4179 |
|
4180 |
The Admiral motioned to Fray Ignatio to move toward |
4181 |
him. That good man went gently forward. The youth |
4182 |
gave back, but then braced himself, under the eyes of his |
4183 |
nation. He stood. The Franciscan put out a gowned arm |
4184 |
and a long, lean kindly hand. The youth, naked as the |
4185 |
bronze of a god, hesitated, raised his own arm, let it drop |
4186 |
upon the other's. Fray Ignatio, speaking mild words, |
4187 |
brought him across and to the Admiral. The latter, tallest |
4188 |
of us all and greatly framed, lofty of port, dressed with |
4189 |
magnificence, silver-haired, standing forth from his officers |
4190 |
and men, the banner over him, would be taken by any for |
4191 |
Great Captain, chief god of these gods, and certes, at the |
4192 |
first they thought that we were gods! The Indian put his |
4193 |
hands to his face, shrank like a girl and came slowly to his |
4194 |
knees and lower yet until his forehead rested upon the earth. |
4195 |
The Admiral lifted him, calling him "son." |
4196 |
|
4197 |
Those of his kind watching from the wood now sent forth |
4198 |
a considerable deputation. There came to us a dozen naked |
4199 |
men, fairly tall, well-shaped, skin of red copper, smeared |
4200 |
often with paint in bars and disks and crescents. Their |
4201 |
hair was not like the Negro's, the only other naked man our |
4202 |
time knew, but was straight, black, somewhat coarse, not |
4203 |
bushy but abundant, cut short with the men below the ear. |
4204 |
They are a beardless people. Our beards are an amazement |
4205 |
to them, as are our clothes. A fiercely quarrelsome folk, a |
4206 |
peace-keeping, gentle folk will sound their note very soon. |
4207 |
These belonged to the latter kind. Their lances were not our |
4208 |
huge knightly ones, nor the light, hard ones of the Moors. |
4209 |
They were hardly more than stout canes, the head not iron |
4210 |
--they had no iron--but flint or bone shaped by a flint |
4211 |
knife. Where the paint was not splashed or patterned over |
4212 |
them, their faces could be liked very well. Lips were not over |
4213 |
full, the nose slightly beaked, the forehead fairly high, the |
4214 |
eyes good. They did not jabber nor move idly but kept |
4215 |
measure and a pleasant dignity. They seemed gentle and |
4216 |
happy. So were they when we found them. |
4217 |
|
4218 |
Their speech sounded of no tongue that we knew. Luis |
4219 |
Torres and I alike had knowledge of Arabic. We had no |
4220 |
Persian that might be nearer yet, but Arabia being immemorially |
4221 |
caravan-knit with India, it was thought that it |
4222 |
might be understood. But these bare folk had no notion |
4223 |
of it, nor of the Hebrew which Luis tried next. The Latin |
4224 |
did not do, the Greek of which I had a little did not do. |
4225 |
But there is an old, old language called Gesture. If, |
4226 |
wherever there is a common language there is one people, |
4227 |
then in end and beginning surely we are one folk around |
4228 |
the earth! |
4229 |
|
4230 |
We were to be friends with these islanders. "Friends |
4231 |
first and last!" believed the Admiral. Indeed, all felt it |
4232 |
so, this bright day. If they were not all we had imaged, |
4233 |
sailing to them, yet were they men, and unthreatening, novel, |
4234 |
very interesting to us with their island and their marvelous |
4235 |
blue water. All was heightened by sheer joy of landing, |
4236 |
and of finding--finding something! And what we found |
4237 |
was not horrible nor deathful, but bright, promising, scented |
4238 |
like first fruits. |
4239 |
|
4240 |
To them we found we were gods! They moved about us |
4241 |
with a kind of ceremony of propitiation. Two youths came |
4242 |
with a piece of bark carried like a salver, piled with fruits |
4243 |
and with thin cakes of some scraped root. Another brought |
4244 |
a parrot, a great green and rose bird that at once talked, |
4245 |
though we could not understand his words. Two older |
4246 |
men had balls, as large as melons, of some wound stuff that |
4247 |
we presently found to be cotton loosely twisted into yarn. |
4248 |
The Admiral's eyes glowed. "Now if any bring spices or |
4249 |
pepper--" But they did not, nor did they bring gold. |
4250 |
|
4251 |
All these things they put down before us, in silence or |
4252 |
with words that we thought were petitions, moving not |
4253 |
confusedly but with a manner of ritual. The Admiral took a |
4254 |
necklace and placed it round the throat of the young man |
4255 |
who first had dared, and in his hand put a hawk bell. That |
4256 |
was enough for himself to do, who was Viceroy. Three of |
4257 |
us finished the distribution. They who had brought presents |
4258 |
were given presents. All would have us go with them |
4259 |
to their village, just behind the trees. A handful of men |
4260 |
we left with the boats and the rest of us crossed sand. |
4261 |
Harquebuses and crossbows went with us, but we had no need |
4262 |
of them. The island apparently followed peace, and its |
4263 |
folk greatly feared to give offense to gods from the sky. |
4264 |
Above the ships held a range of pearly clouds, out of which |
4265 |
indeed one might make strange lands and forms. The Indians |
4266 |
--Christopherus Columbus called them "Indians"-- |
4267 |
pointed from ships to cloud. They spoke with movements |
4268 |
of reverence. "You have come down--you have come |
4269 |
down!" We understood them, though their words were not |
4270 |
ours. |
4271 |
|
4272 |
Now the greenwood rose close at hand. The trees differed, |
4273 |
the woven thickness of it, the color and blossom, from any |
4274 |
wood at home. A space opened before us, and here was |
4275 |
the village of these folk,--round huts thatched with palm |
4276 |
leaves, set on no streets, but at choice under trees. Earth |
4277 |
around was trodden hard, but the green woods pressed close. |
4278 |
Here and there showed garden patches with plants whose |
4279 |
names and uses we knew not. Now we came upon women |
4280 |
and children. Like the men the women were naked. Well- |
4281 |
shaped and comely, with long, black, braided hair, they |
4282 |
seemed to us gentle, pleasing and fearless. The children |
4283 |
were a crew that any might love. |
4284 |
|
4285 |
Time lacks to say all that we did and heard and guessed |
4286 |
this day upon this island! It was first love after long weeks |
4287 |
at sea, and our cramped ships and all our great uncertainty! |
4288 |
If it was not what we had expected, still here it was, tangible |
4289 |
land that never had been known, wonderful to us, giving |
4290 |
us already rich narrative for Palos and Huelva and Fishertown, for Cordova and the Queen and King. We |
4291 |
were sure |
4292 |
now that other land was to be met, so soon as we sailed a |
4293 |
reasonable distance to meet it. Under the horizon would |
4294 |
be land surely, and surely of an import that this small island |
4295 |
lacked, like Paradise though it seemed to us this day! Any |
4296 |
who looked at the Admiral saw that he would make no long |
4297 |
tarrying here. He named this island San Salvador, but we |
4298 |
would not wait in San Salvador. |
4299 |
|
4300 |
This day in shifts, all our men were brought ashore, each |
4301 |
division having three hours of blessed land. So good was |
4302 |
earth under foot, so good were trees, so delectable the fruit, |
4303 |
so lovely to move and run and watch every moving, running, |
4304 |
walking thing! And these good, red-brown folk, naked it |
4305 |
was true, but mannerly after their own fashion, who thought |
4306 |
every seaman a god, and the ship boys sons of gods! And |
4307 |
we also were good and mannerly, the _Santa Maria_, the |
4308 |
Pinta and the Nina. I look back and I see a strange, a |
4309 |
boyish and a happy day. |
4310 |
|
4311 |
The sun was westering. We felt the exhaustion of a |
4312 |
long holiday with novelties so many that at last the senses |
4313 |
did not answer. Perhaps the Indians felt it too. Often and |
4314 |
often have I seen great wisdom guide the Admiral. An |
4315 |
hour before approaching night might have said "Go!" he |
4316 |
took us one and all back to the ships. "_Salve Regina_" was |
4317 |
a sound that evening to hear, and afterwards it was to |
4318 |
sleep, sleep,--tired as from the Fair at Seville! |
4319 |
|
4320 |
|
4321 |
|
4322 |
CHAPTER XVI |
4323 |
|
4324 |
AT first, the day before, we had not made out that the |
4325 |
Indians had boats. Later, straying here and there, |
4326 |
we had seen them drawn upon the shore and covered |
4327 |
with boughs of trees. They called them "canoes", made |
4328 |
them, large and small, out of trunks of trees, hollowed by |
4329 |
fire, and with their stone knives. We had seen one copper |
4330 |
knife. Asked about that, they pointed to the south and |
4331 |
seemed to say that yonder dwelled men who had all they |
4332 |
wished of most things. |
4333 |
|
4334 |
From dark the east grew pale, from pallor put on roses. |
4335 |
This day no mariner grumbled at the call to awake. Here |
4336 |
still lay our Fortunate Isle, our San Salvador; here our |
4337 |
ivory beach, our green wood. Up went the little curls of |
4338 |
smoke. |
4339 |
|
4340 |
We had breakfast. So great was now the deference to |
4341 |
him who three days ago had been "madman" and "black |
4342 |
magician", "dreaming fool" and "spinner without thread!" |
4343 |
Now it was "Admiral", "Excellency", and "What shall |
4344 |
we do next?" and "What is your opinion, sir?" |
4345 |
|
4346 |
The immediate thing to do proved to be to come forth |
4347 |
from cabin and mark the beach thronging with thrice the |
4348 |
number of yesterday, and the canoes putting off to us. We |
4349 |
counted eight. Only one was a long craft, holding twenty |
4350 |
men; the others came in cockle boats, with one or two or |
4351 |
three. Not only canoes, but they came swimming, men and |
4352 |
boys, all a dark grace in the cerulean, lucid sea. They were |
4353 |
so fearless--for we came from heaven and would not harm |
4354 |
them. We were going to make them rich; we were going |
4355 |
to "save" them. |
4356 |
|
4357 |
A score perhaps were helped aboard the _Santa Maria_. |
4358 |
The Pinta, the Nina, had others. They were like children, |
4359 |
touching, staring, excitedly talking and gesturing among |
4360 |
themselves, or gazing in a kind of fixed awe, asking of the |
4361 |
least sailor with all reverence, bowing themselves before the |
4362 |
Admiral, the over-god. The Admiral moved richly dressed, |
4363 |
rapt and benignant, yet sparing a part of himself to keep |
4364 |
all order, measure, rightness on the ship, and another part |
4365 |
to find out with keen pains, "What of other lands? What |
4366 |
of folk who must be your superiors?" |
4367 |
|
4368 |
They had brought offerings. Half a dozen parrots perched |
4369 |
around, very gorgeously colored, loquacious in a speech we |
4370 |
did not know. We had stacks of the large round thin |
4371 |
cakes baked on stones which afterwards we called cassava, |
4372 |
and great gourds, "calabashes" filled with fruit, and balls |
4373 |
of cotton in a rude thread. We gave beads, bits of cloth, |
4374 |
little purses, and the small bells that caused extravagant |
4375 |
delight. But ever the Admiral looked for signs of gold, |
4376 |
for he must find for princes and nobles and merchants gold |
4377 |
or silver, or precious stones or spice, or all together. If he |
4378 |
found them not, half his fortunes fell; a half-wind only |
4379 |
would henceforth fill his sails. |
4380 |
|
4381 |
And at last came in a canoe with three a young Indian |
4382 |
who wore in his ear a knob of gold. Roderigo Sanchez |
4383 |
saw this first and brought him to the Admiral. The latter, |
4384 |
taking up an armlet of green glass and a hawk bell, touched |
4385 |
the gold in the ear. "Do you trade?" Glad enough was |
4386 |
the Indian to trade. It lay in the Admiral's palm, a piece |
4387 |
of gold as great as a filbert. |
4388 |
|
4389 |
Juan Lepe watched him make inquisition, Diego de |
4390 |
Arana, Sanchez and Escobedo at his elbow. He did it |
4391 |
to admiration, with look, gesture and tone ably translating |
4392 |
his words. "Gold--gold?" The Indian said, or we put |
4393 |
down in this wise what he said, "Harac." |
4394 |
|
4395 |
Was there more harac on the island? We would give |
4396 |
heavenly things for harac. The Indian was doubtful; he |
4397 |
thought proudly that he had the only harac. "Where did |
4398 |
he get it?" He indicated the south. |
4399 |
|
4400 |
"Little island like this one?" |
4401 |
|
4402 |
"No. Great land. Harac there in many ears. Much |
4403 |
harac." |
4404 |
|
4405 |
So we understood him. "Cipango!" breathed the Admiral. |
4406 |
"Or neighbor to Cipango, increasingly rich and civilized |
4407 |
as we go." |
4408 |
|
4409 |
He took a case of small boxes, each box filled with merchandise |
4410 |
of spice which he desired. Cinnamon, nutmeg, |
4411 |
pepper, saffron, cloves and others. He made the islander |
4412 |
smell and taste. "Had they aught like these?" |
4413 |
|
4414 |
The Indian seemed to say they had not, but would like |
4415 |
to have. He looked about for something with which to |
4416 |
trade, a parrot, or heap of cakes, or ball of cotton. I |
4417 |
thought that it was the box of boxes that he extremely |
4418 |
wished, but the Admiral thought it was the spicery, and |
4419 |
that he must have known them wherever he got the gold. |
4420 |
"Were they found yonder?" |
4421 |
|
4422 |
The Admiral stretched arm out over blue sea and the |
4423 |
Indian followed his gesture. He shot out his own arm, |
4424 |
"South--southwest--west," nodded the Admiral. "Many |
4425 |
islands, or the mainland. Gates open before us!" |
4426 |
|
4427 |
"Had the Indian been to these lands?" No, it seemed, |
4428 |
but one had come in a boat, wearing this knob of gold, |
4429 |
and he had told them. Was he living? No, he was not |
4430 |
living. What kind of a person was he? Such as us? |
4431 |
Emphatically no. Not such as us! Much, we gathered, as |
4432 |
was the Indian himself. "Pearls have come from Queen's |
4433 |
neck to Queen's neck," quoth the Admiral, "by a thousand |
4434 |
rude hands and twisting ways!" |
4435 |
|
4436 |
There was one woman among the visitors to the _Santa |
4437 |
Maria_, a young woman, naked, freely moving and smiling. |
4438 |
Eyes dwelled on her, eyes followed her. She was with an |
4439 |
Indian who might be brother or husband. The Admiral |
4440 |
gave her a worked, Moorish scarf. She tied it about her |
4441 |
head, and the bright ends fell down beside her long, black, |
4442 |
braided hair. None touched her, but they were woman- |
4443 |
starved, and they looked at her hungrily. She had beauty |
4444 |
in her way, and a kind of innocence both frank and shy. |
4445 |
She was like a doe in the green forest, come silently upon |
4446 |
at dawn. |
4447 |
|
4448 |
Fed full of marvel at last, these Indians left us. But |
4449 |
no sooner had they reached land and told of great kindness |
4450 |
on the part of the inhabitants of heaven than other canoes |
4451 |
and other swimmers put forth. This might go on all day, |
4452 |
so we checked it by ourselves going ashore. |
4453 |
|
4454 |
This day we filled our water casks and took aboard much |
4455 |
fruit and all the cakes that they brought us. Moreover |
4456 |
we explored the island, finding two villages of a piece with |
4457 |
the first, and in the middle land a fair pool of water. This |
4458 |
day like yesterday was blissful wine. |
4459 |
|
4460 |
All blessed Christopherus Columbus. No man now but, |
4461 |
for a while, did his bidding with an open heart. |
4462 |
|
4463 |
In the morning we sailed away, not without plentiful |
4464 |
promises of return. When we put up our white sails they |
4465 |
cried out and pointed to the cloud sierra. No! We would |
4466 |
not go back to heaven--or if we did so we would come |
4467 |
again, loving so our gentle friends upon earth! We sailed, |
4468 |
and in all our after wanderings we never came back to this |
4469 |
island. And never again, I think, while Columbus voyaged, |
4470 |
did there come to us just the bright, exquisite thrill of that |
4471 |
first land after long doubt and no land. San Salvador-- |
4472 |
Holy Saviour Island! |
4473 |
|
4474 |
|
4475 |
|
4476 |
CHAPTER XVII |
4477 |
|
4478 |
WE were in a throng of islands. We might drop all |
4479 |
for a little while, then from masthead "Land ho!" |
4480 |
None were great islands, many far smaller than |
4481 |
San Salvador. At night we lay to, not knowing currents |
4482 |
and shoals; then broke the day and we flung out sail. |
4483 |
|
4484 |
We had with us upon the _Santa Maria_ three San Salvador |
4485 |
men. They had come willingly, two young, fearless |
4486 |
men, and one old man with a wrinkled, wise, interested |
4487 |
face. Assiduous to gain their tongue and impart our own, |
4488 |
the Admiral, beside his own effort, told off for especial |
4489 |
teachers and scholars Luis Torres and Juan Lepe. We |
4490 |
did gain knowledge, but as yet everything was imperfect, |
4491 |
without fine shading, and subject to all miscomprehension. |
4492 |
But like the rest of us, the Admiral guessed in |
4493 |
accordance with his wishes and his previous belief. |
4494 |
|
4495 |
All these islands lay flat or almost flat upon the sea. All |
4496 |
showed ivory beach, vivid wood, surrounding water, transparent |
4497 |
and heavenly blue, inhabited by magically colored |
4498 |
fish. When we dropped anchor, took boat and landed, it |
4499 |
was to find the same astonished folk, naked, harmless, holding |
4500 |
us for gods, bringing all they had, eager for our toys |
4501 |
which were to them king's treasures and holy relics. Every |
4502 |
island the Admiral named; he gave them goodly names! |
4503 |
Over and over the Indians pointed south and west. We |
4504 |
understood great lands, clothed men, much gold. But when |
4505 |
we next came to anchor, like small island, like men, women |
4506 |
and children. We traded for a few more knobs of gold, |
4507 |
but they were few. |
4508 |
|
4509 |
Toscanelli's map and the Admiral's map lay on cabin |
4510 |
table. "Islands in the Sea of Chin--Polo and Mandeville |
4511 |
alike say thousands--all grades then of advance. Beyond |
4512 |
any manner of doubt, persevering west or west by south, |
4513 |
we shall come to main Asia." So long as he ruled, there |
4514 |
would be perseverance! |
4515 |
|
4516 |
At Santa Maria de la Concepcion a solitary large canoe |
4517 |
crowded with Indians was rowing toward us. One of the |
4518 |
San Salvador young men aboard us fancied some slight, |
4519 |
experienced some fear, or may even,--who knows?--have |
4520 |
wearied of the gods. Springing upon the rail he threw |
4521 |
himself into sea and made off with great strokes toward the |
4522 |
canoe. Pedro behind him shouted "Escape!" There was |
4523 |
a rush to the side to observe. Fernando bawled, "Come |
4524 |
back! or we'll let fly an arrow." |
4525 |
|
4526 |
He swam, the dark, naked fellow, like a fish. Reaching |
4527 |
the canoe, the Indians there took him in; he seemed to have |
4528 |
a tale to tell, they all broke into talk, the canoe went round, |
4529 |
they rowed fast back to land. The _Nina_, lying near us, had |
4530 |
her boat filling to go ashore. Her men had seen the leap |
4531 |
overboard and the swimmer. Now they put after, rowing |
4532 |
hard for the canoe, that having the start came first to beach. |
4533 |
The Indians sprang out, the San Salvador man with them. |
4534 |
Leaving canoe, they ran across sand into wood. The _Nina's_ |
4535 |
men took the canoe and brought it to the _Santa Maria_. In |
4536 |
it were balls of cotton and calabashes filled with fruit and a |
4537 |
chattering parrot. It was the first thing of this kind that |
4538 |
had happened, and the Admiral's face was wrathful. He |
4539 |
had a simple, kindly heart, and though he could be vexed |
4540 |
or irritated, he rarely broke into furious anger. But first |
4541 |
and last he desired peaceful absorption, if by any means |
4542 |
that were possible, of these countries. We absorbing them, |
4543 |
they absorbing us; both the gainers! And he had warm |
4544 |
feeling of romance-love for all this that he was finding. |
4545 |
He saw all his enterprise milk-white, rose-bright. And his |
4546 |
pride was touched that the Indian who had seemed contented |
4547 |
had not truly been so, and that the _Nina_'s men had disobeyed strict commands for friendliness. He would |
4548 |
restore |
4549 |
that content if possible, and he would have no more unordered |
4550 |
chasing of canoes. The Nina's men got anger and |
4551 |
rebuke, Captain Cristoforo Colombo mounting up in the |
4552 |
Admiral. |
4553 |
|
4554 |
He would let nothing in the canoe be touched. Instead |
4555 |
he had placed aboard a pot of honey and a flask of wine |
4556 |
and three pieces of cloth, then with a strong shove it was |
4557 |
sent landward, and the tide making in, it came to shore. |
4558 |
We saw two venture from the wood and draw it up on |
4559 |
beach. |
4560 |
|
4561 |
In a little while came around a point of shore a canoe |
4562 |
with one Indian who made toward us, using his oar very |
4563 |
dexterously, and when he entered our shadow holding up |
4564 |
cotton and fruit. It was to be seen that he had had no |
4565 |
communication with the men of the large canoe. |
4566 |
|
4567 |
The Admiral himself called out encouragingly and snatching |
4568 |
the first small thing at hand held it up. The Indian |
4569 |
scrambled on board. He stood, as fine a piece of bronze |
4570 |
as any might see, before the Genoese, as great a figure as |
4571 |
might be found in all Italy--all Spain--all Europe. |
4572 |
|
4573 |
The elder touched the younger, the white man the red |
4574 |
man, as a king, a father, might have touched a prince, a |
4575 |
son. He himself took the youth over our ship, showing |
4576 |
him this, showing him that, had the music play for him, |
4577 |
brought him to Fray Ignatio who talked of Christ, pointing |
4578 |
oft to heaven. (To my thinking this action, often repeated, |
4579 |
was one of the things that for so long made them |
4580 |
certain we had come from the skies.) In the cabin he |
4581 |
gave the Indian a cup of wine and a biscuit dipped in honey. |
4582 |
He gave him a silken cap with a tassel and himself put |
4583 |
round his throat one of our best strings of beads, and into |
4584 |
his hand not one but three of the much-coveted hawk bells. |
4585 |
He was kinder than rain after drought. First and last, he |
4586 |
could well lend himself to the policy of kindness, for it was |
4587 |
not lending. Kindness was his nature. |
4588 |
|
4589 |
In an hour this Indian, returned to his canoe, was rowing toward shore with a swelling heart and a |
4590 |
determined |
4591 |
loyalty. He touched the island, and we could trust him to |
4592 |
be missionary, preaching with all fervor of heaven and the |
4593 |
gods. |
4594 |
|
4595 |
Ay, me! |
4596 |
|
4597 |
Whatever the other's defection, he more than covered it, |
4598 |
the return of the canoe aiding. Santa Maria de la Concepcion |
4599 |
became again friendly. But the Admiral that evening |
4600 |
gave emphatic instruction to Martin and Vicente Pinzon |
4601 |
and all the gathered Spaniards. Just here, I think, began |
4602 |
the rift between him and many. Many would have by prompt |
4603 |
taking, as they take in war. Were not all these heathen |
4604 |
and given? But he would have another way round, though |
4605 |
often he compromised with war; never wanting war but |
4606 |
forced by his time and his companions. Sometimes, in the |
4607 |
future, forced by the people we came among, but far |
4608 |
oftener forced by greed and lust and violence of our own. |
4609 |
Alas, again! Alas, again and again! |
4610 |
|
4611 |
After Santa Maria de la Concepcion, Fernandina, and |
4612 |
after Fernandina the most beautiful of islands, Isabella, |
4613 |
where we lay three days. People upon this island seemed |
4614 |
to us more civilized than the Salvador folk. The cotton |
4615 |
was woven, loin cloths were worn, they had greater variety |
4616 |
of calabashes, the huts were larger, the villages more regular. |
4617 |
They slept in "hamacs" which are stout and wide |
4618 |
cotton nets slung between posts, two or three feet above |
4619 |
earth. Light, space-giving, easy of removal, these beds |
4620 |
greatly took our fancy. |
4621 |
|
4622 |
Here we sought determinedly for spice-giving trees and |
4623 |
medicinal herbs and roots. It was not a spicery such as |
4624 |
Europe depended upon, but still certain things seemed valuable! |
4625 |
We gathered here and gathered there what might |
4626 |
be taken to Spain. There grew an emulation to find. The |
4627 |
Admiral offered prizes for such and such a commodity |
4628 |
come upon. |
4629 |
|
4630 |
We sailed from Isabella and after three days came to |
4631 |
Cuba. |
4632 |
|
4633 |
|
4634 |
|
4635 |
CHAPTER XVIII |
4636 |
|
4637 |
CUBA! At first he called it Juana, but we came afterwards |
4638 |
still to use the Indian name. Cuba! We saw |
4639 |
it after three days, and it was little enough like |
4640 |
Isabella, Fernandina, Concepcion, San Salvador and the |
4641 |
islets the Admiral called Isles de Arena. It covered all our |
4642 |
south, no level, shining thing that masthead could see around, |
4643 |
but a mighty coast line, mountainous, with headlands and |
4644 |
bays and river mouths. Now after long years, I who outlive |
4645 |
the Admiral, know it for an island, but how could he |
4646 |
or I or any know that in November fourteen hundred and |
4647 |
ninety-two? He never believed it an island. |
4648 |
|
4649 |
He stood on deck watching. "Cuba--Cuba! Have you |
4650 |
not read of Cublai Khan? The sounds chime!" |
4651 |
|
4652 |
"Cublai Khan. He lives in Quinsai." |
4653 |
|
4654 |
"Ay. His splendid, capital city. Buildings all wonderful, |
4655 |
and gardens like Mahound's paradise!" |
4656 |
|
4657 |
"But if it is Cipango?" |
4658 |
|
4659 |
"Ay. It may be Cipango. We have no angel here to tell |
4660 |
us which. I would one would fly down and take us by the |
4661 |
hand! Being men, we must make guesses." |
4662 |
|
4663 |
Beautiful to us, splendid to us, was this coast of Cuba! |
4664 |
We sailed by headlands and deep, narrow-necked bays, river |
4665 |
mouths and hanging forests and bold cliffs. We sailed west |
4666 |
and still headland followed headland, and still the lookout |
4667 |
cried, "It stretched forever like the main!" |
4668 |
|
4669 |
We came to a river where ships might ride. Sounding, |
4670 |
we found deep water, entered river mouth and dropped |
4671 |
anchor, then went ashore in the boats. Palms and their |
4672 |
water doubles, and in the grove a small abandoned village. |
4673 |
We had seen the people flee before us, and they were no |
4674 |
more nor other kind of people than had showed in Concepcion |
4675 |
or Fernandina. Yet were they a little wealthier. We |
4676 |
found parrots on their perches, and two dogs, small and |
4677 |
wolf-like that never barked. In one hut lay a harpoon |
4678 |
tipped with bone, and a net for fishing. In another we |
4679 |
found a wrought block of wood which Fray Ignatio pronounced |
4680 |
their idol. |
4681 |
|
4682 |
We went back to our ships, and leaving river, sailed on |
4683 |
in a bright blue sea. The next day we doubled a cape and |
4684 |
found a great haven, but silent and sailless, with no maritime |
4685 |
city thronging the shore. What was this world, so huge, so |
4686 |
sparely, rudely peopled? |
4687 |
|
4688 |
We came to anchor close under shore in this haven. |
4689 |
Again the marvelous water, but now it laved a bold and |
4690 |
great country! We landed. Canoes fastened in a row, |
4691 |
another village, most of the folk decamped, but a few |
4692 |
brave men and women tarrying to find out something about |
4693 |
heaven and its inmates. With toys again and pacific gestures |
4694 |
we wiled them to us. |
4695 |
|
4696 |
There was upon the _Santa Maria_ a young Indian who |
4697 |
had chosen to come with us from Fernandina. He had courage |
4698 |
and intelligence, was willing to receive instruction and |
4699 |
baptism from Fray Ignatio, and first and last followed the |
4700 |
Admiral with devotion. The latter had him christened |
4701 |
Diego Colon. We taught him Spanish as fast and soundly as |
4702 |
we might, and used him as interpreter. The tongue of his |
4703 |
island was not just the tongue of Cuba, but near enough to |
4704 |
serve. All these Indians have a gift of oratory and dote to |
4705 |
speak at length, with firm voice and great gestures. Now |
4706 |
we set Diego Colon to his narration. We of Castile had so |
4707 |
much of the tongue by now that we could in some wise |
4708 |
follow. |
4709 |
|
4710 |
Forth it poured! We were gods come from heaven. |
4711 |
Yonder stood the chief god that the others obeyed. He |
4712 |
was very great, strong, good, wise, kind, giving beautiful |
4713 |
gifts! We were all kind--no one was going to be hurt. |
4714 |
We made magic with harac--which we called "gold." |
4715 |
In heaven was not enough harac. So important is it to the |
4716 |
best magic that a chief god has come to earth to seek it. |
4717 |
We also liked cotton and things to eat, especially cassava |
4718 |
cakes, and we liked a very few parrots. But it was gold |
4719 |
that in chief we wanted. The man who brought the gods |
4720 |
gold might go home with gifts so beautiful that there was |
4721 |
never anything seen like them! Especially is there something |
4722 |
that the gods call "bells" that ring and sound in |
4723 |
your hand when you dance! Gold--do you know where |
4724 |
to find it? Another thing! They desire to find a god who |
4725 |
dropped out of the sky a long time ago, and has now a people |
4726 |
and a great, marvelous village. Thinking he might be |
4727 |
here, they have dived down to our land, for they dive in |
4728 |
the sky as we dive in water! The name of the god they |
4729 |
hunt is Grand Khan or Cublai Khan, and his village is |
4730 |
Quinsai. Have you heard of him? They are very anxious |
4731 |
to find him. The chief god with white hair and wonderful |
4732 |
clothes--It is what they call clothes; under it they are as |
4733 |
you and me, only the color is different--the chief god will |
4734 |
give many bells to any folk who can show him the way to |
4735 |
Quinsai. Gold and Quinsai where lives the god Grand |
4736 |
Khan." |
4737 |
|
4738 |
As might have been expected, this brought tidings. "Cubanacan! |
4739 |
Cubanacan!" Whatever that might mean, they |
4740 |
said it with assurance, pointing inland. Diego Colon interrupted |
4741 |
their further speech. "There is a river. Go up |
4742 |
it three days and come to great village. Cacique there |
4743 |
wearing clothes. All men there have gold!" |
4744 |
|
4745 |
Pedro Gutierrez spoke. "They'll promise anything for a |
4746 |
hawk bell!" |
4747 |
|
4748 |
"What do they understand and what do they not understand? |
4749 |
What do they say and what do they not say?" |
4750 |
That was Martin Pinzon. "Between them all we are |
4751 |
fooled!" |
4752 |
|
4753 |
The Admiral, who was gazing inland after the dark |
4754 |
pointing finger, turned and spoke. "At the root of all |
4755 |
things sit Patience and Make Trial! |
4756 |
|
4757 |
"Well, I know," answered Pinzon, "that if these ships |
4758 |
be not careened and mended we shall have trouble! Weather |
4759 |
changes. There will be storm!" |
4760 |
|
4761 |
He was right as to ships and weather, and the Admiral |
4762 |
knew it and said as much. I never saw him grudge recognition |
4763 |
to Martin Pinzon. It has been said that he did, but |
4764 |
I never saw it. |
4765 |
|
4766 |
That night, on board the _Santa Maria_ there was held a |
4767 |
great council. At last it was settled that we should rest |
4768 |
here a week and overhaul the ships, and that while that |
4769 |
was doing, there should be sent two or three with Indian |
4770 |
guides to find, if might be, this river and this town. |
4771 |
And there were chosen, and given a week to go and come, |
4772 |
Juan Lepe, Luis Torres and a seaman Roderigo Jerez, |
4773 |
with Diego Colon, the Fernandina youth. Likewise there |
4774 |
would go two Indians of this village, blithe enough to |
4775 |
show their country to the gods and the gods to their country. |
4776 |
|
4777 |
The next day being Sunday, Fray Ignatio preached a sermon |
4778 |
to the Indians. He assumed, and at this time I think |
4779 |
the Admiral assumed, that these folk had no religion. That |
4780 |
was a mistake. I doubt if on earth can be found a people |
4781 |
without religion. |
4782 |
|
4783 |
Men and women they watched and listened, still, attentive, |
4784 |
knowing that it had somehow to do with heaven. After |
4785 |
sermon and after we had prayed and sung, we fashioned |
4786 |
and set up a great cross upon cliff brow. Again the Indians |
4787 |
watched and seemed to have some notion of what we |
4788 |
did. |
4789 |
|
4790 |
The remainder of the day we rested, and on Monday |
4791 |
early Roderigo Jerez, Luis Torres and Juan Lepe with |
4792 |
Diego Colon and two Cuba men made departure, We had |
4793 |
a pack of presents and a letter from the Admiral. For we |
4794 |
might meet some administrator or commandant or other, |
4795 |
from Quinsai or Zaiton or we knew not where. This was |
4796 |
the first of many--ah, so many--expeditions, separations |
4797 |
from main body and return, or not return, as the case |
4798 |
might be! |
4799 |
|
4800 |
|
4801 |
|
4802 |
CHAPTER XIX |
4803 |
|
4804 |
FOREST endless and splendid! We white men often |
4805 |
saw no path, but the red-brown men saw it. It ran |
4806 |
level, it climbed, it descended; then began the three |
4807 |
again. It was lost, it was found. They said, "Here path!" |
4808 |
But we had to serpent through thickets, or make |
4809 |
way on edge of dizzy crag, or find footing through morass. |
4810 |
We came to great stretches of reeds and yielding grass, |
4811 |
giving with every step into water. It was to toil through |
4812 |
this under hot sun, with stinging clouds of insects. But |
4813 |
when they were left behind we might step into a grove of |
4814 |
the gods, such firmness, such pleasantness, such shady going |
4815 |
or happy resting under trees that dropped fruit. |
4816 |
|
4817 |
We met no great forest beasts. There seemed to be none |
4818 |
in this part of Asia. And yet Luis and I had read of great |
4819 |
beasts. Dogs of no considerable size were the largest four- |
4820 |
footed things we had come upon from San Salvador to |
4821 |
Cuba. There were what they called _utias_, like a rabbit, |
4822 |
much used for food, and twice we had seen an animal the |
4823 |
size of a fox hanging from a bough by its tail. |
4824 |
|
4825 |
If the beasts were few the birds were many. To see the |
4826 |
parrots great and small and gorgeously colored, to see those |
4827 |
small, small birds like tossed jewels that never sang but |
4828 |
hummed like a bee, to hear a gray bird sing clear and loud |
4829 |
and sweet every strain that sang other birds, was to see |
4830 |
and hear most joyous things. Lizards were innumerable; |
4831 |
at edge of a marsh we met with tortoises; once we passed |
4832 |
coiled around a tree a great serpent. It looked at us with |
4833 |
beady eyes, but the Indians said it would not harm a man. |
4834 |
A thousand, thousand butterflies spread their painted fans. |
4835 |
|
4836 |
The trees! so huge of girth and height and wherever was |
4837 |
room so spreading, so rich of grain, so full, I knew, of |
4838 |
strange virtues! We found one that I thought was cinnamon, |
4839 |
and broke twigs and bark and put in our great pouch |
4840 |
for the Admiral. Only time might tell the wealth of this |
4841 |
green multitude. I thought, "Here is gold, if we would wait |
4842 |
for it!" Fruit trees sprang by our path. We had with us |
4843 |
some provision of biscuit and dried meat, and we never |
4844 |
lacked golden or purple delectable orbs. We found the |
4845 |
palm that bears the great nut, giving alike meat and |
4846 |
milk. |
4847 |
|
4848 |
By now Luis Torres and I had no little of Diego Colon's |
4849 |
tongue and he had Spanish enough to understand the simplest |
4850 |
statements and orders. Ferdandina tongue was not |
4851 |
quite Cuba tongue, but it was like enough to furnish sea |
4852 |
room. We asked this, we asked that. No! No one had |
4853 |
ever come to the end of their country. When one town |
4854 |
was left behind, at last you came to another town. One |
4855 |
by one, were they bigger, better towns? They seemed to |
4856 |
say that they were, but here was always, I thought, doubtful |
4857 |
understanding. But no one had ever walked around their |
4858 |
country--they seemed to laugh at the notion--land that |
4859 |
way, always land! On the other hand, there was sea yonder |
4860 |
--like sea here. They pointed south. Not so far there! |
4861 |
"It must be," said Luis, "that Cuba is narrow, though |
4862 |
without end westwardly. A great point or tongue of |
4863 |
Asia?" |
4864 |
|
4865 |
The Cubans were strong young men and not unintelligent. |
4866 |
"Chiefs?" Yes, they had chiefs, they called them |
4867 |
_caciques_. Some of them were fighters, they and their people. |
4868 |
Not fighters like Caribs! Whereupon the speaker |
4869 |
rose--we were resting under a tree--and facing south, |
4870 |
used for gesture a strong shudder and a movement as if to |
4871 |
flee. |
4872 |
|
4873 |
South--south--always they pointed south! We were |
4874 |
going south--inland. Would we come to Caribs? But |
4875 |
no. Caribs seemed not to be in Cuba, but beyond sea, in |
4876 |
islands. |
4877 |
|
4878 |
Luis and I made progress in language and knowledge. |
4879 |
Roderigo Jerez, a simple man, slept or tried the many kinds |
4880 |
of fruit, or teased the slender, green-flame lizards. |
4881 |
|
4882 |
We slept this night high on the mountainside, on soft grass |
4883 |
near a fall of water. The Indians showed no fear of attack |
4884 |
from man or beast. They could make fire in a most |
4885 |
ingenious fashion, setting stick against larger stick and |
4886 |
turning the first with such skill, vigor and persistence that |
4887 |
presently arose heat, a spark, fire. But they seemed to need |
4888 |
or wish no watch fire. They lay, naked and careless, innocent-- |
4889 |
fearless, as though the whole land were their castle. |
4890 |
Luis tried to find out how they felt about dangers. We |
4891 |
pieced together. "None here! And the Great Lizard takes |
4892 |
care!" That was the Cuban. Diego Colon said, "The |
4893 |
Great Turtle takes care!" |
4894 |
|
4895 |
Luis Torres laughed. "Fray Ignatio should hear that!" |
4896 |
|
4897 |
"It is on the road," I said and went to sleep. |
4898 |
|
4899 |
The second day's going proved less difficult than the first. |
4900 |
Less difficult means difficult enough! And as yet we had met |
4901 |
no one nor anything that remotely favored golden-roofed |
4902 |
Cipango, or famous, rich Quinsai, or Zaiton of the marble |
4903 |
bridges. Jerez climbed a tall tree and coming down reported |
4904 |
forest and mountain, and naught else. Our companions |
4905 |
watched with interest his climbing. "Do you go |
4906 |
up trees in heaven?" |
4907 |
|
4908 |
This morning we had bathed in a pool below the little |
4909 |
waterfall. Diego Colon by now was used to us so, but the |
4910 |
Cuba men displayed excitement. They had not yet in mind |
4911 |
separated us from our clothes. Now we were separated and |
4912 |
were found in all our members like them, only the color differing. |
4913 |
Color and the short beards of Luis Torres and Juan |
4914 |
Lepe. They wished to touch and examine our clothes |
4915 |
lying upon the bank, but here Diego Colon interfered. |
4916 |
They were full of magic. Something terrible might happen! |
4917 |
When Luis and I came forth from water and dried |
4918 |
ourselves with handfuls of the warm grass, they asked: |
4919 |
"Do they do so in heaven?" The stronger, more intelligent |
4920 |
of the two, added, "It is not so different!" |
4921 |
|
4922 |
I said to Luis as we took path after breakfast, "It is |
4923 |
borne in upon me that only from ourselves, Admiral to |
4924 |
ship boy, can we keep up this heaven ballad! Clothes, |
4925 |
beads and hawk bells, cannon, harquebus, trumpet and |
4926 |
banner, ship and sails, royal letters and blessing of the Pope |
4927 |
--nothing will do it long unless we do it ourselves!" |
4928 |
|
4929 |
"Agreed!" quoth Luis. "But gods and angels are beginning |
4930 |
to slip and slide, back there by the ships! We have |
4931 |
the less temptation here." |
4932 |
|
4933 |
He began to speak of a sailor and a brown girl upon |
4934 |
whom he had stumbled in a close wood a little way from |
4935 |
shore. She thought Tomaso Pasamonte was a god wooing |
4936 |
her and was half-frightened, half-fain. "And two hours |
4937 |
later I saw Don Pedro Gutierrez--" |
4938 |
|
4939 |
"Ay," said Juan Lepe. "The same story! The oldest |
4940 |
that is!" And as at the word our savages, who had been |
4941 |
talking together, now at the next resting place put forward |
4942 |
their boldest, who with great reverence asked if there were |
4943 |
women in heaven. |
4944 |
|
4945 |
Through most of this day we struggled with a difficult |
4946 |
if fantastically beautiful country. Where rock outcropped |
4947 |
and in the sands of bright rapid streams we looked |
4948 |
for signs of that gold, so stressed as though it were the |
4949 |
only salvation! But the rocks were silent, and though in |
4950 |
the bed of a shrunken streamlet we found some glistening |
4951 |
particles and scraping them carefully together got a small |
4952 |
spoonful to wrap in cloth and bestow in our pouch of |
4953 |
treasures, still were we not sure that it was wholly gold. It |
4954 |
might be. We worked for an hour for just this pinch. |
4955 |
|
4956 |
Since yesterday morning our path had been perfectly |
4957 |
solitary. Then suddenly, when we were, we thought, six |
4958 |
leagues at least from the ships, the way turning and entering |
4959 |
a small green dell, we came upon three Indians seated |
4960 |
resting, their backs to palm trees. We halted, they raised |
4961 |
their eyes. They stared, they rose in amazement at the sight |
4962 |
of those gods, Roderigo Jerez, Luis Torres and Juan Lepe. |
4963 |
They stood like statues with great eyes and parted lips. For |
4964 |
us, coming silently upon them, we had too our moment of |
4965 |
astonishment. |
4966 |
|
4967 |
They were three copper men, naked, fairly tall and well |
4968 |
to look at. But each had between his lips what seemed a |
4969 |
brown stick, burning at the far end, dropping a light ash |
4970 |
and sending up a thin cloud of odorous smoke. These burning |
4971 |
sticks they dropped as they rose. They had seemed so |
4972 |
silent, so contented, so happy, sitting there with backs to |
4973 |
trees, a firebrand in each mouth, I felt a love for them! |
4974 |
Luis thought the lighted sticks some rite of their religion, |
4975 |
but after a while when we came to examine them, we found |
4976 |
them not true stick, but some large, thickish brown leaf |
4977 |
tightly twisted and pressed together and having a pungent, |
4978 |
not unpleasing odor. We crumbled one in our hands and |
4979 |
tasted it. The taste was also pungent, strange, but one |
4980 |
might grow to like it. They called the stick tobacco, and |
4981 |
said they always used it thus with fire, drinking in the smoke |
4982 |
and puffing it out again as they showed us through the |
4983 |
nostrils. We thought it a great curiosity, and so it was! |
4984 |
|
4985 |
But to them we were unearthly beings. The men from |
4986 |
the sea told of us, then as it were introduced Diego Colon, |
4987 |
who spoke proudly with appropriate gesture, loving always |
4988 |
his part of herald Mercury--or rather of herald Mercury's |
4989 |
herald--not assuming to be god himself, but cherishing |
4990 |
the divine efflux and the importance it rayed upon him! |
4991 |
|
4992 |
The three Indians quivered with a sense of the great |
4993 |
adventure! Their town was yonder. They themselves had |
4994 |
been on the path to such and such a place, but now would |
4995 |
they turn and go with us, and when we went again to the |
4996 |
sea they, if it were permitted, would accompany us and |
4997 |
view for themselves our amazing canoes! All this to our |
4998 |
companion. They backed with great deference from us. |
4999 |
|
5000 |
We went with these Indians to their town, evidently the |
5001 |
town which we sought. And indeed it was larger, fitter, a |
5002 |
more ordered community than any we had met this side |
5003 |
Ocean-Sea, though far, far from travelers' tales of Orient |
5004 |
cities! It was set under trees, palm trees and others, by |
5005 |
the side of a clear river. The huts were larger than those |
5006 |
by the sea, and set not at random but in rows with a great |
5007 |
trodden square in the middle. From town to river where |
5008 |
they fished and where, under overhanging palms, we found |
5009 |
many Canoes, ran a way wider than a path, much like a |
5010 |
narrow road. But there were no wheeled vehicles nor |
5011 |
draught animals. We were to find that in all these lands |
5012 |
they on occasion carried their caciques or the sick or hurt |
5013 |
in litters or palanquins borne on men's shoulders. But for |
5014 |
carrying, grinding, drawing, they knew naught of the wheel. |
5015 |
It seemed strange that any part of Asia should not know! |
5016 |
|
5017 |
In this town we found the cacique, and with him a _butio_ |
5018 |
or priest. Once, too, I thought, our king and church were |
5019 |
undeveloped like these. We were looking in these lands |
5020 |
upon the bud which elsewhere we knew in the flower. That |
5021 |
to Juan Lepe seemed the difference between them and us. |
5022 |
|
5023 |
The people swarmed out upon us. When the first admiration |
5024 |
was somewhat over, when Diego Colon and the two |
5025 |
seaside men and the Cubans of the burning sticks had made |
5026 |
explanation, we were swept with them into their public |
5027 |
square and to a hut much larger than common where we |
5028 |
found a stately Indian, the cacique, and an ancient wrinkled |
5029 |
man, the _butio_. These met us with their own assumption |
5030 |
of something like godship. They had no lack of manner, |
5031 |
and Luis and I had the Castilian to draw upon. Then came |
5032 |
presents and Diego Colon interpreting. But as for the |
5033 |
Admiral's letter, though I showed it, it was not understood. |
5034 |
|
5035 |
It was gazed upon and touched, considered a heavenly |
5036 |
rarity like the hawk bells we gave them, but not read nor |
5037 |
tried to be read. The writing upon it was the natural |
5038 |
veining of some most strange leaf that grew in heaven, or |
5039 |
it was the pattern miraculously woven by a miraculous |
5040 |
workman with thread miraculously finer than their cotton! |
5041 |
It was strange that they should have no notion at all--not |
5042 |
even their chieftains and priests--of writing! Any part |
5043 |
of Asia, however withdrawn, surely should have tradition |
5044 |
there, if not practice! |
5045 |
|
5046 |
In this hut or lodge, doored but not windowed, we found |
5047 |
a kind of table and seats fashioned from blocks of some |
5048 |
dark wood rudely carved and polished. The cacique would |
5049 |
have us seated, sat himself beside us, the _butio_ at his hand. |
5050 |
|
5051 |
There seemed no especial warrior class. We noted that, |
5052 |
it being one of the things it was ever in order to note. No |
5053 |
particular band of fighting men stood about that block |
5054 |
of polished wood, that was essentially throne or chair of |
5055 |
state. The village owned slender, bone or flint-headed lances, |
5056 |
but these rested idly in corners. Upon occasion all or any |
5057 |
might use them, but there was no evidence that those occasions |
5058 |
came often. There was no body of troops, nor armor, |
5059 |
no shields, no crossbows, no swords. They had knives, |
5060 |
rudely made of some hard stone, but it seemed that they |
5061 |
were made for hunting and felling and dividing. No clothing |
5062 |
hid from us any frame. The cacique had about his middle |
5063 |
a girdle of wrought cotton with worked ends and some |
5064 |
of the women wore as slight a dress, but that was all. They |
5065 |
were formed well, all of them, lithe and slender, not lacking |
5066 |
either in sinew and muscle, but it was sinew and muscle of |
5067 |
the free, graceful, wild world, not brawn of bowman and |
5068 |
pikeman and swordman and knight with his heavy lance. |
5069 |
In something they might be like the Moor when one saw |
5070 |
him naked, but the Moor, too, was perfected in arms, and |
5071 |
so they were not like. |
5072 |
|
5073 |
We did not know as yet if ever there were winter in this |
5074 |
land. It seemed perpetual, serene and perfect summer. Behind |
5075 |
these huts ran small gardens wherein were set melons |
5076 |
and a large pepper of which we grew fond, and a nourishing |
5077 |
root, and other plants. But the soil was rich, rich, and |
5078 |
they loosened and furrowed it with a sharpened stick. There |
5079 |
were no great forest beasts to set them sternly hunting. |
5080 |
What then could give them toil? Not gathering the always |
5081 |
falling fruit; not cutting from the trees and drying the |
5082 |
calabashes, great and small, that they used for all manner |
5083 |
of receptacle; not drawing out with a line of some stouter |
5084 |
fiber than cotton and with a hook of bone or thorn the |
5085 |
painted fish from their crystal water! To fell trees for |
5086 |
canoes, to hollow the canoe, was labor, as was the building |
5087 |
of their huts, but divided among so many it became light |
5088 |
labor. In those days we saw no Indian figure bowed with |
5089 |
toil, and when it came it was not the Indian who imposed |
5090 |
it. |
5091 |
|
5092 |
But they swam, they rowed their canoes, they hunted in |
5093 |
their not arduous fashion, they roved afar in their country |
5094 |
at peace, and they danced. That last was their fair, their |
5095 |
games, their tourney, their pilgrimage, their processions to |
5096 |
church, their attendance at mass, their expression of anything |
5097 |
else that they felt altogether and at once! It was like |
5098 |
children's play, renewed forever, and forever with zest. But |
5099 |
they did not treat it as play. We had been showed dances |
5100 |
in Concepcion and Isabella, but here in Cuba, in this inland |
5101 |
town, Jerez and Luis and I were given to see a great and |
5102 |
formal dance, arranged all in honor of us, gods descended |
5103 |
for our own reasons to mix with men! They danced in the |
5104 |
square, but first they made us a feast with _hutias_ and cassava |
5105 |
and fish and fruit and a drink not unlike mead, exhilarating |
5106 |
but not bestowing drunkenness. Grapes were all over these |
5107 |
lands, purple clusters hanging high and low, but they knew |
5108 |
not wine. |
5109 |
|
5110 |
Men and women danced, now in separate bands, now |
5111 |
mingled together. Decorum was kept. We afterwards |
5112 |
knew that it had been a religious dance. They had war |
5113 |
dances, hunting dances, dances at the planting of their corn, |
5114 |
ghost dances and others. This now was a thing to watch, |
5115 |
like a beautiful masque. They were very graceful, very supple; |
5116 |
they had their own dignity. |
5117 |
|
5118 |
We learned much in the three days we spent in this town. |
5119 |
Men and women for instance! That nakedness of the body, |
5120 |
that free and public mingling, going about work and adventure |
5121 |
and play together, worked, thought Juan Lepe no |
5122 |
harm. Later on in this vast adventure of a new world, |
5123 |
some of our churchmen were given to asserting that they |
5124 |
lived like animals, though the animals also are there slandered! |
5125 |
The women were free and complaisant; there were |
5126 |
many children about. But matings, I thought, occurred |
5127 |
only of free and mutual desire, and not more frequently |
5128 |
than in other countries. The women were not without modesty, |
5129 |
nor the men without a pale chivalry. At first I thought |
5130 |
constraint or rule did not enter in, but after a talk with their |
5131 |
priest through Diego Colon, I gathered that there prevailed |
5132 |
tribe and kinship restraints. Later we were to find that a |
5133 |
great network of "thou shalt" and "thou shalt not" ran |
5134 |
through their total society, wherever or to what members |
5135 |
it might extend. Common good, or what was supposed to |
5136 |
be common good, was the master here as it is everywhere! |
5137 |
The women worked the gardens, the men hunted; both men |
5138 |
and women fished. Women might be caciques. There were |
5139 |
women caciques, they said, farther on in their land. And it |
5140 |
seemed to us that name and family were counted from the |
5141 |
mother's side. |
5142 |
|
5143 |
The Admiral had solemnly laid it upon us to discover the |
5144 |
polity of this new world. If they held fief from fief, then |
5145 |
at last we must come through however many overlords to |
5146 |
the seigneur of them all, Grand Khan or Emperor. We |
5147 |
applied ourselves to cacique and butio, but we found no |
5148 |
Grand Seigneur. There were other caciques. When the |
5149 |
Caribs descended they banded together. They had dimly, |
5150 |
we thought, the idea of a war-lord. But it ended there, when |
5151 |
the war ended. Tribute: He found they had no idea of |
5152 |
tribute. Cotton grew everywhere! Cotton, cassava, calabashes, |
5153 |
all things! When they visited a cacique they took |
5154 |
him gifts, and at parting he gave them gifts. That was all. |
5155 |
|
5156 |
Gold? They knew of it. When they found a bit they kept |
5157 |
it for ornament. The cacique possessed a piece the size |
5158 |
of a ducat, suspended by a string of cotton. It had been |
5159 |
given to him by a cacique who lived on the great water. |
5160 |
Perhaps he took it from the Caribs. But it was in the mountains, too. He indicated the heights beyond. |
5161 |
Sometimes |
5162 |
they scraped it from sand under the stream. He seemed indifferent |
5163 |
to it. But Diego Colon, coming in, said that it |
5164 |
was much prized in heaven, being used for high magic, and |
5165 |
that we would give heavenly gifts for it. Resulted from that |
5166 |
the production in an hour of every shining flake and grain |
5167 |
and button piece the village owned. We carried from this |
5168 |
place to the Admiral a small gourd filled with gold. But it |
5169 |
was not greatly plentiful; that was evident to any thinking |
5170 |
man! But we had so many who were not thinking men. |
5171 |
And the Admiral had to appease with his reports gold-thirsty |
5172 |
great folk in Spain. |
5173 |
|
5174 |
We spent three days in this village and they were days for |
5175 |
gods and Indians of happy wonder and learning. They |
5176 |
would have us describe heaven. Luis and I told them of |
5177 |
Europe. We pointed to the east. They said that they knew |
5178 |
that heaven rested there upon the great water. The town |
5179 |
of the sun was over there. Had we seen the sun's town? Was |
5180 |
it beside us in heaven, in "Europe"? The sun went down |
5181 |
under the mountains, and there he found a river and his |
5182 |
canoe. He rowed all night until he came to his town. Then |
5183 |
he ate cassava cakes and rested, while the green and gold |
5184 |
and red Lizard [These were "Lizard" folk. They had a |
5185 |
Lizard painted on a great post by the cacique's house.] went |
5186 |
ahead to say that he was coming. Then he rose, right out |
5187 |
of the great water, and there was day again! But we must |
5188 |
know about the sun's town; we, the gods! |
5189 |
|
5190 |
Luis and I could have stayed long while and disentangled |
5191 |
this place and loved the doing it. |
5192 |
|
5193 |
But it was to return to the Admiral and the waiting ships. |
5194 |
|
5195 |
The three tobacco men would go with us to see wonders, |
5196 |
so we returned nine in number along the path. Before we |
5197 |
set out we saw that a storm threatened. All six Indians |
5198 |
were loth to depart until it was over, and the cacique would |
5199 |
have kept us. But Luis and I did not know how long the |
5200 |
bad weather might hold and we must get to the ships. It |
5201 |
was Jerez who told them boastfully that gods did not fear |
5202 |
storms,--specimen of that Spanish folly of ours that worked |
5203 |
harm and harm again! |
5204 |
|
5205 |
We traveled until afternoon agreeably enough, then with |
5206 |
great swiftness the clouds climbed and thickened. Sun went |
5207 |
out, air grew dark. The Indians behind us on the path, that |
5208 |
was so narrow that we must tread one after the other, spoke |
5209 |
among themselves, then Diego Colon pushed through marvelously |
5210 |
huge, rich fern to Luis and me. "They say, `will |
5211 |
not the gods tell the clouds to go away?' " But doubt like |
5212 |
a gnome sat in the youth's eye. We had had bad weather off |
5213 |
Isabella, and the gods had had to wait for the sun like |
5214 |
others. By now Diego Colon had seen many and strange |
5215 |
miracles, but he had likewise found limitations, quite numerous |
5216 |
and decisive limitations! He thought that here was |
5217 |
one, and I explained to him that he thought correctly. Europeans |
5218 |
could do many things but this was not among them. |
5219 |
Luis and I watched him tell the Cubans that he, Diego |
5220 |
Colon, had never said that we three were among the highest |
5221 |
gods. Even the great, white-headed, chief god yonder in the |
5222 |
winged canoe was said to be less than some other gods in |
5223 |
heaven which we called Europe, and over all was a High |
5224 |
God who could do everything, scatter clouds, stop thunder |
5225 |
or send thunder, everything! Had we brought our butio |
5226 |
with us he might perhaps have made great magic and helped |
5227 |
things. As it was, we must take luck. That seeming rational |
5228 |
to the Indians, we proceeded, our glory something diminished, |
5229 |
but still sufficient. |
5230 |
|
5231 |
The storm climbed and thickened and evidently was to |
5232 |
become a fury. Wind began to whistle, trees to bend, lightnings |
5233 |
to play, thunder to sound. It grew. We stood in |
5234 |
blazing light, thunder almost burst our ears, a tree was riven |
5235 |
a bow-shot away. Great warm rain began to fall. We |
5236 |
could hardly stand against the wind. We were going under |
5237 |
mountainside with a splashing stream below us. Diego |
5238 |
Colon shouted, as he must to get above wind and thunder. |
5239 |
"Hurry! hurry! They know place." All began to run. |
5240 |
After a battle to make way at all, we came to a slope of loose, |
5241 |
small stones and vine and fern. This we climbed, passed |
5242 |
behind a jagged mass of rock, and found a cavern. A |
5243 |
flash lit it for us, then another and another. At mouth |
5244 |
it might be twenty feet across, was deep and narrowed |
5245 |
like a funnel. Panting, we threw ourselves on the cave |
5246 |
floor. |
5247 |
|
5248 |
The storm prevailed through the rest of this day and far |
5249 |
into the night. "_Hurricane!_" said the Cubans. "Not great |
5250 |
one, little one!" But we from Spain thought it a great |
5251 |
enough hurricane. The rain fell as though it would make |
5252 |
another flood and in much less than forty days. We must |
5253 |
be silent, for wind and thunder allowed no other choice. |
5254 |
Streams of rain came into the cavern, but we found ledges |
5255 |
curtained by rock. We ate cassava cake and drank from a |
5256 |
runlet of water. The storm made almost night, then actual |
5257 |
night arrived. We curled ourselves up, hugging ourselves |
5258 |
for warmth, and went to sleep. |
5259 |
|
5260 |
The third day from the town we came to the sea and the |
5261 |
ships. All seemed well. Our companions had felt the |
5262 |
storm, had tales to tell of wrenched anchors and the _Pinta's_ |
5263 |
boat beat almost to pieces, uprooted trees, wind, lightning, |
5264 |
thunder and rain. But they cut short their recital, wishing |
5265 |
to know what we had found. |
5266 |
|
5267 |
Luis and I made report to the Admiral. He sat under a |
5268 |
huge tree and around gathered the Pinzons, Fray Ignatio, |
5269 |
Diego de Arana, Roderigo Sanchez and others. We related; |
5270 |
they questioned, we answered; there was discussion; the |
5271 |
Admiral summed up. |
5272 |
|
5273 |
But later I spoke to him alone. We were now on ship, |
5274 |
making ready for sailing. We would go eastward, around |
5275 |
this point of Asia, since from what all said it must be |
5276 |
point, and see what was upon the other side. "They all |
5277 |
gesture south! They say `Babeque--Babeque! Bohio!' " |
5278 |
|
5279 |
I asked him, "Why is it that these Indians here seem glad |
5280 |
for us to go?" |
5281 |
|
5282 |
He sighed impatiently, drawing one hand through the |
5283 |
other, with him a recurring gesture. "It is the women! |
5284 |
Certain of our men--" I saw him look at Gutierrez who |
5285 |
passed. |
5286 |
|
5287 |
"Tomaso Passamonte, too," I said. |
5288 |
|
5289 |
"Yes. And others. It is the old woe! Now they have |
5290 |
only to kill a man!" |
5291 |
|
5292 |
He arraigned short-sightedness. I said, "But still we are |
5293 |
from heaven?" |
5294 |
|
5295 |
"Still. But some of the gods--just five or six, say-- |
5296 |
have fearful ways!" He laughed, sorrowfully and angrily. |
5297 |
"And you think there is little gold, and that we are very |
5298 |
far from clothed and lettered Asia?" |
5299 |
|
5300 |
"So far," I answered, "that I see not why we call these |
5301 |
brown, naked folk Indians." |
5302 |
|
5303 |
"What else would you call them?" |
5304 |
|
5305 |
"I do not know that." |
5306 |
|
5307 |
"Why, then, let us still call them Indians." He drummed |
5308 |
upon the rail before him, then broke out, "Christ! I think |
5309 |
we do esteem hard, present, hand-held gold too much!" |
5310 |
|
5311 |
"I say yes to that!" |
5312 |
|
5313 |
He said, "We should hold to the joy of Discovery and |
5314 |
great use hereafter--mounting use!" |
5315 |
|
5316 |
"Aye." |
5317 |
|
5318 |
"Here is virgin land, vast and beautiful, with a clime like |
5319 |
heaven, and room for a hundred colonies such as Greece and |
5320 |
Rome sent out! Here is a docile, unwarlike people ready to |
5321 |
be industrious servitors and peasants, for which we do give |
5322 |
them salvation of their souls! It is all Spain's, the banner |
5323 |
is planted, the names given! We are too impatient! We |
5324 |
cannot have it between dawn and sunset! But look into the |
5325 |
future--there is wealth beyond counting! No great amount |
5326 |
of gold, but enough to show that there is gold." |
5327 |
|
5328 |
I followed the working of his mind. It was to smile |
5329 |
somewhat sorrowfully, seeing his great difficulties. He was |
5330 |
the born Discoverer mightily loving Discovery, and watching |
5331 |
the Beloved in her life through time. But he had to |
5332 |
serve Prince Have-it-now, in the city Greed. I said, "Senor, |
5333 |
do not put too much splendor in your journal for the King |
5334 |
and Queen and the Spanish merchants and the Church and |
5335 |
all the chivalry that the ended war releases! Or, if you |
5336 |
prophesy, mark it prophecy. It is a great trouble in the |
5337 |
world that men do not know when one day is talked of or |
5338 |
when is meant great ranges of days! Otherwise you will |
5339 |
have all thirsty Spain sailing for Ophir and Golden Chersonesus, |
5340 |
wealth immediate, gilding Midas where he stands! |
5341 |
If they find disappointment they will not think of the future; |
5342 |
they will smite you!" |
5343 |
|
5344 |
I knew that he was writing in that book too ardently, |
5345 |
and that he was even now composing letters to great persons |
5346 |
to be dispatched from what Spanish port he should |
5347 |
first enter, coming back east from west, over Ocean-Sea, |
5348 |
from Asia! |
5349 |
|
5350 |
But he had long, long followed his own advice, stood by |
5351 |
his own course. The doing so had so served him that it |
5352 |
was natural he should have confidence. Now he said only, |
5353 |
"I do the best I can! I have little sea room. One Scylla |
5354 |
and Charybdis? Nay, a whole brood of them!" |
5355 |
|
5356 |
I could agree to that. I saw it coming up the ways that |
5357 |
they would give him less and less sea room. He went on, |
5358 |
"Merchandise has to be made attractive! The cook dresses |
5359 |
the dish, the girl puts flowers in her hair. . . . Yet, in the |
5360 |
end the wares are mighty beyond description! The dish is |
5361 |
for Pope and King--the girl is a bride for a paladin!" |
5362 |
|
5363 |
Again he was right afar and over the great span. But |
5364 |
they would not see in Spain, or not many would see, that |
5365 |
the whole span must be taken. But I was not one to |
5366 |
chide him, seeing that I, too, saw afar, and they would not |
5367 |
see with me either in Spain. |
5368 |
|
5369 |
|
5370 |
|
5371 |
CHAPTER XX |
5372 |
|
5373 |
WE sailed for two days east by south. But the |
5374 |
weather that had been perfection for long and |
5375 |
long again from Palos, now was changed. Dead |
5376 |
winds delayed us, the sea ridged, clouds blotted out the |
5377 |
blue. We held on. There was a great cape which we called |
5378 |
Cape Cuba. Off this a storm met us. We lived it out and |
5379 |
made into one of those bottle harbors of which, first and |
5380 |
last, we were to find God knows how many in Cuba! |
5381 |
|
5382 |
The Admiral named it Puerto del Principe, and we raised |
5383 |
on shore here a very great cross. We had done this on |
5384 |
every considerable island since San Salvador and now twice |
5385 |
on this coast. There were behind us seven or eight crosses. |
5386 |
The banner planted was the sign of the Sovereignty of Spain, |
5387 |
the cross the sign of Holy Church, Sovereign over sovereigns, |
5388 |
who gave these lands to Spain, as she gave Africa |
5389 |
and the islands to Portugal. We came to a great number |
5390 |
of islets, rivers of clear blue sea between. The ships lay |
5391 |
to and we took boat and went among these. The King's |
5392 |
Gardens, the Admiral called them, and the calm sea between |
5393 |
them and mainland the Sea of Our Lady. They were |
5394 |
thickly wooded, and we thought we found cinnamon, aloes |
5395 |
and mastic. Two lovely days we had in this wilderness |
5396 |
of isles and channels where was no man nor woman at all, |
5397 |
then again we went east and south, the land trending that |
5398 |
way. Very distant, out of eastern waste, rose what seemed |
5399 |
a large island. The Admiral said that we should go discover, |
5400 |
and we changed course toward it, but in three hours' |
5401 |
time met furious weather. The sea rose, clouds like night |
5402 |
closed us in. Night came on without a star and a contrary |
5403 |
wind blew always. When the dawn broke sullenly we were |
5404 |
beaten back to Cuba, and a great promontory against which |
5405 |
truly we might have been dashed stood to our north and |
5406 |
shut out coast of yesterday. Here we hung a day and |
5407 |
night, and then the wind lulling and the sea running not |
5408 |
so high, we made again for that island which might be |
5409 |
Babeque. We had Indians aboard, but the sea and the |
5410 |
whipping and groaning of our masts and rigging and sails |
5411 |
and the pitching of the ship terrified them, and terror made |
5412 |
them dull. They sat with knees drawn up and head buried |
5413 |
in arms and shivered, and knew not Babeque from anything |
5414 |
else. |
5415 |
|
5416 |
Christopherus Columbus could be very obstinate. Wishing |
5417 |
strongly to gain that island, through all this day he had |
5418 |
us strive toward it. But the wind was directly ahead and |
5419 |
strong as ten giants. The master and others made representations, |
5420 |
and at last he nodded his gray head and ordered |
5421 |
the _Santa Maria_ put about and the Pinta and the Nina |
5422 |
signaled. The Nina harkened and turned, but the Pinta. |
5423 |
at some distance seemed deaf and blind. Night fell while |
5424 |
still we signaled. We were now for Cuba, and the wind |
5425 |
directly behind us, but yet as long as we could see, the Pinta |
5426 |
chose not to turn. We set lights for signals, but her light |
5427 |
fell farther and farther astern. She was a swifter sailer |
5428 |
than we; there was no reason for that increasing distance. |
5429 |
We lay to, the _Nina_ beside us. Ere long we wholly lost |
5430 |
the Pinta's light. Night passed. When morning broke |
5431 |
Captain Martin Alonso Pinzon and the Pinta were gone. |
5432 |
|
5433 |
The sea, though rough, was not too perilous, and never |
5434 |
a signal of distress had been seen nor heard. |
5435 |
|
5436 |
"Lost? Is the Pinta lost?" |
5437 |
|
5438 |
"Lost! No!--But, yes. Willfully lost!" |
5439 |
|
5440 |
It was Roderigo Sanchez who knew not much of the |
5441 |
sea who asked, and the Admiral answered. But having |
5442 |
spoken it that once, he closed his strong lips and coming |
5443 |
down from deck said he would have breakfast. All that |
5444 |
day was guessing and talk enough upon the _Santa Maria_; |
5445 |
silent or slurred talk at last, for toward noon the Admiral |
5446 |
gave sharp order that the Pinta should be left out of |
5447 |
conversation. Captain Martin Pinzon was an able seaman. |
5448 |
Perhaps something (he reminded us of the rudder before |
5449 |
the Canaries) had gone wrong. Captain Pinzon may have |
5450 |
thought the island was the nearer land, or he may have |
5451 |
returned to Cuba, but more to the north than were we. He |
5452 |
looked for the _Pinta_. again in a reasonable time. In the |
5453 |
meantime let it alone! |
5454 |
|
5455 |
So soon as the sea allowed, Vicente Pinzon came in his |
5456 |
boat to the Santa Maria, but he seemed as perplexed as we. |
5457 |
He did not know his brother's mind. But Martin Pinzon |
5458 |
forever and always was a good sea captain and a Castilian |
5459 |
of his word, knowing what was proper observance to his |
5460 |
Admiral. If he did this or that, it would be for good reasons. |
5461 |
So Vicente, and the Admiral was cordial with him, and |
5462 |
saw him over rail and down side with cheerful words. He |
5463 |
was cheerful all that day in his speech, cheerful and suave |
5464 |
and prophesying good in many directions. But I knew the |
5465 |
trouble behind that front. |
5466 |
|
5467 |
In some ways the _Pinta_ was the best of our ships. Martin |
5468 |
Pinzon was a bold and ready man, and those aboard |
5469 |
with him devoted to his fortunes. He did not lack opinions |
5470 |
of his own, and often they countered the Admiral's. |
5471 |
He was ambitious, and the Admiral's rights were so vast |
5472 |
and inclusive that there seemed not much room to make |
5473 |
name and fame. Much the same with riches! What |
5474 |
Martin Pinzon had loaned would come back to him beyond |
5475 |
doubt, back with high interest and a good deal more. |
5476 |
But still it would seem to him that room was needed. In |
5477 |
his mind he had said perhaps many times to the Admiral, |
5478 |
"Do not claim too much soil! Do not forget that other |
5479 |
trees want to grow!" |
5480 |
|
5481 |
Martin Pinzon might have put back to Spain, but who |
5482 |
knew the man would not think that likely. Far more probable |
5483 |
that he might be doing discovery of his own. Perhaps |
5484 |
he would rejoin us later with some splendid thing to his |
5485 |
credit, claim that Spain could not deny! |
5486 |
|
5487 |
Cuba coast rose high and near. It is a shore of the fairest |
5488 |
harbors! We made one of these into which emptied a little |
5489 |
river. He named haven and river Saint Catherine. In the |
5490 |
bed of this stream, when we went ashore, we found no little |
5491 |
gold. He took in his hand grains and flakes and one or |
5492 |
two pieces large as beans. It was royal monopoly, gold, and |
5493 |
every man under strict command--to bring to the Admiral |
5494 |
all that was found. Seamen and companions gathered |
5495 |
around him, Admiral, Viceroy and Governor, King Croesus |
5496 |
to be, a tenth of all gold and spoil filling his purse! And |
5497 |
they, too, surely some way they would be largely paid! The |
5498 |
dream hovered, then descended upon us, as many a time it |
5499 |
descended. Great riches and happiness and all clothed in |
5500 |
silk, and every man as he would be and not as he was, a |
5501 |
dim magnificence and a sense of trumpets in the air, acclaiming |
5502 |
us! I remember that day that we all felt this mystic |
5503 |
power and wealth, the Admiral and all of us. For a short |
5504 |
time, there by Saint Catherine's River, we were brought into |
5505 |
harmony. Then it broke and each little self went its way |
5506 |
again. But for that while eighty men had felt as though |
5507 |
we were a country and more than a country. The gold |
5508 |
in the Admiral's hand might have been gold of consciousness. |
5509 |
|
5510 |
After this day for days we sailed along Cuba strand, |
5511 |
seeing many a fair haven and entering two or three. There |
5512 |
were villages, and those dusk, naked folk to whom by now |
5513 |
we were well used, running to beach or cliff brow, making |
5514 |
signs, seeming to cry, "Heaven come down, heaven, heaven |
5515 |
and the gods!" The notion of a sail had never come to |
5516 |
them, though with their cotton they might have made them. |
5517 |
They were slow to learn that the wind pushed us, acting |
5518 |
like a thousand tireless rowers. We were thrillingly new to |
5519 |
them and altogether magical. To any seeing eye a ship under |
5520 |
full sail is a beautiful, stately, thrilling thing! To these |
5521 |
red men there was a perilous joy in the vision. If to us in |
5522 |
the ships there hung in this voyage something mystic, hidden, |
5523 |
full of possibility, inch by inch to unroll, throbbing all |
5524 |
with the future which is the supernatural, be sure these, too, |
5525 |
who were found and discovered, moved in a cloud of mystery |
5526 |
torn by strange lightnings! |
5527 |
|
5528 |
Sometimes we came into haven, dropped anchor and lowered |
5529 |
sails, whereupon those on the shore again cried out. |
5530 |
When we took our boats and went to land we met always |
5531 |
the same reception, found much the same village, carried on |
5532 |
much the same conversations. Little by little we collected |
5533 |
gold. By now, within the Admiral's chest, in canvas bags, |
5534 |
rested not a little treasure for Queen Isabella and King |
5535 |
Ferdinand. And though it was forbidden, I knew that many |
5536 |
of our seamen hid gold. All told we found enough to whet |
5537 |
appetite. But still the Indians said south, and Babeque and |
5538 |
Bohio! |
5539 |
|
5540 |
At last we had sailed to the very eastern end of Cuba and |
5541 |
turned it as we might turn the heel of Italy. A great spur |
5542 |
that ran into the ocean the Admiral dubbed Alpha and |
5543 |
Omega, and we planted a cross. |
5544 |
|
5545 |
It fell to me here to save the Admiral's life. |
5546 |
|
5547 |
We had upon the _Santa Maria_ a man named Felipe who |
5548 |
seemed a simple, God-fearing soul, very attentive to Fray |
5549 |
Ignatio and all the offices of religion. He was rather a silent |
5550 |
fellow and a slow, poor worker, often in trouble with boatswain |
5551 |
and master. He said odd things and sometimes wept |
5552 |
for his soul, and the forecastle laughed at him. This man |
5553 |
became in a night mad. |
5554 |
|
5555 |
It was middle night. The _Santa Maria_ swung at anchor |
5556 |
and the whole world seemed a just-breathing stillness. |
5557 |
There was the watch, but all else slept. The watch, looking |
5558 |
at Cuba and the moon on the water, did not observe Felipe |
5559 |
when he crept from forecastle with a long, sharp two-edged |
5560 |
knife such as they sell in Toledo. |
5561 |
|
5562 |
Juan Lepe woke from first sleep and could not recover |
5563 |
it. He found Bernardo Nunez's small, small cabin stifling, |
5564 |
and at last he got up, put on garments, and slipped forth |
5565 |
and through great cabin to outer air. He might have found |
5566 |
the Admiral there before him, for he slept little and was |
5567 |
about the ship at all hours, but to-night he did sleep. |
5568 |
|
5569 |
I spoke to the watch, then set myself down at break of |
5570 |
poop to breathe the splendor of the night. The moon bathed |
5571 |
Alpha and Omega, and the two ships, the _Nina_ and the Santa |
5572 |
Maria. It washed the Pinta but we saw it not, not knowing |
5573 |
where rode the Pinta and Martin Alonzo Pinzon. So bright, |
5574 |
so pleasureable, was the night! |
5575 |
|
5576 |
An hour passed. My body was cooled and refreshed, |
5577 |
my spirit quiet. Rising, I entered great cabin on my way |
5578 |
to bed and sleep. I felt that the cabin was not empty, and |
5579 |
then, there being moonlight enough, I saw the figure by the |
5580 |
Admiral's door. "Who is it?" I demanded, but the unbolted |
5581 |
door gave to the man's push, and he disappeared. I |
5582 |
knew it was not the Admiral and I followed at a bound. The |
5583 |
cabin had a window and the moonbeams came in. They |
5584 |
showed Felipe and his knife and the great Genoese asleep. |
5585 |
The madman laughed and crooned, then lifted that Toledo |
5586 |
dagger and lunged downward with a sinewy arm. But I |
5587 |
was upon him. The blow fell, but a foot wide of mark. |
5588 |
There was a struggle, a shout. The Admiral, opening eyes, |
5589 |
sprang from bed. |
5590 |
|
5591 |
He was a powerful man, and I, too, had strength, but |
5592 |
Felipe fought and struggled like a desert lion. He kept |
5593 |
crying, "I am the King! I will send him to discover Heaven! |
5594 |
I will send him to join the prophets!" At last we had him |
5595 |
down and bound him. By now the noise had brought the |
5596 |
watch and others. A dozen men came crowding in, in the |
5597 |
moonlight. We took the madman away and kept him fast, |
5598 |
and Juan Lepe tried to cure him but could not. In three |
5599 |
days he died and we buried him at sea. And Fernando, |
5600 |
creeping to me, asked, "senor, don't you feel at times that |
5601 |
there is madness over all this ship and this voyage and _him_ |
5602 |
--the Admiral, I mean?" |
5603 |
|
5604 |
I answered him that it was a pity there were so few |
5605 |
madmen, and that Felipe must have been quite sane. |
5606 |
|
5607 |
"Then what do you think was the matter with Felipe, |
5608 |
Senor?" |
5609 |
|
5610 |
I said, "Did it ever occur to you, Fernando, that you had |
5611 |
too much courage and saw too far?" At which he looked |
5612 |
frightened, and said that at times he had felt those symptoms. |
5613 |
|
5614 |
|
5615 |
|
5616 |
CHAPTER XXI |
5617 |
|
5618 |
MARTIN PINZON did not return to us. That tall, |
5619 |
blond sea captain was gone we knew not where. The |
5620 |
_Santa Maria_ and the Nina sailed south along the foot |
5621 |
of Cuba. But now rose out of ocean on our southeast quarter |
5622 |
a great island with fair mountain shapes. We asked |
5623 |
our Indians--we had five aboard beside Diego Colon-- |
5624 |
what it was. "Bohio! Bohio!" But when we came there, |
5625 |
its own inhabitants called it Hayti and Quisquaya. |
5626 |
|
5627 |
The Admiral paced our deck, small as a turret chamber, |
5628 |
his hands behind him, his mind upon some great chart drawn |
5629 |
within, not without. At last, having decided, he called Juan |
5630 |
de la Cosa. "We will go to Bohio." |
5631 |
|
5632 |
So it was done whereby much was done, the Woman with |
5633 |
the distaff spinning fast, fast! |
5634 |
|
5635 |
As this island lifted out of ocean, we who had said of |
5636 |
Cuba, "It is the fairest!" now said, "No, this is the fairest!" |
5637 |
It was most beautiful, with mountains and forests and |
5638 |
vales and plains and rivers. |
5639 |
|
5640 |
The twelfth day of December we came to anchor in a |
5641 |
harbor which the Admiral named Concepcion. |
5642 |
|
5643 |
On this shore the Indians fled from us. We found a |
5644 |
village, but quite deserted. Not a woman, not a man, not a |
5645 |
child! Only three or four of those silent dogs, and a great |
5646 |
red and green parrot that screamed but said nothing. |
5647 |
There was something in this day, I know not what, |
5648 |
but it made itself felt. The Admiral, kneeling, kissed the |
5649 |
soil, and he named the island Hispaniola, and we planted a |
5650 |
cross. |
5651 |
|
5652 |
For long we had been beaten about, and all aboard the |
5653 |
ships were well willing to leave them for a little. We had |
5654 |
a dozen sick and they craved the shore and the fruit trees. |
5655 |
Our Indians, too, longed. So we anchored, and mariners |
5656 |
and all adventurers rested from the sea. A few at a time, |
5657 |
the villagers returned, and fearfully enough at first. But |
5658 |
we had harmed nothing, and what greatness and gentleness |
5659 |
was in us we showed it here. Presently all thought they |
5660 |
were at home with us, and that heaven bred the finest folk! |
5661 |
|
5662 |
Our people of Hispaniola, subjects now, since the planting |
5663 |
of the flag, were taller, handsomer, we thought, than the |
5664 |
Cubans, and more advanced in the arts. Their houses were |
5665 |
neat and good, and their gardens weeded and well-stocked. |
5666 |
The men wore loin cloths, the women a wide cotton girdle or |
5667 |
little skirt. We found three or four copper knives, but |
5668 |
again they said that they came from the south. As in Spain |
5669 |
"west--west" had been his word, so now the Admiral |
5670 |
brooded upon south. |
5671 |
|
5672 |
These folk had a very little gold, but they seemed to say |
5673 |
that theirs was a simple and poor village, and that we should |
5674 |
find more of all things farther on. So we left Concepcion, |
5675 |
the cross upon the rock showing a long way through the pure |
5676 |
air. |
5677 |
|
5678 |
For two days we coasted, and at the end of this time we |
5679 |
came to a harbor of great beauty and back from it ran a |
5680 |
vale like Paradise, so richly sweet it was! Christopherus |
5681 |
Columbus was quick to find beauty and loved it when found. |
5682 |
Often and often have I seen his face turn that of a child |
5683 |
or a youth, filled with wonder. I have seen him kiss a |
5684 |
flower, lay a caress upon stem of tree, yearn toward palm |
5685 |
tops against the blue. He was well read in the old poets, |
5686 |
and he himself was a poet though he wrote no line of verse. |
5687 |
|
5688 |
We entered here and came to anchor and the sails rattled |
5689 |
down. "Hispaniola--Hispaniola, and we will call this |
5690 |
harbor St. Thomas! He was the Apostle to India. And |
5691 |
now we are his younger brothers come after long folding |
5692 |
away. Were we more--did we have a fleet--we might |
5693 |
set a city here and, it being Christmas, call it La Navidad!" |
5694 |
Out came the canoes to us, out the swimmers, dark and |
5695 |
graceful figures cleaving the utter blue. Some one passing |
5696 |
that way overland, hurrying with news, had told these villages |
5697 |
how peaceful, noble, benevolent, beneficent we were. |
5698 |
|
5699 |
The canoes were heaped with fruit and cassava bread, and |
5700 |
they had cotton, not in balls, but woven in pieces. And |
5701 |
these Indians had about neck or in ear some bits of gold. |
5702 |
These they changed cheerfully, taking and valuing what |
5703 |
trifle was given. "Gold. Where do you get your gold? |
5704 |
Do you know of Cipango or Cathay or India? Have ever |
5705 |
you heard of Zaiton, or of Quinsai and Cublai Khan?" |
5706 |
They gave us answers which we could not fully understand, |
5707 |
and gestured inland and a little to the east. "Cibao! Cibao!" |
5708 |
They seemed to say that there was all the gold |
5709 |
there that a reasonable mortal might desire. "Cibao?-- |
5710 |
Cipango?" said the Admiral. "They might be the same." |
5711 |
|
5712 |
"Like Cuba and Cublai Khan," thought Juan Lepe. |
5713 |
|
5714 |
Around a point of shore darted a long canoe with many |
5715 |
rowers. Other canoes gave way for it, and the Indians already |
5716 |
upon the _Santa Maria_ exclaimed that it was the |
5717 |
boat of the cacique, though not the cacique but his brother |
5718 |
sat in it. Guacanagari was the cacique. His town was |
5719 |
yonder! They pointed to a misty headland beyond St. |
5720 |
Thomas's bay. |
5721 |
|
5722 |
The Indian from the great canoe came aboard, a handsome |
5723 |
fellow, and he brought presents not like any we had |
5724 |
seen. There was a width of cotton embroidered thick with |
5725 |
bits of gleaming shell and bone, but what was most welcome |
5726 |
was a huge wooden mask with eyes and tongue of gold. |
5727 |
Fray Ignatio crossed himself. "The devil they worship,-- |
5728 |
poor lost sheep!" The third gift was a considerable piece |
5729 |
of that mixed and imperfect gold which afterwards we |
5730 |
called guanin. And would we go to visit the cacique whose |
5731 |
town was not so far yonder? |
5732 |
|
5733 |
It was Christmas Eve. We sailed with a small, small |
5734 |
wind for the cacique's village, out from harbor of St. |
5735 |
Thomas, around a headland and along a low, bright green |
5736 |
shore. So low and fitful was the wind that we moved |
5737 |
like two great snails. Better to have left the ships and gone, |
5738 |
so many of us, in our boats with oars, canoes convoying us! |
5739 |
The distance was not great, but distance is as the power |
5740 |
of going. "I remember," quoth the Admiral, "a calm, |
5741 |
going from the Levant to Crete, and our water cask broken |
5742 |
and not a mouthful for a soul aboard! That was a long, |
5743 |
long two days while the one shore went no further and the |
5744 |
other came no nearer. And going once to Porto Santo |
5745 |
with my wife she fell ill and moaned for the land, and we |
5746 |
were held as by the sea bottom, and I thought she would die |
5747 |
who might be saved if she could have the land. And I remember |
5748 |
going down the African coast with Santanem--" |
5749 |
|
5750 |
Diego de Arana said, "You have had a full life, senor!" |
5751 |
|
5752 |
He was cousin, I had been told, to that Dona Beatrix |
5753 |
whom the Admiral cherished, mother of his youngest son, |
5754 |
Fernando. The Admiral had affection for him, and Diego |
5755 |
de Arana lived and died, a good, loyal man. "A full outward |
5756 |
life," he went on, "and I dare swear, a full inward |
5757 |
one!" |
5758 |
|
5759 |
"That is God's truth!" said the Admiral. "You may |
5760 |
well say that, senor! Inside I have lived with all who have |
5761 |
lived, and discovered with all who have discovered!" |
5762 |
|
5763 |
I remember as a dream this last day upon the _Santa Maria_. |
5764 |
Beltran the cook had scalded his arm. I dressed it each |
5765 |
day, and dressing it now, half a dozen idling by, watching |
5766 |
the operation, I heard again a kind of talk that I had heard |
5767 |
before. Partly because I had shipped as Juan Lepe an |
5768 |
Andalusian sailor and had had my forecastle days, and |
5769 |
partly because men rarely fear to speak to a physician, and |
5770 |
partly because in the great whole there existed liking between |
5771 |
them and me, they talked and discussed freely enough |
5772 |
what any other from the other end of ship could have |
5773 |
come at only by formal questioning. Now many of the |
5774 |
seamen wanted to know when we were returning to Palos, |
5775 |
and another number said that they would just as soon never |
5776 |
return, or at least not for a good while! But they did not |
5777 |
wish to spend that good while upon the ship. It was a |
5778 |
good land, and the heathen also good. The heathen might |
5779 |
all be going to burn in hell, unless Fray Ignatio could get |
5780 |
them baptized in time, and so numerous were they that |
5781 |
seemed hardly possible! Almost all might have to go to hell. |
5782 |
But in the meantime, here on earth, they had their uses, and |
5783 |
one could even grow fond of them--certainly fond of the |
5784 |
women. The heathen were eager to work for us, catch |
5785 |
us coneys, bring us gold, put hammocks for us between |
5786 |
trees and say "Sleep, senor, sleep!" Here even Tomaso |
5787 |
Passamonte was "senor" and "Don." And as for the |
5788 |
women--only the skin is dark--they were warm-hearted! |
5789 |
Gold and women and never any cold nor hunger nor toil! |
5790 |
The heathen to toil for you--and they could be taught to |
5791 |
make wine, with all these grapes dangling everywhere? |
5792 |
Heathen could do the gathering and pressing, and also the |
5793 |
gold hunting in rocks and streams. Spain would furnish the |
5794 |
mind and the habit of command. It were well to stay and |
5795 |
cultivate Hispaniola! The Admiral and those who wanted |
5796 |
to might take home the ships. Of course the Admiral would |
5797 |
come again, and with him ships and many men. No one |
5798 |
wanted, of course, never to see again Castile and Palos |
5799 |
and his family! But to stay in Hispaniola a while and |
5800 |
rest and grow rich,--that was what they wanted. And no |
5801 |
one could justly call them idle! If they found out all about |
5802 |
the land and where were the gold and the spices, was there |
5803 |
not use in that, just as much use as wandering forever on |
5804 |
the _Santa Maria_? |
5805 |
|
5806 |
Mother earth was kind, kind, here, and she didn't have a |
5807 |
rod like mother country and Mother Church! They did not |
5808 |
say this last, but it was what they meant. |
5809 |
|
5810 |
"You don't see the rod, that is all," said Juan Lepe. |
5811 |
|
5812 |
But there had eventually to be colonies, and I knew that |
5813 |
the Admiral was revolving in his head the leaving in this |
5814 |
new world certain of our men, seed corn as it were, organs |
5815 |
also to gather knowledge against his speedy return with |
5816 |
power of ships and men. For surely Spain would be |
5817 |
grateful,--surely, surely! But he was not ready yet to set |
5818 |
sail for Spain. He meant to discover more, discover further, |
5819 |
come if by any means he could to the actual wealth of great, |
5820 |
main India; come perhaps to Zaiton, where are more merchants |
5821 |
than in all the rest of the world, and a hundred |
5822 |
master ships laden with pepper enter every year; or to |
5823 |
Quinsai of the marble bridges. No, he was not ready to |
5824 |
turn prow to Spain, and he was not likely to bleed himself |
5825 |
of men, now or for many days to come. All these who |
5826 |
would lie in hammocks ashore must wait awhile, and even |
5827 |
when they made their colony, that is not the way that colonies |
5828 |
live and grow. |
5829 |
|
5830 |
Beltran said, "Some of you would like to do a little |
5831 |
good, and some are for a sow's life!" |
5832 |
|
5833 |
It was Christmas Eve, and we had our vespers, and we |
5834 |
thought of the day at home in Castile and in Italy. Dusk |
5835 |
drew down. Behind us was the deep, secure water of |
5836 |
St. Thomas, his harbor. The Admiral had us sound and |
5837 |
the lead showed no great depth, whereupon we stood a little |
5838 |
out to avoid shoal or bar. |
5839 |
|
5840 |
For some nights the Admiral had been wakeful, suffering, |
5841 |
as Juan Lepe knew, with that gout which at times troubled |
5842 |
him like a very demon. But this night he slept. Juan de la |
5843 |
Cosa set the watch. The helmsman was Sancho Ruiz than |
5844 |
whom none was better, save only that he would take a risk |
5845 |
when he pleased. All others slept. The day had been long, |
5846 |
so warm, still and idle, with the wooded shore stealing so |
5847 |
slowly by. |
5848 |
|
5849 |
Early in the night Sancho Ruiz was taken with a great |
5850 |
cramp and a swimming of the head. He called to one of |
5851 |
the watch to come take the helm for a little, but none answered; |
5852 |
called again and a ship boy sleeping near, uncurled |
5853 |
himself, stretched, and came to hand. "It's all safe, and |
5854 |
the Admiral sleeping and the master sleeping and the watch |
5855 |
also!" said the boy. Pedro Acevedo it was, a well-enough |
5856 |
meaning young wretch. |
5857 |
|
5858 |
Sancho Ruiz put helm in his hand. "Keep her so, while I |
5859 |
lie down here for a little. My head is moving faster than |
5860 |
the _Santa Maria_!" |
5861 |
|
5862 |
He lay down, and the swimming made him close his |
5863 |
eyes, and closed eyes and the disappearance of his pain, and |
5864 |
pleasant resting on deck caused him to sleep. Pedro Acevedo |
5865 |
held the wheel and looked at the moon. Then the |
5866 |
wind chose to change, blowing still very lightly but bearing |
5867 |
us now toward shore, and Pedro never noticing this grow |
5868 |
larger. He was looking at the moon, he afterwards said |
5869 |
with tears, and thinking of Christ born in Bethlehem. |
5870 |
|
5871 |
The shore came nearer and nearer. Sancho Ruiz slept. |
5872 |
Pedro now heard a sound that he knew well enough. Coming |
5873 |
back to here and now, he looked and saw breakers upon a |
5874 |
long sand bar. The making tide was at half, and that and |
5875 |
the changed wind carried us toward the lines of foam. The |
5876 |
boy cried, "Steersman! Steersman!" Ruiz sat up, holding |
5877 |
his head in his hands. "Such a roaring in my ears!" |
5878 |
But "Breakers! Breakers!" cried the boy. "Take the |
5879 |
helm!" |
5880 |
|
5881 |
Ruiz sprang to it, but as he touched it the _Santa Maria_ |
5882 |
grounded. The shock woke most on board, the immediate |
5883 |
outcry and running feet the rest. |
5884 |
|
5885 |
The harm was done, and no good now in recriminations! |
5886 |
It was never, I bear witness, habit of Christopherus Columbus. |
5887 |
|
5888 |
The Santa Maria listed heavily, the sea pounding against |
5889 |
her, driving her more and more upon the sand. But order |
5890 |
arrived with the Admiral. The master grew his lieutenant, |
5891 |
the mariners his obedient ones. Back he was at thirty, with a |
5892 |
shipwreck who had seen many and knew how to toil with |
5893 |
hands and with head. Moreover, the great genius of the |
5894 |
man shone in darkness. He could encourage; he could |
5895 |
bring coolness. |
5896 |
|
5897 |
We tried to warp her off, but it was not to be done. We |
5898 |
cut away mast to lighten her, but more and more she grew |
5899 |
fast to the bank, the waves striking all her side, pushing her |
5900 |
over. Seams had opened, water was coming in. The _Nina_ a |
5901 |
mile away took our signal and came nearer, lay to, and sent |
5902 |
her boat. |
5903 |
|
5904 |
The Santa Maria, it was seen, was dying. Nothing more |
5905 |
was to be done. Her mariners could only cling to her like |
5906 |
bees to comb. We got the two boats clear and there was the |
5907 |
boat of the Nina. Missioned by the Admiral, Juan Lepe |
5908 |
got somehow into cabin, together with Sancho and Luis |
5909 |
Torres, and we collected maps and charts, log, journal, box |
5910 |
with royal letters and the small bags of gold, and the Admiral's |
5911 |
personal belongings, putting all into a great sack |
5912 |
and caring for it, until upon the _Nina_ we gave it into his |
5913 |
hand. Above us rang the cry, "All off!" |
5914 |
|
5915 |
From Christopherus Columbus to Pedro Acevedo all left |
5916 |
the Santa Maria and were received by the Nina. Crowded, |
5917 |
crowded was the Nina! Down voyaged the moon, up came |
5918 |
with freshness the rose-chapleted dawn. A wreck lay the |
5919 |
Santa Maria, painted against the east, about her a low thunder |
5920 |
of breakers. Where was the _Pinta_ no man knew! Perhaps |
5921 |
halfway back to Spain or perhaps wrecked and drowned |
5922 |
like the flagship. The Nina, a small, small ship and none too |
5923 |
seaworthy, carried all of Europe and Discovery. |
5924 |
|
5925 |
|
5926 |
|
5927 |
CHAPTER XXII |
5928 |
|
5929 |
IN the small, small cabin of the _Nina_ Christopherus Columbus |
5930 |
sat for a time with his head bowed in his arms, |
5931 |
then rose and made up a mission to go to the cacique |
5932 |
Guacanagari and, relating our misfortune, request aid and |
5933 |
shelter until we had determined upon our course. There |
5934 |
went Diego de Arana and Pedro Gutierrez with Luis Torres |
5935 |
and one or two more, and they took Diego Colon and the |
5936 |
two St. Thomas Indians. It was now full light, the shore |
5937 |
and mountains green as emerald, the water its old unearthly |
5938 |
blue. |
5939 |
|
5940 |
The _Nina_ swung at anchor just under the land and the |
5941 |
now receding tide uncovered more and more those sands |
5942 |
where the Santa Maria lay huddled and dying. The Admiral |
5943 |
gazed, and the tears ran down his face. He was so great |
5944 |
that he never thought to hide just emotion. He spoke as |
5945 |
though to himself. "Many sins have I, many, many! But |
5946 |
thou wilt not, O God, cast me utterly away because of them! |
5947 |
I will not doubt Thee, nor my calling!" |
5948 |
|
5949 |
There was little space about him. The _Nina_ seemed to |
5950 |
quiver, packed and dark with men. His deep voice went on, |
5951 |
and they could hear him, but he did not seem to know that |
5952 |
they were there. "As though upon a raft, here a thousand |
5953 |
leagues in Ocean-Sea! Yet wilt Thou care for thy Good |
5954 |
News. I will come to Spain, and I will tell it. Chosen, and |
5955 |
almost by very name pointed out in Thy Book! The first |
5956 |
Christian shore that I touch I will walk barefoot and in my |
5957 |
shirt at the head of twelve to the first shrine. And, O my |
5958 |
Lord, never more will I forget that that tomb in which |
5959 |
thou didst rest, still, still is held by the infidel!" He beat |
5960 |
his breast. "_Mea culpa! mea culpa!_" |
5961 |
|
5962 |
His voice sank, he looked at the sky, then with a turn |
5963 |
of the wrist at the wheel he put that by and became again |
5964 |
the vigilant Admiral of a fleet of one. "She will hold together |
5965 |
yet a while! When the tide is out, we can get to her |
5966 |
and empty her. Take all ashore that can be carried or floated |
5967 |
and may be of use. Up and down--down and up!" |
5968 |
|
5969 |
The inhabitants of Hispaniola were now about us in |
5970 |
canoes or swimming. They seemed to cry out in distress |
5971 |
and sympathy, gazing at the _Santa Maria_ as though it were |
5972 |
a god dying there. Their own canoes were living things to |
5973 |
them as is any ship to a mariner, and by analogy our great |
5974 |
canoe was a Being dying, more of a Being than theirs, because |
5975 |
it had wings and could open and fold them. And |
5976 |
then back came our boat with Diego de Arana and the others, |
5977 |
and they had with them that same brother of the cacique who |
5978 |
had come to us in St. Thomas Harbor. And had we been |
5979 |
wrecked off Palos, not Palos could have showed more concern |
5980 |
or been more ready to help than were these men. |
5981 |
|
5982 |
We had three boats and the Indian canoes and hands |
5983 |
enough, white and copper-hued. Now at low tide, we could |
5984 |
approach and enter the _Santa Maria_. A great breach had |
5985 |
been made and water was deep in her hold, but we could |
5986 |
get at much of casks and chests, and could take away sails |
5987 |
and cordage, even her two cannon. Eventually, as she broke |
5988 |
up, we might float away to shore much of her timber. When |
5989 |
I looked from the wreck to the little Nina, I could see, |
5990 |
limned as it were in air, the Viceroy's first colony, set in |
5991 |
Hispaniola, beside Guacanagari's town. All Christmas day |
5992 |
we toiled and the Indians at our side. We found them ready, |
5993 |
not without skill, gay and biddable. |
5994 |
|
5995 |
Toward sunset came Guacanagari. All the little shore was |
5996 |
strewn and heaped with our matters. And here I will say |
5997 |
that no Indian stole that day though he might have stolen, |
5998 |
and though our possessions seemed to him great wonders |
5999 |
and treasure beyond estimation. What was brought from |
6000 |
the _Santa Maria_ lay in heaps and our men came and went. |
6001 |
The most of our force was ashore or in the boats; only so |
6002 |
many on the Nina. The Admiral, just returned to the ship, |
6003 |
stretched himself upon the bench in her small cabin. Powerful |
6004 |
was his frame and constitution, and powerfully tried |
6005 |
all his life with a thousand strains and buffetings! It seemed |
6006 |
still to hold; he looked a muscular, sinewy, strong and ruddy |
6007 |
man. But there were signs that a careful eye might find. |
6008 |
He lay upon the bench in the cabin and I, who was his |
6009 |
physician, brought him wine and biscuit and made him eat |
6010 |
and drink who, I knew, had not touched food since the |
6011 |
evening before; after which I told him to close eyes and |
6012 |
go away to Genoa and boyhood. He shut them, and I sitting |
6013 |
near brought my will as best I could to the quieting |
6014 |
of all heavy and sorrowful waves. |
6015 |
|
6016 |
But then the cacique came. So small was the _Nina_ that |
6017 |
we could hear well enough the word of his arrival. The |
6018 |
Admiral opened his eyes and sat stiffly up. He groaned |
6019 |
and took his head into his hands, then dropped these and |
6020 |
with a shake of his shoulders resumed command. So many |
6021 |
and grievous a sea had dashed over him and retreated and |
6022 |
he had stood! What he said now was, "The tide of the |
6023 |
spirit goes out; the tide comes back in. Let it come back a |
6024 |
spring tide!" |
6025 |
|
6026 |
Guacanagari entered. This cacique, whose fortunes now |
6027 |
began to be intertwined with ours, had his likeness, so far |
6028 |
as went state and custom, to that Cuban chieftain whom Luis |
6029 |
Torres and I had visited. But this was an easier, less |
6030 |
strongly fibred person, a big, amiable, indolent man with |
6031 |
some quality of a great dog who, accepting you and |
6032 |
becoming your friend, may never be estranged. He was |
6033 |
brave after his fashion, gifted enough in simple things. In |
6034 |
Europe he would have been an. easy, well-liked prince or |
6035 |
duke of no great territory. He kept a simple state, wore |
6036 |
some slight apparel of cotton and a golden necklet. He |
6037 |
brought gifts and an unfeigned sympathy for that death |
6038 |
upon the sand bar. |
6039 |
|
6040 |
He and the Admiral sat and talked together. "Gods |
6041 |
from heaven?"--"Christian men and from Europe," and |
6042 |
we could not make him, at this time, understand that that |
6043 |
was not the same thing. We began to comprehend that |
6044 |
"heaven" was a word of many levels, and that they ascribed |
6045 |
to it everything that they chose to consider good and that |
6046 |
was manifestly out of the range of their experience. |
6047 |
|
6048 |
|
6049 |
|
6050 |
|
6051 |
|
6052 |
Back to Full Books |
6053 |
|
6054 |
|
6055 |
|
6056 |
|
6057 |
|
6058 |
1492 |
6059 |
by |
6060 |
Mary Johnston |
6061 |
Part 4 out of 7 |
6062 |
|
6063 |
FullBooks.com homepage |
6064 |
Index of 1492 |
6065 |
Previous part (3) |
6066 |
Next part (5) |
6067 |
|
6068 |
|
6069 |
|
6070 |
In his turn the Admiral was ready for all that Guacanagari |
6071 |
could tell him. "Gold?" His eyes were upon the |
6072 |
Indian's necklet. Removing it, the cacique laid it in the |
6073 |
god's hand. All Indians now understood that we made |
6074 |
high magic with gold, getting out of it virtues beyond their |
6075 |
comprehension. In return the Admiral gave him a small |
6076 |
brazen gong and hammer. "Where did they get the gold?" |
6077 |
Again like the Cuban chief this cacique waved his hand to |
6078 |
the mountains. "Cibao!" and then turning he too pointed |
6079 |
to the south. "Much gold there," said Diego Colon. "Inland, |
6080 |
in the mountains," quoth the Admiral, "and evidently, |
6081 |
in very great quantity, in some land to the south! This is |
6082 |
not Cipango, but I think that Cipango lies to the south." |
6083 |
He asked who ruled Hayti that we called Hispaniola. We |
6084 |
understood that there were a number of caciques, but that |
6085 |
for a day's journey every way it was Guacanagari's country. |
6086 |
|
6087 |
"A cacique who ruled them all?" No, there was no such |
6088 |
thing. |
6089 |
|
6090 |
"Had ships like ours and clothed men ever before come |
6091 |
to them?" |
6092 |
|
6093 |
No, never! But then he seemed to say that there was |
6094 |
undoubtedly a tradition. Gods had come, and would come |
6095 |
again, and when they did so great things would follow! |
6096 |
But no cacique nor priest nor any knew when the gods |
6097 |
had come. |
6098 |
|
6099 |
The Admiral made some question of Caribs. Again there |
6100 |
was gesture southward, though it seemed to us that something |
6101 |
was said of folk within this great island who were |
6102 |
at least like Caribs. And where was the most gold and |
6103 |
the greatest other wealth that they knew of? Again south, |
6104 |
though this time we thought it rather south by west. The |
6105 |
Admiral sighed, and spoke of Cuba. Yes, Guacanagari |
6106 |
knew of Cuba. Had it end far yonder to the westward, or |
6107 |
no end? Had any one ever come to its end? The cacique |
6108 |
thought not, or knew not and assumed deliberation. Luis |
6109 |
and I agreed that we had not met among these Indians |
6110 |
any true notion of a continent. To them Hayti was vast, |
6111 |
Cuba was vast, the lands of the Caribs, wherever they were, |
6112 |
were vast, and vast whatever other islands there might be. |
6113 |
To them this was the _OEcumene_, the inhabited and inhabitable |
6114 |
world, Europe--Asia--Africa? Their faces stayed |
6115 |
blank. Were these divisions of heaven? |
6116 |
|
6117 |
Guacanagari would entertain and succor us. This canoe |
6118 |
--oh, the huge marvel!--was too crowded! Yonder lay his |
6119 |
town. All the houses that we might want were ours, all |
6120 |
the hammocks, all the food. And he would feast the gods. |
6121 |
That had been preparing since yesterday, A feast with |
6122 |
dancing. He hoped the great cacique and his people from |
6123 |
far nearer heaven than was Guacanagari would live as long |
6124 |
as might be in his town. Guarico was his town. A big, |
6125 |
easy, amiable, likeable man, he sat in nakedness only not |
6126 |
utter, save for that much like a big hidalgo offering sympathy |
6127 |
and shelter to some fire-ousted or foe-ousted prince! |
6128 |
As for the part of prince it was not hard for the Admiral |
6129 |
to play it. He was one naturally. |
6130 |
|
6131 |
He thanked the cacique to whom, I could see, he had taken |
6132 |
liking. Seven houses would be enough. To-night some of |
6133 |
us would sleep upon the beach beside the heaped goods. |
6134 |
To-morrow we would visit Guacanapri. The big, lazy, |
6135 |
peaceable man expressed his pleasure, then with a wide and |
6136 |
dignified gesture dismissing all that, asked to be shown |
6137 |
marvels. |
6138 |
|
6139 |
|
6140 |
|
6141 |
CHAPTER XXIII |
6142 |
|
6143 |
GUACANAGARI'S town was much perhaps as was |
6144 |
Goth town, Frank town, Saxon town, Latin town, |
6145 |
sufficient time ago. As for clothed and unclothed, |
6146 |
that may be to some degree a matter of cold or warm |
6147 |
weather. We had not seen that ever it was cold in this |
6148 |
land. |
6149 |
|
6150 |
Guacanagari feasted us with great dignity and earnestness, |
6151 |
for he and his people held it a momentous thing our |
6152 |
coming here, our being here. Utias we had and iguana, |
6153 |
fish, cassava bread, potato, many a delicious fruit, and |
6154 |
that mild drink that they made. And we had calabashes, |
6155 |
trenchers and fingers, stone knives with which certain officers |
6156 |
of the feast decorously divided the meat, small gourds for |
6157 |
cups, water for cleansing, napkins of broad leaves. It was |
6158 |
a great and comely feast. But before the feast, as in Cuba, |
6159 |
the dance. |
6160 |
|
6161 |
I should say that three hundred young men and maidens |
6162 |
danced. They advanced, they retreated, they cowered, they |
6163 |
pressed forward. They made supplication, arms to heaven |
6164 |
or forehead to ground, they received, they were grateful, |
6165 |
they circled fast in ease of mind, they hungered again and |
6166 |
were filled again, they flowed together, they made a great |
6167 |
square, chanting proudly! |
6168 |
|
6169 |
Fray Ignatio beside me glowered, so far as so good a |
6170 |
man could glower. But Juan Lepe said, "It is doubt and |
6171 |
difficulty, approach, reconciliation, holy triumph! They |
6172 |
are acting out long pilgrimages and arrivals at sacred cities |
6173 |
and hopes for greater cities. It is much the same as in |
6174 |
Seville or Rome!" Whereupon he looked at me in astonishment, |
6175 |
and Jayme de Marchena said to Juan Lepe, "Hold |
6176 |
thy tongue!" |
6177 |
|
6178 |
Dance and the feast over, it became the Admiral's turn. |
6179 |
He was set not to seem dejected, not to give any Spaniard |
6180 |
nor any Indian reason to say, "This Genoese--or this |
6181 |
god--does not sustain misfortune!" But he sat calm, |
6182 |
pleased with all; brotherly, fatherly, by that big, easy, |
6183 |
contented cacique. Now he would furnish the entertainment! |
6184 |
Among us we had one Diego Minas, a huge man and as |
6185 |
mighty a bowman as any in Flanders or England. Him |
6186 |
the Admiral now put forward with his great crossbow and |
6187 |
long arrows. A stir ran around. "Carib! Carib!" We |
6188 |
made out that those mysterious Caribs had bows and arrows, |
6189 |
though not great ones like this. Guacanagari employed |
6190 |
gestures and words that Luis Torres and I strove |
6191 |
to understand. We gathered that several times in the |
6192 |
memory of man the Caribs had come in many canoes, warred |
6193 |
dreadfully, killed and taken away. More than that, somewhere |
6194 |
in Hayti or Quisquaya or Hispaniola were certain |
6195 |
people who knew the weapon. "Caonabo!" He repeated |
6196 |
the name with respect and disliking. "Caonabo, Caonabo!" |
6197 |
Perhaps the Caribs had made a settlement. |
6198 |
|
6199 |
Diego fastened a leaf upon the bark of a tree and from |
6200 |
a great distance transfixed it with an arrow, then in succession |
6201 |
sent four others against the trunk, making precisely |
6202 |
the form of a cross. The Indians cried, "Hai! Hai!" |
6203 |
But when the four harquebus men set up their iron rests, |
6204 |
fixed the harquebuses, and firing cut leaves and twigs from |
6205 |
the same tree, there was a louder crying. And when there |
6206 |
was dragged forth, charged with powder and fired, one of |
6207 |
the lombards taken from the _Santa Maria_, wider yet sprang |
6208 |
the commotion. Pedro Gutierrez and a young cavalier from |
6209 |
the _Nina_ deigned to show lance play, and Vicente Pinzon |
6210 |
who had served against the Moors took a great sword and |
6211 |
with it carved calabashes and severed green boughs. The |
6212 |
sword was very marvelous to them. We might have danced |
6213 |
for them for Spain knows how to dance, or we might have |
6214 |
sung for them, for our mariners sing at sea. But these |
6215 |
were not the superior things we wished to show them. |
6216 |
|
6217 |
Guacanagari, big and easy and gentle, said, "Live here, |
6218 |
you who are so great and good! We will take you into |
6219 |
the people. We shall be brothers." We understood them |
6220 |
that the great white heron was their guardian spirit and |
6221 |
would be ours. I said, "They do not think of it as just |
6222 |
those stalking, stilly standing birds! It is a name for something |
6223 |
hovering, brooding, caring for them." |
6224 |
|
6225 |
The Viceroy spoke with energy. "Tell them of Father, |
6226 |
Son and Holy Ghost!" |
6227 |
|
6228 |
Fray Ignatio stood and spoke, gentle and plain. Diego |
6229 |
Colon made what headway he could. Guacanagari listened, |
6230 |
attentive. The Franciscan had a certainty that presently |
6231 |
he might begin to baptize. His face glowed. I heard him |
6232 |
say to the Admiral, "If it be possible, senor, leave me |
6233 |
here when you return to Spain! I will convert this chief |
6234 |
and all his people--by the time you come again there shall |
6235 |
be a church!" |
6236 |
|
6237 |
"Let me ponder it yet a while," answered the other. |
6238 |
|
6239 |
He was thoughtful when he went back to the _Nina_. |
6240 |
Vicente Pinzon, too, was anxious for light. "This ship |
6241 |
is crowded to sinking! If we meet wretched weather, or if |
6242 |
sickness break out, returning, we shall be in bad case!" |
6243 |
Roderigo Sanchez also had his word. "Is it not very important, |
6244 |
senor, that we should get the tidings to the Sovereigns? |
6245 |
And we have now just this one small ship, and so |
6246 |
far to go, and all manner of dangers!" |
6247 |
|
6248 |
"Aye, it is important!" said the Admiral. "Let me |
6249 |
think it out, senor." |
6250 |
|
6251 |
He had not slept at all, thought Juan Lepe, when next |
6252 |
morning he came among us. But be looked resolved, hardy |
6253 |
to accomplish. He had his plan, and he gave it to us in |
6254 |
his deep voice that always thrilled with much beside the |
6255 |
momentary utterance. We would build a fort here on shore, |
6256 |
hard by this village, felling wood for it and using also the |
6257 |
timbers of the _Santa Maria_. We would mount there her |
6258 |
two guns and provide an arsenal with powder, shot, harquebuses |
6259 |
and bows. Build a fort and call it La Navidad, because |
6260 |
of Christmas day when was the wreck. It should |
6261 |
have a garrison of certainly thirty men, a man for each |
6262 |
year of Our Lord's life when He began his mission. So |
6263 |
many placed in Hispaniola would much lighten the _Nina_, |
6264 |
which indeed must be lightened in order with safety to recross Ocean-Sea. For yes, we would go back to |
6265 |
Palos! |
6266 |
Go, and come again with many and better ships, with hidalgos |
6267 |
and missionary priests, and very many men! In the |
6268 |
meantime so many should stay at La Navidad. |
6269 |
|
6270 |
"In less than a year--much less, I promise it--I the |
6271 |
Admiral will be here again at La Navidad, when will come |
6272 |
happy greeting between brothers in the greatest service of |
6273 |
our own or many ages! Sea and land, God will keep us |
6274 |
so long as we are His!" |
6275 |
|
6276 |
All loved Christopherus Columbus that day. None was to |
6277 |
be forced to stay at La Navidad. It was easy to gain |
6278 |
thirty; in the end there tarried thirty-eight. |
6279 |
|
6280 |
The building of the fort became a pleasurable enterprise. |
6281 |
We broke up with singing the Santa Maria, and |
6282 |
with her bones built the walls. Guacanagari and his people |
6283 |
helped. All was hurried. The Admiral and Viceroy, now |
6284 |
that his mind was made up, would depart as soon as might |
6285 |
be. |
6286 |
|
6287 |
We built La Navidad where it might view the sea, upon |
6288 |
a hillside above a brown river sliding out to ocean. Beyond |
6289 |
the stream, in the groves, a quarter-league away, stood the |
6290 |
hundred huts of Guarico. We built a tower and storehouse |
6291 |
and wall of wood and we digged around all some kind |
6292 |
of moat, and mounted three lombards. All that we could |
6293 |
lift from the Santa Maria and what the _Nina_ could spare |
6294 |
us of arms, conveniences and food went into our arsenal |
6295 |
and storehouse. We had a bubbling spring within the enclosure. |
6296 |
When all was done the tower of La Navidad, |
6297 |
though an infant beside towers of Europe, might suffice |
6298 |
for the first here of its brood. It was done in a week from |
6299 |
that shipwreck. |
6300 |
|
6301 |
Who was to be left at La Navidad? Leave was given to |
6302 |
volunteer and the mariners' list was soon made up, good |
6303 |
men and not so good. From the poop there volunteered |
6304 |
Pedro Gutierrez and Roderigo de Escobedo. The Admiral |
6305 |
did not block their wish, but he gave the command not to |
6306 |
Escobedo who wished it, but to Diego de Arana whom |
6307 |
he named to stay, having persuaded him who would rather |
6308 |
have returned with the _Nina_. But he could trust Diego de |
6309 |
Arana, and, with reason, he was not sure of those other hidalgos. |
6310 |
De Arana stayed and fulfilled his trust, and died a brave |
6311 |
man. Fray Ignatio would stay. "Bring me back, Senor, a |
6312 |
goodly bell for the church of La Navidad! A bell and a |
6313 |
font." |
6314 |
|
6315 |
Juan Lepe would stay. There needed a physician. But |
6316 |
also Jayme de Marchena would stay. He thought it out. |
6317 |
Six months had not abolished the Holy Office nor converted |
6318 |
to gentleness Don Pedro nor the Dominican. |
6319 |
|
6320 |
But the Admiral had assigned me to return with the |
6321 |
_Nina_. I told him in the evening between the sunset and |
6322 |
the moonrise what was the difficulty. He was a man profoundly |
6323 |
religious, and also a docile son of the Church. But |
6324 |
I knew him, and I knew that he would find reasons in |
6325 |
the Bible for not giving me up. The deep man, the whole |
6326 |
man, was not in the grasp of bishop or inquisitor or papal |
6327 |
bull. |
6328 |
|
6329 |
He agreed. "Aye, it is wiser! I count two months to |
6330 |
Spain, seeing that we may not have so favorable a voyage. |
6331 |
Three or maybe four there, for our welcome at court, and |
6332 |
for the gathering a fleet--easy now to gather for all will |
6333 |
flock to it, and masters and owners cry, `Take my ship-- |
6334 |
and mine!' Two months again to recross. Look for me it |
6335 |
may be in July, it may be in August, it may be in September!" |
6336 |
|
6337 |
The Viceroy spoke to us, gathered by our fort, under |
6338 |
the banner of Castile, with behind us on hill brow a cross |
6339 |
gleaming. Again, all that we had done for the world and |
6340 |
might further do! Again, we returning on the _Nina_ or |
6341 |
we remaining at La Navidad were as crusaders, knights |
6342 |
of the Order of the Purpose of God! "Cherish good-- |
6343 |
oh, men of the sea and the land, cherish good! Who |
6344 |
betrays here betrays almost as Judas! The Purpose of God |
6345 |
is Strength with Wisdom and Charity which only can make |
6346 |
joy! Therefore be ye here at La Navidad strong, wise and |
6347 |
charitable!" |
6348 |
|
6349 |
He said more, and he gave many an explicit direction, |
6350 |
but that was the gist of all. Strength, wisdom and charity. |
6351 |
|
6352 |
Likewise he spoke to the Indians and they listened and |
6353 |
promised and meant good. An affection had sprung |
6354 |
between Guacanagari and Christopherus Columbus. So different |
6355 |
they looked! and yet in the breast of each dwelled much |
6356 |
guilelessness and the ability to wonder and revere. The |
6357 |
Viceroy saw in this big, docile ruler of Guarico however |
6358 |
far that might extend, one who would presently be baptized |
6359 |
and become a Christian chief, man of the Viceroy of Hispaniola, |
6360 |
as the latter was man of the Sovereigns of Spain. All |
6361 |
his people would follow Guacanagari. He saw Christendom |
6362 |
here in the west, and a great feudal society, acknowledging |
6363 |
Castile for overlord, and Alexander the Sixth as its spiritual |
6364 |
ruler. |
6365 |
|
6366 |
Guacanagari may have seen friends in the gods, and |
6367 |
especially in this their cacique, who with others that they would |
6368 |
bring, would be drawn into Guarico and made one and whole |
6369 |
with the people of the heron. But he never saw Guacanagari |
6370 |
displanted--never saw Europe armed and warlike, |
6371 |
hungry and thirsty. |
6372 |
|
6373 |
The _Nina_ and La Navidad bade with tears each the other |
6374 |
farewell. It was the second of January, fourteen hundred |
6375 |
and ninety-three. We had mass under the palm trees, by |
6376 |
the cross, above the fort. Fray Ignatio blessed the going, |
6377 |
blessed the staying. We embraced, we loved one another, we |
6378 |
parted. The _Nina_ was so small a ship, even there just |
6379 |
before us on the blue water! So soon, so soon, the wind |
6380 |
blowing from the land, she was smaller yet, smaller, smaller, |
6381 |
a cock boat, a chip, gone! |
6382 |
|
6383 |
Thirty-eight white men watched her from the hill above |
6384 |
the fort, and of the thirty-eight Juan Lepe was the only one |
6385 |
who saw the Admiral come again. |
6386 |
|
6387 |
|
6388 |
|
6389 |
CHAPTER XXIV |
6390 |
|
6391 |
THE butio of this town had been absent for some reason |
6392 |
in the great wood those days of the shipwreck and |
6393 |
the building of La Navidad. Now he was again here, |
6394 |
and I consorted with him and chiefly from him learned |
6395 |
their language. The Admiral had taken Diego Colon to |
6396 |
Spain, and to Spain was gone too Luis Torres, swearing |
6397 |
that he would come again. To Spain was gone Sancho, but |
6398 |
Beltran the cook stayed with us. Pedro and Fernando also. |
6399 |
|
6400 |
Time passed. With the ending of January the heat increased. |
6401 |
The butio knew all manner of simples; he was |
6402 |
doctor and priest together. He had a very simple magic. |
6403 |
He himself did not expect it to reach the Great Spirit, but |
6404 |
it might affect the innumerable _zemes_ or under and under- |
6405 |
under spirits. These barbarians, using other words for |
6406 |
them, had letter-notion of gnome, sylph, undine and salamander. |
6407 |
All things lived and took offense or became propitious. |
6408 |
Effort consisted in making them propitious. If |
6409 |
the effort was too great one of them killed you. Then you |
6410 |
went to the shadowy caves. There was a paradise, too, |
6411 |
beautiful and easy. But the Great Spirit could not be hurt |
6412 |
and had no wish to hurt any one else, whether _zemes_ or men. |
6413 |
To live with the Great Spirit, that was really the Heron |
6414 |
wish, though the little herons could not always see it. |
6415 |
|
6416 |
This butio--Guarin his name--was a young man with |
6417 |
eyes that could burn and voice that fell naturally into a |
6418 |
chant. He took me into the forest with him to look for a |
6419 |
very rare tree. When it was found I watched him gather |
6420 |
plants from beneath it and scrape bits off its bark into a |
6421 |
small calabash. I understood that it was good for fever, |
6422 |
and later I borrowed from him and found that he had |
6423 |
grounds for what he said. |
6424 |
|
6425 |
La Navidad and Guarico neighbored each other. The |
6426 |
Indians came freely to the fort, but Diego de Arana made |
6427 |
a good _alcayde_ and he would not have mere crowding within |
6428 |
our wooden wall. Half of our thirty-eight, permitted at a |
6429 |
time to wander, could not crowd Guarico. But in himself |
6430 |
each Spaniard seemed a giant. At first a good giant, profoundly |
6431 |
interesting. But I was to see pleased interest become |
6432 |
a painful interest. |
6433 |
|
6434 |
Women. The first complaint arose about the gods or the |
6435 |
giants and women. Guacanagari came to La Navidad with |
6436 |
Guarin and several old men his councilors. Diego de Arana |
6437 |
received them and there was talk under the great tree within |
6438 |
our gate. Then all the garrison was drawn up, and in the |
6439 |
presence of the cacique Arana gave rebuke and command, |
6440 |
and the two that had done the outrage had prison for |
6441 |
a week. It was our first plain showing in this world that |
6442 |
heaven-people or Europeans could differ among themselves |
6443 |
as to right and wrong, could quarrel, upbraid and punish. |
6444 |
But here was evidently good and bad. And what might be |
6445 |
the proportion? As days went by the question gathered in |
6446 |
this people's bosom. |
6447 |
|
6448 |
It was not that their women stood aloof from our men. |
6449 |
Many did not so in the least! But it was to be free will and |
6450 |
actual fondness, and in measure.--But there were those |
6451 |
among us who, finding in lonely places, took by force. These |
6452 |
became hated. |
6453 |
|
6454 |
Diego de Arana was to collect the gold that was a royal |
6455 |
monopoly. Trading for gold for one's self was forbidden. |
6456 |
Assuredly taking it by force--assuredly all robbery of that |
6457 |
or anything else--was forbidden. But there came a robbery, |
6458 |
and since it was resisted, murder followed. This |
6459 |
was a league from Guarico and from La Navidad. The |
6460 |
slain Indian's companion escaping, told. |
6461 |
|
6462 |
This time Diego de Arana went to Guarico and Guacanagari. He took with him a rich present, and he |
6463 |
showed how |
6464 |
the guilty men were punished. "You do not slay them?" |
6465 |
asked Guacanagari. Arana shook his head. He thought |
6466 |
we were too few in this land to be ridding of life the violent |
6467 |
and lustful. But the Indians seemed to think that he said |
6468 |
that he could not. They still doubted, I think, our mortality. |
6469 |
As yet they had seen no mighty stranger bleed or die. |
6470 |
|
6471 |
Arana would have kept his garrison within the walls. |
6472 |
But indeed it was not healthful for them there, and at the |
6473 |
very word of confinement faction rose. There were now |
6474 |
two parties in La Navidad, the Commandant's party and |
6475 |
Escobedo's party. |
6476 |
|
6477 |
The heat increased. It was now March. An illness fell |
6478 |
among us. I took Guarin into counsel and gave in water the |
6479 |
bitter inner bark of that tree shredded and beaten fine. Those |
6480 |
who shook with cold and burned with fever recovered. |
6481 |
|
6482 |
Fray Ignatio was among those who sickened. He left |
6483 |
after some days his hammock, but his strength did not come |
6484 |
back to him. Yet, staff in hand, he went almost daily to |
6485 |
Guarico. Then, like that! Fray Ignatio died. He died |
6486 |
--his heart stopped--on the path between Guarico and |
6487 |
La Navidad. He had been preaching, and then, Guarin told |
6488 |
me, he put his hand to his side, and said, "I will go home!" |
6489 |
He started up the path, but at the big tree he dropped. Men |
6490 |
and women ran to him, but the butio was dead. |
6491 |
|
6492 |
We buried Fray Ignatio beneath the cross on the hilltop. |
6493 |
The Indians watched, and now they knew that we could |
6494 |
die. |
6495 |
|
6496 |
The heat increased. |
6497 |
|
6498 |
At first Diego de Arana sent out at intervals exploring |
6499 |
parties. We were to learn, at least, Guacanagari's country. |
6500 |
But the heat was great, and so many of those left at La |
6501 |
Navidad only idle and sensual. They would push on to a |
6502 |
village--we found in Guacanagari's country many hamlets, |
6503 |
but no other town like Guarico--and there they would |
6504 |
stop, with new women, new talk, and the endless plenty |
6505 |
to eat and sleep in the shade. When, at their own |
6506 |
sweet will, they returned to La Navidad, the difficulties |
6507 |
had been too great. They could not get to the high mountains |
6508 |
where might or might not be the mines. But what |
6509 |
they did was to spread over the country scandalous news of |
6510 |
scandalous gods. |
6511 |
|
6512 |
At last Arana sorted out those who could be trusted |
6513 |
at least to strive for knowledge and self-control and sent |
6514 |
these. But that weakened him at La Navidad, draining |
6515 |
him of pure blood and leaving the infected, and by mid-April he ceased any effort at exploration. It must |
6516 |
wait |
6517 |
until the Admiral returned, and he began to be hungry indeed |
6518 |
for that return. |
6519 |
|
6520 |
Escobedo and Pedro Gutierrez were not hungry for |
6521 |
it--not yet. These two became the head and front of ill, |
6522 |
encouraging every insubordinate, infuriating all who suffered |
6523 |
penalties, teaching insolence, self-will and license. They |
6524 |
drew their own feather to them, promising evil knows what |
6525 |
freedom for rapine. |
6526 |
|
6527 |
All the silver weather, golden weather, diamond weather |
6528 |
since we had left Gomera in the Canaries--how many ages |
6529 |
since!--now was changed. We had thought it would last |
6530 |
always, but now we entered the long season of great heat |
6531 |
and daily rain. At first we thought these rains momentary, |
6532 |
but day after day, week after week, with stifling heat, the |
6533 |
clouds gathered, broke, and came mighty rain that at last |
6534 |
ceased to be refreshing, became only wearying and hateful. |
6535 |
It did not cool us; we lived in a sultry gloom. And the |
6536 |
garrison of La Navidad became very quarrelsome. La Navidad |
6537 |
showed the Indians Europeans cursing one another, |
6538 |
giving blows, only held back by those around from rushing |
6539 |
at each other, stabbing and cutting. Finally they saw Tomaso |
6540 |
Passamonte kill one Jacamo. Diego de Arana hung Tomaso |
6541 |
Passamonte. But what were the Indians to think? Not |
6542 |
what they thought when first we came from the winged |
6543 |
canoes to their beaches. |
6544 |
|
6545 |
The last of April fell the second sickness and it was far |
6546 |
worse than the first. Eleven men died, and we buried them. |
6547 |
When it passed we were twenty-five Spaniards in Hispaniola, |
6548 |
and we liked not the Indians as well as we had done, and |
6549 |
they liked not us. Oh, the pity--pity--pity, the pity and |
6550 |
the blame! |
6551 |
|
6552 |
Guacanagari came to visit the commandant, none with |
6553 |
him but the butio Guarin, and desiring to speak with |
6554 |
Arana out of the company. They talked beneath the big |
6555 |
tree, that being the most comfortable and commodious council |
6556 |
chamber. Don Diego was imperfect yet in the tongue |
6557 |
of Guarico, and he called Juan Lepe to help him out. |
6558 |
|
6559 |
It was a story of Caonabo, cacique of Maguana that ran |
6560 |
into the great mountains of Cibao, that cacique of whom |
6561 |
we had already heard as being like Caribs. Caonabo had |
6562 |
sent quite secretly two of his brothers to Guacanagari. He |
6563 |
had heard ill of the strangers and thought they were demons, |
6564 |
not gods! He advised the cacique of Guarico to surprise |
6565 |
them while they slept and slay them. It was in his experience |
6566 |
that all who ate and slept could be slain. If his brother |
6567 |
Guacanagari needed help in the adventure, Caonabo would |
6568 |
give it. He would even come in person. |
6569 |
|
6570 |
Diego de Arana said, "What did you answer, O Cacique." |
6571 |
|
6572 |
Guacanagari spoke at some length of our Great Cacique |
6573 |
and his longing that he might return. Everything had gone |
6574 |
well while he was here! "He will return," said Arana. |
6575 |
"And he has your word." |
6576 |
|
6577 |
Guacanagari stated that he meant to keep his word. He |
6578 |
had returned answer to Caonabo that there had been misfortunes |
6579 |
but that the mighty strangers were truly mighty, |
6580 |
and almost wholly beneficent. At any rate, he was not |
6581 |
prepared to slay them, did not wish to slay them. |
6582 |
|
6583 |
Arana spoke vigorously, pointing out to the cacique all |
6584 |
the kindliness that had attended our first intercourse. The |
6585 |
unhappinesses of February, March and April he attributed |
6586 |
to real demons, not to our own fiend but to small powers |
6587 |
at large, maleficent and alarmed, heathen powers in short, |
6588 |
jealous of the introduction of the Holy Catholic religion. |
6589 |
Guacanagari seemed to understand about these powers. He |
6590 |
looked relieved. But Guarin who was with him regarded |
6591 |
the sea and I saw his lip curl. |
6592 |
|
6593 |
The commandant wished to know if there were any danger |
6594 |
of Caonabo, alone, descending upon us from the mountains. |
6595 |
But no! Maguana and Guarico were friends. They |
6596 |
had not always been so, but now they were friends. De |
6597 |
Arana looked doubtfully, and I saw him determine to keep |
6598 |
watch and ward and to hold the men within or near to fort. |
6599 |
But Guacanagari sat serene. He repeated that there were |
6600 |
always preliminaries before wars, and that for a long time |
6601 |
there had only been peace between Guarico and Maguana. |
6602 |
"Caonabo is Carib," said the young copper priest. The |
6603 |
cacique answered, "Carib long ago. Not now." |
6604 |
|
6605 |
At sunset, the rain ceasing for a little, the earth smoking, |
6606 |
the west a low, vaporous yellow, the swollen river sounding, |
6607 |
Diego de Arana had summoned by the drum every man in |
6608 |
La Navidad. He stood beneath our banner and put his |
6609 |
hand upon the staff and spoke earnestly to those gathered |
6610 |
before him, in their duty and out of their duty. He told |
6611 |
of Caonabo, and of his own sense that Guacanagari was |
6612 |
too confident. He told of Guacanagari's fidelity to the Admiral, |
6613 |
and he appealed to every Christian there to be at |
6614 |
least as faithful. We were few and far from Spain, and |
6615 |
we had perhaps more than we could conceive in trust. "Far |
6616 |
from Spain, but no farther than we will from the blessed |
6617 |
saints and the true Christ. Let us put less distance there, |
6618 |
being few in this land and in danger!" |
6619 |
|
6620 |
He knew that he had a dozen with him, and looked straight |
6621 |
at Escobedo. |
6622 |
|
6623 |
The latter said, "Live in the open and die there, if need |
6624 |
be! To live in this rat hole, breathing plague, is dying |
6625 |
already! Caonabo is a fable! These people! Spaniards |
6626 |
have but to lift voice and they flee!" |
6627 |
|
6628 |
He received from his following acquiescent sound. Spoke |
6629 |
Pedro Gutierrez. "Guacanagari wishes to bottle us here; |
6630 |
that is the whole of it. Why play his game? I never saw |
6631 |
a safer land! Only La Navidad is not safe!" |
6632 |
|
6633 |
Those two had half and perhaps more than half of the |
6634 |
garrison. Arana cried, "Don Roderigo de Escobedo and |
6635 |
Don Pedro Gutierrez, you serve the Queen ill!" |
6636 |
|
6637 |
"You, Senor," answered Gutierrez, "serve my Lady Idle |
6638 |
Fear and my Lord Incapacity!" |
6639 |
|
6640 |
Whereupon Arana put him in arrest and he lay that night |
6641 |
in prison. The cloud was black over La Navidad. |
6642 |
|
6643 |
|
6644 |
|
6645 |
CHAPTER XXV |
6646 |
|
6647 |
IT did not lighten. Escobedo waited two days, then in |
6648 |
the dark night, corrupting the watch, broke gaol for |
6649 |
Pedro Gutierrez and with him and nine men quitted |
6650 |
La Navidad. Beltran the cook it was who heard and procured |
6651 |
a great smoking torch, and sent out against them a |
6652 |
voice like a bull of Bashan's. Arana sprang up, and the |
6653 |
rest of us who slept. They were eleven men, armed and |
6654 |
alert. There were shouts, blows, a clutching and a throwing |
6655 |
off, a detaining and repelling. In the east showed long |
6656 |
ghost fingers, the rain held away. They were at the gate |
6657 |
when we ran upon them; they burst it open and went forth, |
6658 |
leaving one of their own number dead, and two of them |
6659 |
who stayed with Arana desperately hurt. We followed |
6660 |
them down the path, through the wood, but they had the |
6661 |
start. They did not go to Guarico, but they seized the boat |
6662 |
of the _Santa Maria_ which the Admiral had left with us and |
6663 |
went up the river. We heard the dash of their oars, then |
6664 |
the rain came down, with a weeping of every cloud. |
6665 |
|
6666 |
The dead man they left behind was Fernando. I had seen |
6667 |
Pedro in the gate, going forth. |
6668 |
|
6669 |
Fourteen men, two of whom were ill and two wounded, |
6670 |
stayed at La Navidad. Arana said with passion, "Honest |
6671 |
men and a garrison at one! There is some gain!" |
6672 |
|
6673 |
That could not be denied. Gain here, but how about it |
6674 |
yonder? |
6675 |
|
6676 |
It was May. And now the rain fell in a great copious |
6677 |
flood, huge-dropped and warm, and now it was restrained |
6678 |
for a little, and there shone a sun confused and fierce. Earth |
6679 |
and forest dripped and streamed and smoked. We were |
6680 |
Andalusians, but the heat drained us. But we held, we fourteen |
6681 |
men. Arana did well at La Navidad. We all did |
6682 |
what we could to live like true not false Castilians, true not |
6683 |
false Christians. And I name Beltran the cook as hero and |
6684 |
mighty encourager of hearts. |
6685 |
|
6686 |
We went back and forth between La Navidad and Guarico, |
6687 |
for though the Admiral had left us a store of food we got |
6688 |
from them fruit and maize and cassava. They were all |
6689 |
friendly again, for the fourteen withheld themselves from |
6690 |
excess. Nor did we quarrel among ourselves and show |
6691 |
them European weakness. |
6692 |
|
6693 |
Guacanagari remained a big, easy, somewhat slothful, |
6694 |
friendly barbarian, a child in much, but brave enough when |
6695 |
roused and not without common sense. He had an itch for |
6696 |
marvels, loved to hear tales of our world that for all one |
6697 |
could say remained to them witchcraft and cloudland, world |
6698 |
above their world! What could they, who had no great |
6699 |
beasts, make of tales of horsemen? What could their huts |
6700 |
know of palace and tower and cathedral, their swimmers of |
6701 |
stone bridges, their canoes of a thousand ships greater far |
6702 |
than the_ Santa Maria_ and the _Nina_? What could Guarico |
6703 |
know of Seville? In some slight wise they practiced barter, |
6704 |
but huge markets and fairs to which traveled from all quarters |
6705 |
and afar merchants and buyers went with the tales of |
6706 |
horsemen. And so with a thousand things! We were the |
6707 |
waving oak talking to the acorn. |
6708 |
|
6709 |
But there were among this folk two or three ready for |
6710 |
knowledge. Guarin was a learning soul. He foregathered |
6711 |
with the physician Juan Lepe, and many a talk they had, |
6712 |
like a master and pupil, in some corner of La Navidad, or |
6713 |
under a palm-thatched roof, or, when the rain held, by river |
6714 |
or sounding sea. He had mind and moral sense, though |
6715 |
not the European mind at best, nor the European moral |
6716 |
sense at highest. But he was well begun. And he had |
6717 |
beauty of form and countenance and an eager, deep eye. |
6718 |
Juan Lepe loved him. |
6719 |
|
6720 |
It was June. Guacanagari came to La Navidad, and his |
6721 |
brown face was as serious as a tragedy. "Caonabo?" asked |
6722 |
Diego de Arana. |
6723 |
|
6724 |
A fortnight before this the cacique, at Arana's desire, |
6725 |
had sent three Indians in a canoe up the river, the object |
6726 |
news if possible of that ten who had departed in that direction. |
6727 |
Now the Indians were back. They had gone a long |
6728 |
way until the high mountains were just before them, and |
6729 |
there they heard news from the last folk who might be |
6730 |
called Guarico and the first folk who might be called Maguana. |
6731 |
The mighty strangers had gone on up into the |
6732 |
mountains and Caonabo had put them to death. |
6733 |
|
6734 |
"To death!" |
6735 |
|
6736 |
It appeared that they had seized women and had beaten |
6737 |
men whom they thought had gold which they would not |
6738 |
give. They were madmen, Escobedo and Gutierrez and |
6739 |
all with them! |
6740 |
|
6741 |
Guacanagari said that Caonabo had invited them to a feast. |
6742 |
It was spread in three houses, and they were divided so, |
6743 |
and around each Spaniard was put a ring of Indians. They |
6744 |
were eating and drinking. Caonabo entered the first house, |
6745 |
and his coming made the signal. Escobedo and Pedro |
6746 |
Gutierrez were in this house. They raised a shout, "Undone, |
6747 |
Spaniards!" But though they were heard in the |
6748 |
other houses--these houses being nothing more than booths |
6749 |
--it was to no use. There followed struggle and massacre; |
6750 |
finally Gutierrez and Escobedo and eight men lay dead. |
6751 |
But certain Indians were also killed and among them a son |
6752 |
of Caonabo. |
6753 |
|
6754 |
It was July. We began to long toward the Admiral's |
6755 |
return. A man among us went melancholy mad, watching |
6756 |
the sea, threatening the rain when it came down and |
6757 |
hid the sea, and the Admiral might go by! At last he threw |
6758 |
himself into ocean and was drowned. Another man was |
6759 |
bitten by a serpent, and we could not save him. We were |
6760 |
twelve Spaniards in La Navidad. We rested friends with |
6761 |
Guarico, though now they held us to be nothing more than |
6762 |
demigods. And indeed by now we were ragged! |
6763 |
|
6764 |
Then, in a night, it came. |
6765 |
|
6766 |
Guacanagari again appeared. It had reached him from |
6767 |
up the river that Caonabo was making pact with the cacique |
6768 |
of Marien and that the two meant to proceed against us. |
6769 |
Standing, he spoke at length and eloquently. If he rested |
6770 |
our friend, it might end in his having for foes Maguana |
6771 |
and Marien. There had been long peace, and Guarico did |
6772 |
not desire war. Moreover, Caonabo said that it was idle |
6773 |
to dread Caribs and let in the mighty strangers! He said |
6774 |
that all pale men, afraid of themselves so that they covered |
6775 |
themselves up, were filled with evil _zemes_ and were worse |
6776 |
than a thousand Caribs! But Caonabo was a mocker and a |
6777 |
hard-of-heart! Different was Guacanagari. He told us |
6778 |
how different. It all ended in great hope that Caonabo would |
6779 |
think better of it. |
6780 |
|
6781 |
We kept watch and ward. Yet we could not be utterly |
6782 |
cooped within La Navidad. Errands must be done, food |
6783 |
be gathered. More than that, to seem to Guarico frightened, |
6784 |
to cry that we must keep day and night behind wall with |
6785 |
cannon trained, notwithstanding that Caonabo might be |
6786 |
asleep in the mountains of Cibao, would be but to mine |
6787 |
our own fame, we who, for all that had passed, still seemed |
6788 |
to this folk mighty, each of us a host in himself! And as |
6789 |
nothing came out of the forest, and no more messengers of |
6790 |
danger, they themselves had ceased to fear, being like children |
6791 |
in this wise. And we, too, at last; for now it was |
6792 |
late August, and the weather was better, and surely, surely, |
6793 |
any day we might see a white point rise from blue ocean, |
6794 |
--a white point and another and another, like stars after |
6795 |
long clouded night skies! |
6796 |
|
6797 |
So we watched the sea. And also there was a man to |
6798 |
watch the forest. But we did not conceive that the dragon |
6799 |
would come forth in the daytime, nor that he could come |
6800 |
at any time without our hearing afar the dragging of his |
6801 |
body and the whistling of his breath. |
6802 |
|
6803 |
It was halfway between sunrise and noon. Five of us |
6804 |
were in the village, seven at La Navidad. The five were |
6805 |
there for melons and fruit and cassava and tobacco which |
6806 |
we bought with beads and fishhooks and bits of bright cloth. |
6807 |
Three of the seven at La Navidad were out of gate, down |
6808 |
|
6809 |
at the river, washing their clothes. Diego Minas, the archer, |
6810 |
on top of wall, watched the forest. Walking below, Beltran |
6811 |
the cook was singing in his big voice a Moorish song |
6812 |
that they made much of year before last in Seville. I had a |
6813 |
book of Messer Petrarca's poems. It had been Gutierrez's, |
6814 |
who left it behind when he broke forth to the mountains. |
6815 |
|
6816 |
Beltran's voice suddenly ceased. Diego the archer above |
6817 |
him on wall had cried down, "Hush, will you, a moment!" |
6818 |
Diego de Arana came up. "What is it?" |
6819 |
|
6820 |
"I thought," said the archer, "that I heard a strange |
6821 |
shouting from toward village. Hark ye! There!" |
6822 |
|
6823 |
We heard it, a confused sound. "Call in the men from |
6824 |
the river!" Arana ordered. |
6825 |
|
6826 |
Diego Minas sent his voice down the slope. The three |
6827 |
below by the river also heard the commotion, distant as |
6828 |
Guarico. They were standing up, their eyes turned that |
6829 |
way. Just behind them hung the forest out of which slid, |
6830 |
dark and smooth, the narrow river. |
6831 |
|
6832 |
Out of the forest came an arrow and struck to the heart |
6833 |
Gabriel Baraona. Followed it a wild prolonged cry of many |
6834 |
voices, peculiar and curdling to the blood, and fifty--a |
6835 |
hundred--a host of naked men painted black with white |
6836 |
and red and yellow markings. Guarico did not use bow |
6837 |
and arrow, but a Carib cacique knew them, and had so |
6838 |
many, and also lances flint or bone-headed, and clubs with |
6839 |
stones wedged in them and stone knives. Gabriel Baraona |
6840 |
fell, whether dead or not we could not tell. Juan Morcillo |
6841 |
and Gonzalo Fernandez sent a scream for aid up to La |
6842 |
Navidad. Now they were hidden as some small thing by |
6843 |
furious bees. Diego de Arana rushed for his sword. "Down |
6844 |
and cut them out!" |
6845 |
|
6846 |
Diego Minas fired the big lombard, but for fear of hurting |
6847 |
our three men sent wide the ball. We looked for terror |
6848 |
always from the flame, the smoke and great noise, and so |
6849 |
there was terror here for a moment and a bearing back in |
6850 |
which Juan and Gonzalo got loose and made a little way up |
6851 |
path. But a barbarian was here who could not long be |
6852 |
terrified. Caonabo sent half his horde against Guarico, but |
6853 |
himself had come to La Navidad. That painted army rallied |
6854 |
and overtook the fleeing men. |
6855 |
|
6856 |
Shouting, making his swung sword dazzle in light, Diego |
6857 |
de Arana raced down path, and Diego Minas and Beltran |
6858 |
the cook and Juan Lepe with him. Many a time since then, |
6859 |
in this island, have I seen half a dozen Christians with their |
6860 |
arms and the superstitious terror that surrounded them put |
6861 |
to flight twenty times their number. But this was early, |
6862 |
and the spirit of these naked men not broken, and Caonabo |
6863 |
faced us. It was he himself who, when three or four had |
6864 |
been wounded by Arana, suddenly rushed upon the commandant. |
6865 |
With his stone-headed club he struck the sword |
6866 |
away, and he plunged his knife into Arana's breast. He |
6867 |
died, a brave man who had done his best at La Navidad. |
6868 |
|
6869 |
Juan Morcillo and Gonzalo Fernandez and Diego Minas |
6870 |
were slain. I saw a lifted club and swerved, but too late. |
6871 |
|
6872 |
Blackness and neither care nor delight. Then, far off, |
6873 |
a little beating of surf on shore, very far and nothing to do |
6874 |
with anything. Then a clue of pain that it seemed I must |
6875 |
follow or that must follow me, and at first it was a little |
6876 |
thin thread, but then a cable and all my care was to thin |
6877 |
it again. It passed into an ache and throb that filled my |
6878 |
being like the rain clouds the sky. Then suddenly there |
6879 |
were yet heavy clouds but the sky around and behind. I |
6880 |
opened my eyes and sat up, but found that my arms were |
6881 |
bound to my sides. |
6882 |
|
6883 |
"We aren't dead, and that's some comfort, Doctor, as |
6884 |
the cock said to the other cock in the market pannier!" |
6885 |
It was Beltran the cook who spoke and he was bound like |
6886 |
me. Around us lay the five dead. A score of Indians |
6887 |
warded us, mighty strangers in bonds, and we heard the |
6888 |
rest up at the fort where they were searching and pillaging. |
6889 |
|
6890 |
Guarico, and the men there? |
6891 |
|
6892 |
We found that out when at last they were done with La |
6893 |
Navidad and they and we were put on the march. We came |
6894 |
to where had been Guarico, and truly for long we had smelled |
6895 |
the burning of it, as we had heard the crying and shouting. |
6896 |
It was all down, the frail houses. I made out in the loud |
6897 |
talking that followed the blending of Caonabo's bands what |
6898 |
had been done and not done. Guacanagari, wounded, was |
6899 |
fled after fighting a while, he and his brother and the butio |
6900 |
and all the people. But the mighty strangers found in the |
6901 |
village, were dead. They had run down to the sea, but |
6902 |
Caonabo's men had caught them, and after hard work killed |
6903 |
them. Juan Lepe and Beltran, passing, saw the five bodies. |
6904 |
|
6905 |
I do not think that Caonabo had less than a thousand |
6906 |
with him. He had come in force, and the whole as silent |
6907 |
as a bat or moth. We were to learn over and over again |
6908 |
that "Indians" could do that, travel very silently, creatures |
6909 |
of the forest who took by surprise. Well, Guarico was destroyed, |
6910 |
and Guacanagari and Guarin fled, and in all Hispaniola |
6911 |
were only two Spaniards, and we saw no sail upon the |
6912 |
sea, no sail at all! |
6913 |
|
6914 |
|
6915 |
|
6916 |
CHAPTER XXVI |
6917 |
|
6918 |
WE turned from the sea. Thick forest came between |
6919 |
us and it. We were going with Caonabo to the |
6920 |
mountains. Beltran and I thought that it had been |
6921 |
in question whether he should kill us at once, or hold us in |
6922 |
life until we had been shown as trophies in Maguana, and |
6923 |
that the pride and vanity of the latter course prevailed. After |
6924 |
two days in this ruined place, during which we saw no |
6925 |
Guarico Indian, we departed. The raid was over. All their |
6926 |
war is by raid. They carried everything from the fort |
6927 |
save the fort itself and the two lombards. In the narrow |
6928 |
paths that are this world's roads, one man must walk after |
6929 |
another, and their column seems endless where it winds and |
6930 |
is lost and appears again. Beltran and I were no longer |
6931 |
bound. Nor were we treated unkindly, starved nor hurt in |
6932 |
any way. All that waited until we should reach Caonabo's |
6933 |
town. |
6934 |
|
6935 |
Caonabo was a most handsome barbarian, strong and |
6936 |
fierce and intelligent, more fierce, more intelligent than Guacanagari. |
6937 |
All had been painted, but the heat of the lowland |
6938 |
and their great exertion had made the coloring run and |
6939 |
mix most unseemly. When they left Guarico they plunged |
6940 |
into the river and washed the whole away, coming out clear |
6941 |
red-brown, shining and better to look upon. Caonabo |
6942 |
washed, but then he would renew his marking with the |
6943 |
paint which he carried with him in a little calabash. |
6944 |
|
6945 |
A pool, still and reflecting as any polished shield, made his |
6946 |
mirror. He painted in a terrific pattern what seemed meant |
6947 |
for lightning and serpent. It was armor and plume and |
6948 |
banner to him. I thought of our own devices, comforting |
6949 |
or discomforting kinships! He had black, lustrous hair, no |
6950 |
beard--they pluck out all body hair save the head thatch |
6951 |
--high features, a studied look of settled and cold fierceness. |
6952 |
Such was this Carib in Hispaniola. |
6953 |
|
6954 |
Presently they put a watch and the rest all lay down and |
6955 |
slept, Beltran beside me. The day had been clear, and now |
6956 |
a great moon made silver, silver, the land around. It |
6957 |
shone upon the Spanish sailor and upon the Carib chief |
6958 |
and all the naked Manguana men. I thought of Europe, |
6959 |
and of how all this or its like had been going on hundred |
6960 |
years by hundred years, while perished Rome and quickened |
6961 |
our kingdoms, while Charlemagne governed, while the Church |
6962 |
rose until she towered and covered like the sky, while we |
6963 |
went crusades and pilgrimages, while Venice and Genoa |
6964 |
and Lisbon rose and flourished, while letters went on and |
6965 |
we studied Aristotle, while question arose, and wider knowledge. |
6966 |
At last Juan Lepe, too, went to sleep. |
6967 |
|
6968 |
Next day we traveled among and over mountains. Our |
6969 |
path, so narrow, climbed by rock and tree. Now it overhung |
6970 |
deep, tree-crammed vales, now it bore through just- |
6971 |
parted cliffs. Beltran and Juan Lepe had need for all their |
6972 |
strength of body. |
6973 |
|
6974 |
The worst was that that old tremor and weakness of one |
6975 |
leg and side, left after some sea fight, which had made Beltran |
6976 |
the cook from Beltran the mariner, came back. I saw his |
6977 |
step begin to halt and drag. This increased. An hour later, |
6978 |
the path going over tree roots knotted like serpents, he |
6979 |
stumbled and fell. He picked himself up. "Hard to keep |
6980 |
deck in this gale!" |
6981 |
|
6982 |
When he went down there had been an exclamation from |
6983 |
those Indians nearest us. "Aiya!" It was their word for |
6984 |
rotten, no good, spoiled, disappointing, crippled or diseased, |
6985 |
for a misformed child or an old man or woman arrived |
6986 |
at helplessness. Such, I had learned from Guarin, they |
6987 |
almost invariably killed. It was why, from the first, we |
6988 |
hardly saw dwarfed or humped or crippled among them. |
6989 |
|
6990 |
We had to cross a torrent upon a tree that falling had |
6991 |
made from side to side a rounded bridge. Again that old |
6992 |
hurt betrayed him. He slipped, would have fallen into the |
6993 |
torrent below, but that I, turning, caught him and the Indian |
6994 |
behind us helped. We managed across. "My ship," said |
6995 |
Beltran, "is going to pieces on the rocks." |
6996 |
|
6997 |
The path became ladder steep. Now Beltran delayed all, |
6998 |
for it was a lame man climbing. I helped him all I could. |
6999 |
|
7000 |
The sun was near its setting. We were aloft in these |
7001 |
mountains. Green heads still rose over us, but we were |
7002 |
aloft, far above the sea. And now we were going through a |
7003 |
ravine or pass where the walking was better. Here, too, a |
7004 |
wind reached us and it was cooler. Cool eve of the heights |
7005 |
drew on. We came to a bubbling well of coldest water and |
7006 |
drank to our great refreshment. Veritable pine trees, which |
7007 |
we never saw in the lowlands, towered above and sang. The |
7008 |
path was easier, but hardly, hardly, could Beltran drag himself |
7009 |
along it. His arm was over my shoulder. |
7010 |
|
7011 |
Out of the dark pass we came upon a table almost bare |
7012 |
of trees and covered with a fine soft grass. The mountains |
7013 |
of Cibao, five leagues--maybe more--away, hung in emerald |
7014 |
purple and gold under the sinking sun. The highest |
7015 |
rocky peaks rose pale gold. Below us and between those |
7016 |
mountains on which we stood and the golden mountains |
7017 |
of Cibao, spread that plain, so beautiful, so wide and long, |
7018 |
so fertile and smiling and vast, that afterwards was |
7019 |
called the Royal Plain! East and west one might not see |
7020 |
the end; south only the golden mountains stopped it. And |
7021 |
rivers shone, one great river and many lesser streams. And |
7022 |
we saw afar many plumes of smoke from many villages, |
7023 |
and we made out maize fields, for the plain was populous. |
7024 |
_Vega Real_! So lovely was it in that bright eve! The very |
7025 |
pain of the day made it lovelier. |
7026 |
|
7027 |
The high grassy space ran upon one side to sheer precipice, |
7028 |
dropping clear two hundred feet. But there was camping |
7029 |
ground enough--and the sun almost touched the far, |
7030 |
violet earth. |
7031 |
|
7032 |
The Indians threw themselves down. When they had |
7033 |
supper they would eat it, when they had it not they would |
7034 |
wait for breakfast. But Caonabo with twenty young men |
7035 |
came to us. He said something, and my arms were caught |
7036 |
from behind and held. He faced Beltran seated against a |
7037 |
pine. "Aiya!" he said. His voice was deep and harsh, and |
7038 |
be made a gesture of repugnance. There was a powerfully |
7039 |
made Indian beside him, and I saw the last gleam of the |
7040 |
sun strike the long, sharp, stone knife. "Kill!" said the |
7041 |
cacique. |
7042 |
|
7043 |
A dozen flung themselves upon Beltran, but there was no |
7044 |
need, for he sat quite still with a steady face. He had time |
7045 |
to cry to Juan Lepe, who cried to him, "That's what I say! |
7046 |
Good cheer and courage and meet again!" |
7047 |
|
7048 |
He had no long suffering. The knife was driven quickly |
7049 |
to his heart. They drew the shell to the edge of the precipice |
7050 |
and dropped it over. |
7051 |
|
7052 |
It was early night, it was middle night, it was late night. |
7053 |
They had set no watch, for where and what was the danger |
7054 |
here on this mountain top? |
7055 |
|
7056 |
One side went down in a precipice, one sloping less steeply |
7057 |
we had climbed from the pine trees and the well, one of a |
7058 |
like descent we would take to-morrow down to the plain, |
7059 |
but the fourth was mountain head hanging above us and |
7060 |
thick wood,--dark, entangled, pathless. And it chanced |
7061 |
or it was that Juan Lepe lay upon the side toward the peak, |
7062 |
close to forest. The Indians had no thought to guard me. |
7063 |
We lay down under the moon, and that bronze host slept, |
7064 |
naked beautiful statues, in every attitude of rest. |
7065 |
|
7066 |
The moon shone until there was silver day. Juan Lepe |
7067 |
was not sleeping. |
7068 |
|
7069 |
There was no wind, but he watched a branch move. It |
7070 |
looked like a man's arm, then it moved farther and was a |
7071 |
full man,--an Indian, noiseless, out clear in the moon, |
7072 |
from the wood. I knew him. It was the priest Guarin, |
7073 |
priest and physician, for they are the same here. Palm |
7074 |
against earth, I half rose. He nodded, made a sign to rise |
7075 |
wholly and come. I did so. I stood and saw under the |
7076 |
moon no waking face nor upspringing form. I stepped |
7077 |
across an Indian, another, a third. Then was clear space, |
7078 |
the wood, Guarin. There was no sound save only the constant |
7079 |
sound of this forest by night when a million million |
7080 |
insects waken. |
7081 |
|
7082 |
He took my hand and drew me into the brake and wilderness. |
7083 |
There was no path. I followed him over I know |
7084 |
not what of twined root and thick ancient soil, a powder |
7085 |
and flake that gave under foot, to a hidden, rocky shelf |
7086 |
that broke and came again and broke and came again. Now |
7087 |
we were a hundred feet above that camp and going over |
7088 |
mountain brow, going to the north again. Gone were Caonabo |
7089 |
and his Indians; gone the view of the plain and the |
7090 |
mountains of Cibao. Again we met low cliff, long stony |
7091 |
ledges sunk in the forest, invisible from below. I began |
7092 |
to see that they would not know how to follow. Caonabo |
7093 |
might know well the mountains of Cibao, but this sierra |
7094 |
that was straight behind Guarico, Guarico knew. It is a |
7095 |
blessed habit of their priests to go wandering in the forest, |
7096 |
making their medicine, learning the country, discovering, |
7097 |
using certain haunts for meditation. Sometimes they are |
7098 |
gone from their villages for days and weeks. None indeed |
7099 |
of these wild peoples fear reasonable solitude. Out of all |
7100 |
which comes the fact that Guarin knew this mountain. We |
7101 |
were not far, as flies the bird, from the burned town of |
7102 |
Guarico, from the sea without sail, from the ruined La |
7103 |
Navidad. When the dawn broke we saw ocean. |
7104 |
|
7105 |
He took me straight to a cavern, such another as that in |
7106 |
which Jerez and Luis Torres and I had harbored in Cuba. |
7107 |
But this had fine sand for floor, and a row of calabashes, |
7108 |
and wood laid for fire. |
7109 |
|
7110 |
Here Juan Lepe dropped, for all his head was swimming |
7111 |
with weariness. |
7112 |
|
7113 |
The sun was up, the place glistered. Guarin showed how |
7114 |
it was hidden. "I found it when I was a boy, and none but |
7115 |
Guarin hath ever come here until you come, Juan Lepe!" |
7116 |
He had no fear, it was evident, of Caonabo's coming. "They |
7117 |
will think your idol helped you away. If they look for you, |
7118 |
it will be in the cloud. They will say, `See that dark mark |
7119 |
moving round edge of cloud mountain! That is he!' " |
7120 |
I asked him, "Where are Guacanagari and the rest?" |
7121 |
|
7122 |
"Guacanagari had an arrow through his thigh and a |
7123 |
deep cut upon the head. He was bleeding and in a swoon. |
7124 |
His brother and the Guarico men and I with them took |
7125 |
him, and the women took the children, and we went |
7126 |
away, save a few that were killed, upon the path that we |
7127 |
used when in my father's time, the Caribs came in canoes. |
7128 |
After a while we will go down to Guacanagari. But now |
7129 |
rest!" |
7130 |
|
7131 |
He looked at me, and then from a little trickling spring |
7132 |
he took water in a calabash no larger than an orange and |
7133 |
from another vessel a white dust which he stirred into it, |
7134 |
and made me drink. I did not know what it was, but I |
7135 |
went to sleep. |
7136 |
|
7137 |
But that sleep did not refresh. It was filled with heavy |
7138 |
and dreadful dreams, and I woke with an aching head and |
7139 |
a burning skin. Juan Lepe who had nursed the sick down |
7140 |
there in La Navidad knew feebly what it was. He saw in |
7141 |
a mist the naked priest, his friend and rescuer, seated upon |
7142 |
the sandy floor regarding him with a wrinkled brow and |
7143 |
compressed lips, and then he sank into fever visions uncouth |
7144 |
and dreadful, or mirage-pleasing with a mirage-ecstasy. |
7145 |
|
7146 |
Juan Lepe did not die, but he lay ill and like to die for |
7147 |
two months. It was deep in October, that day at dawn |
7148 |
when I came quietly, evenly, to myself again, and lay most |
7149 |
weak, but with seeing eyes. At first I thought I was alone |
7150 |
in the cavern, but then I saw Guarin where he lay asleep. |
7151 |
|
7152 |
That day I strengthened, and the next day and the next. |
7153 |
But I had lain long at the very feet of death, and full |
7154 |
strength was a tortoise in returning. So good to Juan Lepe |
7155 |
was Guarin! |
7156 |
|
7157 |
Now he was with me, and now he went away to that |
7158 |
village where was Guacanagari. He had done this from |
7159 |
the first coming here, nursing me, then going down through |
7160 |
the forest to see that all was well with his wounded cacique |
7161 |
and the folk whose butio he was. They knew his ways and |
7162 |
did not try to keep him when he would return to the mountain, |
7163 |
to "make medicine." So none knew of the cavern or |
7164 |
that there was one Spaniard left alive in all Hayti. |
7165 |
|
7166 |
I strengthened. At last I could draw myself out of cave |
7167 |
and lie, in the now so pleasant weather, upon the ledge |
7168 |
before it. All the vast heat and moisture was gone by; |
7169 |
now again was weather of last year when we found San |
7170 |
Salvador. |
7171 |
|
7172 |
I could see ocean. No sail, and were he returning, surely |
7173 |
it should have been before this! He might never return. |
7174 |
|
7175 |
When Guarin was away I sat or lay or moved about a |
7176 |
small demesne and still prospered. There were clean rock, |
7177 |
the water, the marvelous forest. He brought cassava cake, |
7178 |
fruit, fish from the sea. He brought me for entertainment |
7179 |
a talking parrot, and there lived in a seam of the rock a |
7180 |
beautiful lizard with whom I made friends. The air was |
7181 |
balm, balm! A steady soft wind made cataract sound in |
7182 |
the forest. Sunrise, noon, sunset, midnight, were great |
7183 |
glories. |
7184 |
|
7185 |
It was November; it was mid-November and after. |
7186 |
|
7187 |
Now I was strong and wandered in the forest, though |
7188 |
never far from that cliff and cavern. It was settled between |
7189 |
us that in five days I should go down with Guarin |
7190 |
to Guacanagari. He proposed that I should be taken formally |
7191 |
into the tribe. They had a ceremony of adoption, |
7192 |
and after that Juan Lepe would be Guarico. He would |
7193 |
live with and teach the Guaricos, becoming butio--he and |
7194 |
Guarin butios together. I pondered it. If the Admiral |
7195 |
came not again it was the one thing to do. |
7196 |
|
7197 |
I remember the very odor and exquisite touch of the |
7198 |
morning. Guarin was away. I had to myself cave and |
7199 |
ledge and little waterfall and great trees that now I was |
7200 |
telling one from another. I had parrot and lizard and spoke |
7201 |
now to the one and now to the other. I remember the |
7202 |
butterflies and the humming birds. |
7203 |
|
7204 |
I looked out to sea and saw a sail! |
7205 |
|
7206 |
It was afar, a white point. I leaned against the rock for |
7207 |
I was suddenly weak who the moment before had felt strong. |
7208 |
The white point swelled. It would be a goodly large ship. |
7209 |
Over blue rim slipped another flake. A little off I saw a |
7210 |
third, then a fourth. Juan Lepe rubbed his eyes. Before |
7211 |
there came no more he had counted seventeen sail. They |
7212 |
grew; they were so beauteous. Toward the harbor sailed |
7213 |
a fleet. Now I made out the flagship. |
7214 |
|
7215 |
O Life, thou wondrous goddess of happenings! |
7216 |
|
7217 |
An hour I sat on cliff edge and watched. They were |
7218 |
making in, the lovely white swans. When they were fairly |
7219 |
near, when in little time the foremost would bring to, down |
7220 |
sail and drop anchor, Juan Lepe, gathering his belongings |
7221 |
together, bidding the lizard farewell and taking the parrot |
7222 |
with him on shoulder, left cavern and cliff and took Guarin's |
7223 |
path down through the forest. |
7224 |
|
7225 |
Halfway to level land he met Guarin coming up; the |
7226 |
two met beneath a tree huge and spreading, curtained with |
7227 |
a vine, starred with flowers. "He has come!" cried the |
7228 |
Indian. "They have come!" In his voice was marveling, |
7229 |
awe, perturbation. |
7230 |
|
7231 |
The sun in the sky shone, and in the bay hung that wonder |
7232 |
of return, the many ships for the _Nina_. Juan Lepe and |
7233 |
Guarin went on down through wood to a narrow silver |
7234 |
beach, out upon which had cast itself an Indian village. |
7235 |
|
7236 |
Guacanagari was not here. He waited within his house |
7237 |
for the Admiral. But his brother, and others of Guarico, |
7238 |
saw me and there rose a clamor and excitement that for the |
7239 |
moment took them from the ships. Guarin explained and |
7240 |
Juan Lepe explained, but still this miraculous day dyed also |
7241 |
for them my presence here. I had been slain, and had come |
7242 |
to life to greet the Great Cacique! It grew to a legend. I |
7243 |
met it so, long afterwards in Hispaniola. |
7244 |
|
7245 |
|
7246 |
|
7247 |
CHAPTER XXVII |
7248 |
|
7249 |
ONE by one were incoming, were folding wings, were |
7250 |
anchoring, Spanish ships. Three were larger each |
7251 |
than the _Santa Maria_ and the _Pinta_ together; the |
7252 |
others caravels of varying size. Seventeen in all, a fleet, |
7253 |
crowded with men, having cannon and banners and music. |
7254 |
Europe was coming with strength into Asia! The Indians |
7255 |
on the beach were moved as by an unresting wind. They |
7256 |
had terror, they had delight, and some a mere stupidity of |
7257 |
staring. The greatest ship, the first to anchor, carried the |
7258 |
banner of Castile and Leon, and the Admiral's banner. |
7259 |
Now a boat put off from her, boats also from the two ships |
7260 |
next in grandeur. |
7261 |
|
7262 |
As they came over the blue wave Juan Lepe stepped down |
7263 |
sand to water edge. Not here, but somewhat to the west, |
7264 |
before La Navidad would one look for this anchoring. He |
7265 |
thought rightly that the Admiral came here from La Navidad, |
7266 |
where he found only ruin, but also some straying Indian |
7267 |
who could give news. So it was, for presently in the |
7268 |
foremost boat I made out two Guarico men. They had told |
7269 |
of Caonabo and of Guacanagari's fortunes, and of every |
7270 |
Spaniard dead of that illness or slain by Caonabo. They |
7271 |
would put Juan Lepe among these last, but here was Juan |
7272 |
Lepe, one only left of that thirty-eight. |
7273 |
|
7274 |
The boat approached. I saw the bared head, higher than |
7275 |
any other, the white hair, the blue-gray eyes, the strong |
7276 |
nose and lips, the whole majestic air of the man, as of a |
7277 |
great one chosen. Master Christopherus--Don Cristoval |
7278 |
--_el Almirante_! One of the rowers, and that was Sancho |
7279 |
with whom I had walked on the Fishertown road, first saw |
7280 |
me and gave a startled cry. All in the boat turned head. |
7281 |
I heard the Admiral's voice, "Aye, it is! It is!" |
7282 |
|
7283 |
Boat touched sand, there was landing. All sprang out. |
7284 |
The Admiral took me in his arms. "You alone--one |
7285 |
only?" |
7286 |
|
7287 |
I answered, "One only. The most died in their duty." |
7288 |
|
7289 |
He released me. "senors, this is senor Juan Lepe, that |
7290 |
good physician whom we left. Now tell--tell all--before |
7291 |
we go among this folk!" |
7292 |
|
7293 |
By water edge I told, thirty men of Spain around me. |
7294 |
A woeful story, I made it short. These men listened, and |
7295 |
when it was done fell a silence. Christopherus Columbus |
7296 |
broke it. "The wave sucks under and throws out again, |
7297 |
but we sail the sea, have sailed it and will sail it!--Now |
7298 |
were these Indians false or fair?" |
7299 |
|
7300 |
I could tell how fair they had been--could praise Guarico |
7301 |
and Guacanagari and Guarin. He listened with great satisfaction. |
7302 |
"I would lay my head for that Indian!" |
7303 |
|
7304 |
Talk with him could not be prolonged, for we were in |
7305 |
a scene of the greatest business and commotion. When I |
7306 |
sought for Guarin he was gone. Nor was Guacanagari yet |
7307 |
at hand. I looked at the swarming ships and ship boats, |
7308 |
and the coming and coming upon the beach of more and |
7309 |
more clothed men, and at the tall green palms and the feathered |
7310 |
mountains. This host, it seemed to me, was not so |
7311 |
artlessly amazed as had been we of the _Santa Maria_, the |
7312 |
_Pinta_ and the _Nina_, when first we came to lands so strange |
7313 |
to Europe. Presently I made out that they had seen others |
7314 |
of these islands and shores. Coming from Spain they had |
7315 |
sailed more southerly than we had done before them. They |
7316 |
had made a great dip and had come north-by-west to Hispaniola. |
7317 |
I heard names of islands given by the Admiral, Dominica, |
7318 |
Marigalante, Guadaloupe, Santa Maria la Antigua, |
7319 |
San Juan. They had anchored by these, set foot |
7320 |
upon them, even fought with people who were Caribs, Caribals |
7321 |
or Cannibals. They had a dozen Caribs, men and |
7322 |
women, prisoners upon the _Marigalante_ that was the Admiral's |
7323 |
ship. |
7324 |
|
7325 |
This group about Juan Lepe, survivor of La Navidad, |
7326 |
talked like seasoned finders and takers. For the most part |
7327 |
they were young men and hidalgos, fighters against the |
7328 |
Moors, released by the final conquest of those paynims, out |
7329 |
now for further wild adventure and for gold with which to |
7330 |
return, wealthy and still young, to Spanish country, Spanish |
7331 |
cities, Spanish women! They had the virtue and the vice |
7332 |
of their sort, courage, miraculous generosities and as miraculous |
7333 |
weaknesses. Gold, valor, comradeship--and eyes resting |
7334 |
appraisingly upon young Guarico women there upon the |
7335 |
silver beach with Guarico men. |
7336 |
|
7337 |
I heard one cry "Master Juan Lepe!" and turning found |
7338 |
Luis Torres. We embraced, we were so glad each to see |
7339 |
the other. My hidalgos were gone, but before I could |
7340 |
question Luis or he me, there bore down upon us, coming |
7341 |
together like birds, half a dozen friars. "We bring twelve |
7342 |
--number of the Apostles!" said Luis. "Monks and |
7343 |
priests. Father Bernardo Buil is their head. The Holy |
7344 |
Father hath appointed him Vicar here. You won't find him |
7345 |
a Fray Ignatio!" |
7346 |
|
7347 |
A bull-necked, dark-browed, choleric looking man addressed |
7348 |
me. His Benedictine dress became him ill. He |
7349 |
should have been a Captain of Free Lances in whatever |
7350 |
brisk war was waging. He said, "The survivor, Juan |
7351 |
Lepe?--We stopped at your La Navidad and found ruin |
7352 |
and emptiness. There must have been ill management-- |
7353 |
gross!" |
7354 |
|
7355 |
"They are all dead," I answered. "None of us manage |
7356 |
the towers so very well!" |
7357 |
|
7358 |
He regarded me more attentively. "The physician, Juan |
7359 |
Lepe. Where did you study?" |
7360 |
|
7361 |
"In Poitiers and in Paris, Father." |
7362 |
|
7363 |
"You have," he said, "the height and sinew and something |
7364 |
of the eye and voice of a notable disappeared heretic, |
7365 |
Jayme de Marchena, who slipped the Dominicans. I saw |
7366 |
him once from a doorway. But that the Prior of La Rabida |
7367 |
himself told me that he had accurate knowledge that |
7368 |
the man was gone with the Jews to Fez, I could almost think |
7369 |
--But of course it is not possible, and now I see the differences." |
7370 |
|
7371 |
I answered him with some indifferent word, and we came |
7372 |
to the Haytiens, and how many had Fray Ignatio made |
7373 |
Christian? "I knew him," said the Benedictine. "A good |
7374 |
man, but weak, weak!" |
7375 |
|
7376 |
Juan Lepe asked of the Indians the Admiral had taken |
7377 |
to Spain. "But six reached us alive. We instructed them |
7378 |
and baptized them. A great event--the Grand Cardinal |
7379 |
and the King and the Queen attending! Three died during |
7380 |
the summer, but blessedly, being the first of all their people |
7381 |
in all time to enter heaven. A great salvation!" |
7382 |
|
7383 |
He looked at the forest and mountains, the sands, the |
7384 |
Guaricos, as at a city he was besieging. |
7385 |
|
7386 |
"Ha!" said Father Buil, and with his missionaries moved |
7387 |
up the beach. |
7388 |
|
7389 |
Luis and I began to talk. "No need to tell me that Spain |
7390 |
gave you welcome!"' |
7391 |
|
7392 |
"The royalest ever! First we came to Lisbon, driven |
7393 |
in by storm, and had it there from King John, and then to |
7394 |
Palos which, so to speak, went mad! Then through Spain |
7395 |
to Barcelona, where was the court, and all the bells in every |
7396 |
town ringing and every door and window crowded, and here |
7397 |
is the Faery Prince on a white charger, his Indians behind |
7398 |
him and gold and parrots and his sailors! Processions and |
7399 |
processions--alcalde and alcayde and don and friar and |
7400 |
priest, and let us stop at the church and kneel before high |
7401 |
altar, and vow again in seven years to free the Sepulchre! |
7402 |
He hath walked and ridden, waked and slept, in a great, high |
7403 |
vision! Most men have visions but he can sustain vision." |
7404 |
|
7405 |
"Aye, he can!" |
7406 |
|
7407 |
"So at last into Barcelona, where grandees meet us, and |
7408 |
so on to the court, and music as though the world had turned |
7409 |
music! And the King and Queen and great welcome, and, |
7410 |
`Sit beside us, Don Cristoval Colon!' and `Tell and tell |
7411 |
again', and `Praise we Most High God!' " |
7412 |
|
7413 |
"It is something for which to praise! Ends of the earth |
7414 |
beginning to meet." |
7415 |
|
7416 |
"Aye! So we write that very night to the Pope to be |
7417 |
confirmed that the glory and profit under God are to Castile |
7418 |
and Aragon. But the Queen thought most of the heathen |
7419 |
brought to Christ. And the Admiral thinks of his sons |
7420 |
and his brothers and his old father, and of the Holy Sepulchre |
7421 |
and of the Prophecies, and he has the joy of the |
7422 |
runner who touches the goal!--I would you could have |
7423 |
seen the royalty with which he was treated--not one day |
7424 |
nor week but a whole summer long--the flocking, the bowing |
7425 |
and capping, the `Do me the honor--', the `I have a |
7426 |
small petition.' Nothing conquers like conquering!" |
7427 |
|
7428 |
"He had long patience." |
7429 |
|
7430 |
"Aye. Well, he is at height now. But he has got with |
7431 |
him the old disastrous seeds.--Fifteen hundred men, and |
7432 |
among them quite a plenty like Gutierrez and Escobedo! |
7433 |
But there are good men, too, and a great lot of romantical |
7434 |
daredevils. No pressing this time! We might have brought |
7435 |
five thousand could the ships have held them. `Come to the |
7436 |
Indies and make your fortune!'--`Aye, that is my desire!' " |
7437 |
|
7438 |
I said, "I am looking now at a romantical daredevil |
7439 |
whom I have seen before, though I am sure that he never |
7440 |
noticed me." |
7441 |
|
7442 |
"Don Alonso de Ojeda? He is feather in cap, and sometimes |
7443 |
cap, and even at stress head within the cap! Without |
7444 |
moving you've beckoned him." |
7445 |
|
7446 |
There approached a young man of whom I knew something, |
7447 |
having had him pointed out by Enrique de Cerda in |
7448 |
Santa Fe. I had before that heard his name and somewhat |
7449 |
of his exploits. In our day, over all Spain, one might find or |
7450 |
hear of cavaliers of this brand. War with the Moor had |
7451 |
lasted somewhat longer than the old famed war with Troy. |
7452 |
It had modeled youth; young men were old soldiers. When |
7453 |
there came up a sprite like this one he drank war like wine. |
7454 |
A slight young man, taut as a rope in a gale, with dark |
7455 |
eyes and red lips and a swift, decisive step, up he came. |
7456 |
|
7457 |
"Oh, you are the man who lived out of all your fort? |
7458 |
How did you manage it?" |
7459 |
|
7460 |
"I had a friend among these friendly Indians who rescued |
7461 |
me." |
7462 |
|
7463 |
"Yes! It is excellent warfare to have friends.--You |
7464 |
have seen no knight nor men-at-arms, nor heard of such?" |
7465 |
|
7466 |
"Not under those names." |
7467 |
|
7468 |
"How far do you think we may be from true houses |
7469 |
and cities, castles, fortresses?" |
7470 |
|
7471 |
"I haven't the least idea. By the looks of it, pretty far." |
7472 |
|
7473 |
"It seems to me that you speak truth," he answered. |
7474 |
"Well, it isn't what we looked for, but it's something! Room |
7475 |
yet to dare!" Off he went, half Mercury, half Mars, |
7476 |
and a sprig of youth to draw the eyes. |
7477 |
|
7478 |
"Was there nothing ever heard," I asked Luis, "of the |
7479 |
_Pinta_ and Martin Pinzon?" |
7480 |
|
7481 |
"He is dead." |
7482 |
|
7483 |
"You saw the wreck?" |
7484 |
|
7485 |
"No, not that way, though true it is that he wrecked |
7486 |
himself! I forget that you know nothing. We met the |
7487 |
_Pinta_ last January, not a day from here, with Monte Cristi |
7488 |
there yet in sight. When he came aboard and sat in the |
7489 |
great cabin I do not know what he said, except that it was |
7490 |
of separation by that storm, and the feeling that two parties |
7491 |
discovering would thereby discover the more, and the better |
7492 |
serve their Majesties. The Admiral made no quarrel with |
7493 |
him. He had some gold and some news of coasts that we |
7494 |
had not seen. And he did not seem to think it necessary |
7495 |
to seem penitent or anything but just naturally Martin |
7496 |
Pinzon. So on we sailed together, he on the _Pinta_ and the |
7497 |
Admiral on the _Nina_. But that was a rough voyage home |
7498 |
over Ocean-Sea! Had we had such weather coming, might |
7499 |
have been mutiny and throat-cutting and putting back, |
7500 |
Cathay and India being of no aid to dead men! Six times |
7501 |
at least we thought we were drowned, and made vows, |
7502 |
kneeling all together and the Admiral praying for us, Fray |
7503 |
Ignatio not being there. Then came clear, but beyond |
7504 |
Canaries a three days', three nights' weather that truly drove |
7505 |
us apart, the _Pinta_ and the _Nina_. We lost each other in the |
7506 |
darkness and never found again. We were beaten into the |
7507 |
Tagus, the _Pinta_ on to Bayonne. Then, mid-March, we came |
7508 |
to Palos, landed and the wonder began. And in three days |
7509 |
who should come limping in but the _Pinta_? But she missed |
7510 |
the triumph, and Martin Pinzon was sick, and there was |
7511 |
some coldness shown. He went ashore to his own house, |
7512 |
and his illness growing worse he died there. Well, he had |
7513 |
qualities." |
7514 |
|
7515 |
"Aye," I answered, with a vision of the big, bluff, golden-haired man. |
7516 |
|
7517 |
"Vicente Pinzon is here; his ship the _Cordera_ yonder. |
7518 |
What's the stir now? The Admiral will go to see Guacanagari?" |
7519 |
|
7520 |
That, it seemed, was what it was, and presently came |
7521 |
word that Juan Lepe should go with him. A body of cavaliers |
7522 |
sumptuously clad, some even wearing shining corselet, |
7523 |
greaves and helm, was forming about him who was himself |
7524 |
in a magnificent dress. Besides these were fifty of the |
7525 |
plainer sort, and there lacked not crossbow, lance and arquebus. |
7526 |
And there were banners and music. We were going |
7527 |
like an army to be brotherly with Guacanagari. Father |
7528 |
Buil was going also, and his twelve gowned men. "Who," |
7529 |
I asked Luis, "is the man beside the Admiral? He seems |
7530 |
his kin." |
7531 |
|
7532 |
"He is. It is his brother, Don Diego. He is a good |
7533 |
man, able, too, though not able like the Admiral. They |
7534 |
say the other brother, Bartholomew, who is in England or |
7535 |
in France, is almost as able. How dizzily turns the wheel |
7536 |
for some of us! Yesterday plain Diego and Bartholomew, |
7537 |
a would-be churchman and a shipmaster and chart-maker! |
7538 |
Now Don Diego--Don Bartholomew! And the two sons |
7539 |
watching us off from Cadiz! Pages both of them to the |
7540 |
Prince, and pictures to look at! `Father!' and `Noble |
7541 |
father! and `Forget not your health, who are our Dependance!' " |
7542 |
|
7543 |
Waiting for all to start, I yet regarded that huge dazzle |
7544 |
upon the beach, so many landed, so many coming from |
7545 |
the ships, the ships themselves so great a drift of sea birds! |
7546 |
As for those dark folk--what should they think of all |
7547 |
these breakers-in from heaven? It seemed to me to-day |
7548 |
that despite their friendliness shown us here from the first, |
7549 |
despite the miracle and the fed eye and ear and the excitement, |
7550 |
they knew afar a pale Consternation. |
7551 |
|
7552 |
At last, to drum and trumpet, we passed from shining |
7553 |
beach into green forest. I found myself for a moment beside |
7554 |
Diego Colon--not the Admiral's brother, but the young |
7555 |
Indian so named. Now he was Christian and clothed, and |
7556 |
truly the Haitiens stared at him hardly less than at the |
7557 |
Admiral. I greeted him and he me. He tried to speak in |
7558 |
Castilian but it was very hard for him, and in a moment we |
7559 |
slipped into Indian. |
7560 |
|
7561 |
I asked him, "How did you like Spain?" |
7562 |
|
7563 |
He looked at me with a remote and childlike eye and began |
7564 |
to speak of houses and roads and horses and oxen. |
7565 |
|
7566 |
A message came from the Admiral at head of column. I |
7567 |
went to him. Men looked at me as I passed them. I was |
7568 |
ragged now, grizzle-bearded and wan, and they seemed to |
7569 |
say, "Is it so this strange land does them? But those first |
7570 |
ones were few and we are many, and it does not lie in our |
7571 |
fortune! Gold lies in ours, and return in splendor and |
7572 |
happiness." But some had more thoughtful eyes and truer |
7573 |
sense of wonder. |
7574 |
|
7575 |
We found Guacanagari in a new, large, very clean house, |
7576 |
and found him lying in a great hammock with his leg bound |
7577 |
with cotton web, around him wives and chief men. He sat |
7578 |
up to greet the Admiral and with a noble and affecting air |
7579 |
poured forth speech and laid his hand upon his hidden hurt. |
7580 |
|
7581 |
Now I knew, because Guarin had told me so, that that |
7582 |
wound was healed. It had given trouble--the Caribs poisoned |
7583 |
their darts--but now it was well. But they are |
7584 |
simpler minded than we, this folk, and I read Guacanagari |
7585 |
that he must impress the returning gods with his fidelity. |
7586 |
He had proved it, and while Juan Lepe was by he did not |
7587 |
need this mummery, but he had thought that he might need. |
7588 |
So, a big man evidently healthful, he sighed and winced and |
7589 |
half closed his eyes as though half dying still in that old |
7590 |
contest when he had stood by the people from the sky. I |
7591 |
interpreted his speech, the Admiral already understanding, |
7592 |
but not the surrounding cavaliers. It was a high speech or |
7593 |
high assurance that he had done his highest best. |
7594 |
|
7595 |
"Do I not believe that, Guacanagari?" said the Admiral, |
7596 |
and thinking of Diego de Arana and Fray Ignatio and others |
7597 |
and of the good hope of La Navidad, tears came into his |
7598 |
eyes. |
7599 |
|
7600 |
He sat upon the most honorable block of wood which was |
7601 |
brought him and talked to Guacanagari. Then at his gesture |
7602 |
one brought his presents, a mirror, a rich belt, a knife, a pair |
7603 |
of castanets. Guacanagari, it seemed, since the sighting of |
7604 |
the ships, had made collection on his part. He gave enough |
7605 |
gold to make lustful many an eye looking upon that scene. |
7606 |
|
7607 |
The women brought food and set before the Spaniards |
7608 |
in the house. I found Guarin and presently we came to |
7609 |
be standing without the entrance--they had no doors; |
7610 |
sometimes they had curtains of cotton--looking upon that |
7611 |
strange gathering in the little middle square of the town. |
7612 |
So many Spaniards in the palm shadows, and the women |
7613 |
feeding them, and Alonso de Ojeda's hand upon the arm of |
7614 |
a slender brown girl with a wreath of flowers around her |
7615 |
head. Father Buil was within with the Admiral, truculently |
7616 |
and suspiciously regarding the idolater who now had left |
7617 |
the hammock and seemed as well of a wound as any there! |
7618 |
But here without were eight or ten friars, gathered together |
7619 |
under a palm tree, making refection and talking |
7620 |
among themselves. One devout brother, sitting apart and |
7621 |
fasting, told his beads. |
7622 |
|
7623 |
Said Guarin, "I have been watching him. He is talking |
7624 |
to his _zeme_.--They are all butios?" |
7625 |
|
7626 |
"Yes. Most of them are good men." |
7627 |
|
7628 |
"What is going to happen here to all my people? Something |
7629 |
is over against me and my people, I feel it! Even |
7630 |
the cacique has fear." |
7631 |
|
7632 |
"It is the dark Ignorance and the light Ignorance, the |
7633 |
clothed Ignorance and the naked Ignorance. I feel it too, |
7634 |
what you feel. But I feel, O Guarin, that the inner and |
7635 |
true Man will not and cannot take hurt!" |
7636 |
|
7637 |
He said, "Do they come for good?" |
7638 |
|
7639 |
I answered, "There is much good in their coming. Seen |
7640 |
from the mountain brow, enormous good, I think. In the |
7641 |
long run I am fain to think that all have their market here, |
7642 |
you no less than I, Guacanagari no less than the Admiral." |
7643 |
|
7644 |
"I do not know that," he said. "It seems to me the |
7645 |
sunny day is dark." |
7646 |
|
7647 |
I said, "In the main all things work together, and in the |
7648 |
end is honey." |
7649 |
|
7650 |
Out they came from palm-roofed house, the Admiral of |
7651 |
the Ocean-Sea and Viceroy of what Indies he could find |
7652 |
for Spain and Spain could take, and the Indian king or |
7653 |
grandee or princeling. Perceiving that what he did was |
7654 |
appreciated for what it was, Guacanagari had recovered his |
7655 |
lameness. The cotton was no longer about his thigh; he |
7656 |
moved straight and lightly,--a big, easy Indian. |
7657 |
|
7658 |
It was now well on in the afternoon, but he would go with |
7659 |
the Mighty Stranger, the Great Cacique his friend, to see |
7660 |
the ships and all the wonders. His was a childlike craving |
7661 |
for pure novelty and marvel. |
7662 |
|
7663 |
So we went, all of us, back through vast woodland to |
7664 |
cerulean water. Water was deep, the _Marigalante_ rode close |
7665 |
in, and about and beyond her the _Santa Clara_, the _Cordera_, |
7666 |
the _San Juan_, the _Juana_, another _Nina_, the _Beatrix_ and |
7667 |
many another fair name. They were beautiful, the ships |
7668 |
on the gay water and about them the boats and the red |
7669 |
men's canoes. |
7670 |
|
7671 |
We went to the _Marigalante_, I with the Admiral. Dancing |
7672 |
across in the boat there spoke to me Don Diego Colon, |
7673 |
born Giacomo Colombo, and I found him a sober, able man, |
7674 |
with a churchly inclination. Here rose the Marigalante, |
7675 |
and now we were upon it, and it was a greater ship than the |
7676 |
_Santa Maria_, a goodly ship, with goodly gear aboard and |
7677 |
goodly Spaniards. Jayme de Marchena felt the tug of |
7678 |
blood, of home-coming into his country. |
7679 |
|
7680 |
|
7681 |
|
7682 |
CHAPTER XXVIII |
7683 |
|
7684 |
FINDING young Sancho upon the _Marigalante_, I kept |
7685 |
him beside me for information's sake. He, too, had |
7686 |
his stories. And he asked me how Pedro and Fernando |
7687 |
died. |
7688 |
|
7689 |
In this ship were two sets of captives, animals brought |
7690 |
from Spain and Indians from those fiercer islands to the |
7691 |
south. The _Monsalvat_ that was a freight ship had many |
7692 |
animals, said Sancho, cattle and swine and sheep and goats |
7693 |
and cocks and hens, and thirty horses. But upon the _Marigalante_, |
7694 |
well-penned, the Admiral had a stallion and two |
7695 |
mares, a young bull and a couple of heifers, and two dogs |
7696 |
--bloodhounds. The Caribs were yonder, five men in all. |
7697 |
|
7698 |
He took me to see them. They were tall, strong, sullen |
7699 |
and desperate in aspect, hardier, fiercer than Indians of |
7700 |
these northward lands. But they were Indians, and their |
7701 |
guttural speech could be made out, at least in substance. |
7702 |
They asked with a high, contemptuous look when we meant |
7703 |
to slay and eat them. |
7704 |
|
7705 |
"They eat men's flesh, every Caribal of them! We saw |
7706 |
horrid things in Guadaloupe!" |
7707 |
|
7708 |
Away from these men sat or stood seven women. "They |
7709 |
were captives," said Sancho. "Caribs had ravished them |
7710 |
from other islands and they fled in Guadaloupe to us." |
7711 |
|
7712 |
These women, too, seemed more strongly fibred, courageous, |
7713 |
high of head than the Hayti women. There was among |
7714 |
them one to whom the others gave deference, a chieftainess, |
7715 |
strong and warlike in mien, not smoothly young nor after |
7716 |
their notions beautiful, but with an air of sagacity and pride. |
7717 |
A ship boy stood with us. "That is Catalina," he said. |
7718 |
"Ho, Catalina!" |
7719 |
|
7720 |
The woman looked at him with disdain and what she |
7721 |
said was, "Young fool with fool-gods!" |
7722 |
|
7723 |
"They came to us for refuge," said Sancho. "We think |
7724 |
they are Amazons. There was an island where they fought |
7725 |
us like men--great bow-women! Don Alonso de Ojeda |
7726 |
first called this one Catalina, so now we all call her Catalina. |
7727 |
At first they liked us, but now that they are safe away from |
7728 |
Caribs--all but these five and they can't hurt them-- |
7729 |
they sit and pine! I call it ungrateful, Catalina!" |
7730 |
|
7731 |
We moved away. There came from the great cabin where |
7732 |
they had wine and fine sweet cakes the Admiral and Guacanagari, |
7733 |
with them Don Diego and three or four cavaliers. |
7734 |
Guarin was not with the cacique, upon the _Marigalante_. |
7735 |
He would not come. I had a vision of him, in the forest, |
7736 |
seated motionless, communing with the deepest self to |
7737 |
which he could reach, seeking light with the other light-seekers. |
7738 |
|
7739 |
Christopherus Columbus beckoned me and I went the |
7740 |
round of the ship with him and others and his guest, this |
7741 |
far-away son of Great India. So, presently, he was taken to |
7742 |
view the horses and the cattle. Whoever hath seen lions |
7743 |
brought to a court for show hath seen some shrinking from |
7744 |
too-close and heard timorous asking if the bars be really |
7745 |
strong. And the old, wild beasts at Rome for the games. |
7746 |
If one came by chance upon them in a narrow quarter |
7747 |
there might be terror. And the bull that we goad to madness |
7748 |
for a game in Spain--were barriers down would come |
7749 |
a-scrambling! This cacique had never seen an animal larger |
7750 |
than a fox or a dog, Yet he stood with steadiness, though |
7751 |
his glance shot here and there. The stallion was restless |
7752 |
and fiery-eyed; the bull sent forth a bellow. "Why do they |
7753 |
come? What will they do here? Will you put them in the |
7754 |
forest? The people will be afraid to wander!" |
7755 |
|
7756 |
He looked away to sky and sea and shore. "It grows |
7757 |
toward night," he said. "I will go back to my town." |
7758 |
|
7759 |
The Admiral said, "I would first show you the Caribs," |
7760 |
and took him there where they were bound. The Haytien |
7761 |
regarded them, but the Caribs were as contemptuously silent |
7762 |
as might have been Alonso de Ojeda in like circumstances. |
7763 |
Only as Guacanagari turned away, one spoke in a fierce, |
7764 |
monotonous voice. "You also, Haytien, one moon!" |
7765 |
|
7766 |
"You lie! Only Caribs!" Guacanagari said back. |
7767 |
|
7768 |
The cacique stood before the woman whom they called |
7769 |
Catalina. She broke into speech. It was cacique to |
7770 |
cacique. She was from Boriquen--she would return in a |
7771 |
canoe if she were free! Better drown than live with the |
7772 |
utterly un-understandable--only that they ate and drank |
7773 |
and laid hold of women whether these would or would not, |
7774 |
and were understandable that far! Gods! At first she |
7775 |
thought them gods; now she doubted. They were magicians. |
7776 |
If she were free--if she were free--if she were free! |
7777 |
Home--Boriquen! If not that, at least her own color and |
7778 |
the understandable!" |
7779 |
|
7780 |
Guacanagari stood and listened. She spoke so fast--the |
7781 |
Admiral never became quite perfect in Indian tongues, and |
7782 |
few upon the _Marigalante_ were so at this time. Juan Lepe |
7783 |
understood. But just as he was thinking that in duty bound |
7784 |
he must say to the Admiral, "She is undermining reputation. |
7785 |
Best move away!" Guacanagari made a violent gesture |
7786 |
as though he would break a spell. "Where could they |
7787 |
come from with all that they have except from heaven? |
7788 |
Who can plan against gods? It is sin to think of it! _El |
7789 |
Almirante_ will make you happy, Boriquen woman!" |
7790 |
|
7791 |
We left the women. But Guacanagari himself was not |
7792 |
happy, as he had been that Christmas-tide when first the |
7793 |
gods came, when the _Santa Maria_ was wrecked and he gave |
7794 |
us hospitality. |
7795 |
|
7796 |
The Admiral did not see that he was unhappy. The Admiral |
7797 |
saw always a vast main good, and he thought it pearl |
7798 |
and gold in every fiber. As yet, he saw no rotted string, |
7799 |
no snarl to be untangled. It was his weakness, and maybe, |
7800 |
too, his strength. |
7801 |
|
7802 |
The sunset hung over this roadstead and the shore. The |
7803 |
mountains glowed in it, the nearer wood fell dark, the beach |
7804 |
showed milky white, a knot of palms upon a horn of land |
7805 |
caught full gold and shone as though they were in heaven. |
7806 |
Over upon the _Cordera_ they were singing. The long cacique-canoe shot out from the shadow of the |
7807 |
_Marigalante_. |
7808 |
|
7809 |
Sun dipped, night cupped hands over the world. The long |
7810 |
day of excitement was over. Mariners slept, adventurers |
7811 |
gentle and simple, the twelve friars and Father Buil. Seventeen |
7812 |
ships, nigh fifteen hundred men of Europe, swinging |
7813 |
with the tide before the land we were to make Spanish. |
7814 |
|
7815 |
The watch raised a cry. Springing from his bed Juan Lepe |
7816 |
came on deck to find there confusion, and under the moon |
7817 |
in the clear water, swimming forms, swimming from us |
7818 |
in a kind of desperate haste and strength. There was shouting |
7819 |
to man the boat. One jostling against me cried that |
7820 |
they were the captive Indians. They had broken bonds, |
7821 |
lifted hatch, knocked down the watch, leaped over side. |
7822 |
Another shouted. No, the Caribs were safe. These were |
7823 |
the women-- |
7824 |
|
7825 |
The women--seven forms might be made out--were |
7826 |
not far from land. I felt tingling across to me their hope |
7827 |
and fear. Out of ship shadow shot after them our boat. |
7828 |
Strongly rowed, it seemed to gain, but they made speed |
7829 |
strongly, strongly. The boat got into trouble with the |
7830 |
shallows. The swimmers now stood and ran, now were |
7831 |
racers; in a moment they would touch the dry, the shining |
7832 |
beach. Out of boat sprang men running after them, running |
7833 |
across low white lines of foam. The women, that |
7834 |
strong woman cacique ahead, left water, raced across sand |
7835 |
toward forest. Two men were gaining, they caught at the |
7836 |
least swift woman. The dark, naked form broke from |
7837 |
them, leaped like a hurt deer and running at speed passed |
7838 |
with all into the ebony band that was forest. |
7839 |
|
7840 |
Alonso de Ojeda burst into a great laugh. "Well done, |
7841 |
Catalina!" |
7842 |
|
7843 |
The Admiral's place could ever be told by his head over |
7844 |
all. Moreover his warm, lifted, powerfully pulsing nature |
7845 |
was capable of making around him a sphere that tingled |
7846 |
and drew. One not so much saw him as felt him, here, |
7847 |
there. Now I stood beside him where he leaned over rail. |
7848 |
"Gone," he said. "They are gone!" He drew a deep |
7849 |
breath. I can swear that he, too, felt an inner joy that they |
7850 |
had escaped clutching. |
7851 |
|
7852 |
But in the morning he sent ashore a large party under |
7853 |
his brother, Don Diego. We received another surprise. No |
7854 |
Indians on the beach, none in the forest, and when they |
7855 |
came to the village, only houses, a few parrots and the |
7856 |
gardens, dewy fresh under the sun's first streaming. No |
7857 |
Indians there, nor man nor woman nor child, not Guacanagari, |
7858 |
not Guarin, not Catalina and her crew--none! They |
7859 |
were gone, and we knew not where, Quisquaya being a huge |
7860 |
country, and the paths yet hidden from us or of doubtful |
7861 |
treading. But the heaped mountains rose before us, and |
7862 |
Juan Lepe at least could feel assured that they were gone |
7863 |
there. They vanished and for long we heard nothing of |
7864 |
them, not of Guacanagari, nor of Guarin who had saved |
7865 |
Juan Lepe, not of Catalina, nor any. |
7866 |
|
7867 |
This neighborhood, La Navidad and the shipwreck of the |
7868 |
_Santa Maria_, burned Guarico and now this empty village, |
7869 |
perpetual reminder that in some part our Indian subjects |
7870 |
liked us not so well as formerly and could not be made |
7871 |
Christian with a breath, grew no longer to our choice. |
7872 |
Something of melancholy overhung for the Admiral this part |
7873 |
of Hispaniola. He was seeking a site for a city, but now |
7874 |
he liked it not here. The seventeen ships put on sail and, |
7875 |
a stately flight of birds greater than herons, pursued their |
7876 |
way, easterly now, along the coast of Hispaniola. |
7877 |
|
7878 |
Between thirty and forty leagues from the ruin of La |
7879 |
Navidad opened to us a fair, large harbor where two rivers |
7880 |
entered the sea. There was a great forest and bright protruding |
7881 |
rock, and across the south the mountains. When |
7882 |
we landed and explored we found a small Indian village that |
7883 |
had only vaguely heard that gods had descended. Forty |
7884 |
leagues across these forests is a long way. They had heard |
7885 |
a rumor that the cacique of Guarico liked the mighty |
7886 |
strangers and Caonabo liked them not, but as yet knew |
7887 |
little more. The harbor, the land, the two rivers pleased us. |
7888 |
"Here we will build," quoth the Viceroy, "a city named |
7889 |
Isabella." |
7890 |
|
7891 |
|
7892 |
|
7893 |
CHAPTER XXIX |
7894 |
|
7895 |
CHRISTMASTIDE, a year from the sinking of the |
7896 |
_Santa Maria_, came to nigh two thousand Christian men |
7897 |
dwelling in some manner of houses by a river in a |
7898 |
land that, so short time before, had never heard the word |
7899 |
"Christmas." Now, in Spain and elsewhere, men and |
7900 |
women, hearing Christmas bells, might wonder, "What |
7901 |
are they doing--are they also going to mass--those |
7902 |
adventurers across the Sea of Darkness? Have they converted |
7903 |
the Indies? Are they moving happily in the golden, |
7904 |
spicy lands? Great marvel! Christ now is born there as |
7905 |
here!" |
7906 |
|
7907 |
Juan Lepe chanced to be walking in the cool of the evening |
7908 |
with Don Francisco de Las Casas, a sensible, strong man, |
7909 |
not unread in the philosophers. He spoke to me of his son, |
7910 |
a young man whom he loved, who would sooner or later |
7911 |
come out to him to Hispaniola, if he, the elder, stayed here. |
7912 |
So soon as this we had begun to speak thus, "Come out to |
7913 |
Hispaniola." "Come out to Isabella in Hispaniola." What |
7914 |
a strong wind is life, leaping from continent to continent and |
7915 |
crying, "Home wherever I can breathe and move!" This |
7916 |
young man was Bartolome, then at Salamanca, at the University. |
7917 |
Bartolome de Las Casas, whom Juan Lepe should |
7918 |
live to know and work with. But this evening I heard the |
7919 |
father talk, as any father of any promising son. |
7920 |
|
7921 |
With us, too, was Don Juan Ponce de Leon, who had a |
7922 |
story out of Mandeville of a well by the city of Polombe in |
7923 |
Prester John's country. If you drank of the well, though |
7924 |
you were dying you would never more have sickness, and |
7925 |
though you were white-bearded you would come young |
7926 |
again! |
7927 |
|
7928 |
The palms waved above Isabella that was building behind |
7929 |
the camp by the river. It was beginning, it was planned |
7930 |
out; the stone church, the stone house of the Viceroy were |
7931 |
already breast-high. A Spanish city building, and the bells |
7932 |
of Europe ringing. |
7933 |
|
7934 |
Out sprang the noise of a brawl.--There was that in the |
7935 |
Admiral that would have when it could outward no less |
7936 |
than inward magnificence. He could go like a Spartan or |
7937 |
Diogenes the Cynic, but when the chance came--magnificence! |
7938 |
With him from Spain traveled a Viceroy's household. |
7939 |
He had no less than thirty personal servants and |
7940 |
retainers. Hidalgos here at Isabella had also servants, |
7941 |
but no one more than two or three. It was among these |
7942 |
folk that first arose our amazing jealousies and envies. Now |
7943 |
and again the masters must take part. Not the Viceroy |
7944 |
who in such matters went very stately, but certain of our |
7945 |
gentlemen. Loud and angry voices rose under the palms, |
7946 |
under a sky of pale gold. |
7947 |
|
7948 |
Sent for, I found the Admiral lying on his bed, not yet |
7949 |
in his stone house but in a rich and large pavilion brought |
7950 |
out especially for the Viceroy and now pitched upon the |
7951 |
river bank, under palms. I came to him past numbers out |
7952 |
of that thirty. Idle here; they certainly were idle here! |
7953 |
With him I found a secretary, but when he could he preferred |
7954 |
always to write his own letters, in his small, clear, |
7955 |
strong hand, and now he was doing this, propped in bed, |
7956 |
in his brow a knot of pain. He wrote many letters. Long |
7957 |
afterwards I heard that it had become a saying in Spain, |
7958 |
"Write of your matters as often as Christopherus Columbus!" |
7959 |
|
7960 |
I sat waiting for him to finish and he saw my eyes upon |
7961 |
yet unfolded pages strewing the table taken from the _Marigalante_ |
7962 |
and set here beside him. "Read if you like," he said. |
7963 |
"The ships set sail day after to-morrow." |
7964 |
|
7965 |
I took and read in part his letter to a learned man with |
7966 |
whom, once or twice, Jayme de Marchena had talked. It |
7967 |
was a long letter in which the Admiral, thinker to thinker, |
7968 |
set forth his second voyage and now his city building, and |
7969 |
at last certain things for the mind not only of Spain but of |
7970 |
France and Italy and England and Germany. "All lands |
7971 |
and all men whom so far we have come to," wrote the Admiral, |
7972 |
"are heathen and idolaters. In the providence of |
7973 |
God all such are given unto Christendom. Christendom |
7974 |
must take possession through the acts of Christian princes, |
7975 |
under the sanction of Holy Church, allowed by the Pope who |
7976 |
is Christ our King's Viceroy. Seeming hardship bringeth |
7977 |
great gain! Millions of souls converted, are baptized. Every |
7978 |
infant feeleth the saving water. Souls that were lost now |
7979 |
are found. Christ beameth on them! To that, what is it |
7980 |
that the earthly King of a country be changed?" |
7981 |
|
7982 |
His quill traveled on over paper. Another sheet came |
7983 |
into my hand. I read it, then sat pondering. He sighed |
7984 |
with pain, pushed all aside and presently bade the secretary |
7985 |
forth. When the man was gone he told me of an agony |
7986 |
behind his eyes that now stabbed and now laid him in a |
7987 |
drowsiness. I did what I could for him then waited until |
7988 |
the access was over. It passed, and he took again his pen. |
7989 |
|
7990 |
I said, "You advise that there be made a market for |
7991 |
Carib slaves, balancing thus the negroes the Portuguese are |
7992 |
bringing in, and providing a fund for our needs--" |
7993 |
|
7994 |
He said, "They are eaters of men's flesh, intractable and |
7995 |
abominable, not like the gentler people we find hereabouts! |
7996 |
It is certain that before long, fleet after fleet coming, our |
7997 |
two thousand here growing into many thousands, more |
7998 |
cities than Isabella arising, commerce and life as in Europe |
7999 |
beginning--Well, these fiercer, Caribal islands will be overrun, |
8000 |
taken for Spain! What better to do with their people? |
8001 |
I do not wish to slay them and eat them!" |
8002 |
|
8003 |
"Slaves--" |
8004 |
|
8005 |
"How many Moors in Castile and Arragon, slaves and |
8006 |
none the worse for it, being baptized, being kindly enough |
8007 |
entreated! And now the Portuguese bring Negroes, and |
8008 |
are they the worse off, being taken from a deep damnation? |
8009 |
Long ago, I have read, the English were taken to Rome and |
8010 |
sold in the market place, and the blessed Gregory, seeing |
8011 |
them, cried, `Christ shall be preached in their nation!' |
8012 |
Whereupon he sent Augustine and all England was saved.-- |
8013 |
Look you, this world is rude and worketh rudely! But it |
8014 |
climbs in the teeth of its imperfections!" |
8015 |
|
8016 |
"I do not doubt that," I said. "When it wills to climb." |
8017 |
|
8018 |
"I do but lay it before the Sovereigns," he answered. |
8019 |
"I do not know what they will think of it there. But truly |
8020 |
I know not what else to do with these Asiatics when they |
8021 |
withstand us! And even in slavery they must gain from |
8022 |
Christians! What matters masters when they find the True |
8023 |
Master?" |
8024 |
|
8025 |
Juan Lepe brooded still while the pen scratched and |
8026 |
scratched across the page. The noise ceased. I looked up |
8027 |
to see if he were in pain again, and met gray-blue eyes as |
8028 |
longing as a child's. "What I would," he said, "is that |
8029 |
the Lord would give to me forever to sail a great ship, and |
8030 |
to find, forever to find! The sea is wider than the land, |
8031 |
and it sends its waves upon all lands. Not Viceroy, but |
8032 |
the Navigator, the Finder--" |
8033 |
|
8034 |
Juan Lepe also thought that there streamed his Genius. |
8035 |
Here he was able, but there played the Fire. But he, like |
8036 |
many another, had bound himself. Don Cristoval Colon-- |
8037 |
Viceroy--and eighths and tenths! |
8038 |
|
8039 |
|
8040 |
|
8041 |
CHAPTER XXX |
8042 |
|
8043 |
TWELVE of our ships went home to Spain. |
8044 |
|
8045 |
February wheeled by. March was here, and every |
8046 |
day the sun sent us more heat. |
8047 |
|
8048 |
The Indians around us still were friendly--women and |
8049 |
all. From the first there was straying in the woods with |
8050 |
Indian women. Doubtless now, in the San Salvador islands, |
8051 |
in Cuba and in Hispaniola, among those Guaricos fled from |
8052 |
us to the mountains, would be infants born of Spanish |
8053 |
fathers. Juan Lepe contemplated that filling in the sea between |
8054 |
Asia and Europe with the very blood. |
8055 |
|
8056 |
Sickness broke out. It was not such as that first sickness |
8057 |
at La Navidad, but here were many more to lie ill. Besides |
8058 |
Juan Lepe, we now possessed three physicians. They |
8059 |
were skillful, they labored hard, we all labored. Men died |
8060 |
of the malady, but no great number. But now among the |
8061 |
idle of mind and soul and the factious arose the eternal |
8062 |
murmur. Not heaven but hell, these new lands! Not wealth |
8063 |
and happy ease, but poverty and miserable toil! Not forever |
8064 |
new spectacle and greedy wonder, but tiresome river, |
8065 |
forest and sea, tiresome blue heaven, tiresome delving and |
8066 |
building, tiresome rules, restrictions, commandments, yeas |
8067 |
and nays! Parties arose, two main parties, and within each |
8068 |
lesser differings. |
8069 |
|
8070 |
|
8071 |
|
8072 |
|
8073 |
|
8074 |
Back to Full Books |
8075 |
|
8076 |
|
8077 |
|
8078 |
|
8079 |
|
8080 |
|
8081 |
|
8082 |
|
8083 |
|
8084 |
|
8085 |
|
8086 |
|
8087 |
|
8088 |
|
8089 |
|
8090 |
|
8091 |
|
8092 |
|
8093 |
|
8094 |
|
8095 |
|
8096 |
|
8097 |
|
8098 |
|
8099 |
|
8100 |
|
8101 |
|
8102 |
|
8103 |
|
8104 |
|
8105 |
|
8106 |
|
8107 |
|
8108 |
|
8109 |
|
8110 |
|
8111 |
|
8112 |
|